Ms SATISH SUGARS LTD -TMT- DIVISION EIA report.pdf

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC HEARING

For

M/s SATISH SUGARS LTD (TMT DIVISION) “Establishment of “Rerolled Steel” Products i.e. Round, Structure and TMT

Bar etc., Rerolling Mill with online hot charging of semi- finished steel (M.S. Billet) of capacity 99,000 TPA by installing Induction Furnace of 8 MT x 2

No's with 10 MT X 2 No’s CCM and Hot Charging at Re-rolling mill to produce TMT bars within the existing industrial premises.

Located at Sy. No. 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376 and 377 of

Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka.

Schedule 3(a) of EIA Notification, 2006: Category – B, Project Cost Rs. 15.22 Crores Study period - October to December 2021

Document No.: EHSCPL/SSL /2021‐22/RSP-B

Environmental Consultants Environmental Laboratory

JANUARY, 2022

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0123 (MoEF&CC Recognized & NABL accredited)

Environmental Health and Safety Consultants Pvt. Ltd.,

Bangalore 560010

Environmental Health and Safety Research & Development Centre,

Belagavi 590015

DRAFT ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC HEARING

For

1

M/s SATISH SUGARS LTD (TMT DIVISION)

“Establishment of “Rerolled Steel” Products i.e. Round, Structure and TMT Bar etc.,

Rerolling Mill with online hot charging of semi- finished steel (M.S. Billet) of capacity

99,000 TPA by installing Induction Furnace of 8 MT x 2 No's with 10 MT X 2 No’s

CCM and Hot Charging at Re-rolling mill to produce TMT bars within the existing

industrial premises.

Located at

Sy. No. 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376 and 377 of Beerangaddi &

Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka.

1 https://www.mspsteel.com/images/2020/07/02/tmt.jpg

Document No.: EHSCPL/SSL /2021‐22/RSP-B

Schedule 3(a) of EIA Notification, 2006: Category – B, Project Cost Rs. 15.22 Crores

Study period - October to December 2021

Environmental Consultants Environmental Laboratory

JANUARY, 2022

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1821/SA

0123

(MoEF&CC Recognized & NABL

accredited)

Environmental Health and Safety

Consultants Pvt. Ltd.,

Bengaluru 560010

Environmental Health and Safety

Research & Development Centre,

Belagavi 590015

Establishment of Rerolled Steel Products, TMT Bars and MS Billet Draft EIA Report

of 99,000 TPA at Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka

M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) i M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

REVISION RECORD

Rev. No Date Purpose

EHSC/01 22.01.2022 Issued as Draft EIA/EMP report for comments and

suggestions

EHSC/02 25.01.2022 Issued as Draft EIA/EMP report for submission to

KSCPB for conducting public hearing.

DOCUMENT CONTROL

Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by

Shivanand M. Dambal Vishal N. Wadkar Dr. T.M Santhosh Kumar

EIA Coordinator Senior General Manager Executive Director



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) ii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

DECLARATION BY FAES



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) iii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) iv M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) v M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) vi M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) vii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) viii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) ix M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) x M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xi M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AQI : Air Quality Index

BDL : Below Detection Limit

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

CCM : Continuous Casting Machine

CFE : Consent For Establishment

CGWB : Central Ground Water Board

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CPHEEO : Central Public Health And Environmental Engineering Organization

CPP : Captive Power Plant

CREP : Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection

D.G : Diesel Generator

DDMP : District Disaster Management Plan

DEM : Digital Elevation Model

DO : Dissolved Oxygen

DPR : Detailed Project Report

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EC : Environmental Clearance

ECC : Emergency Control Centre

ECG : Electrocardiogram

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis System

ESC : Enterprise Social Commitment

ESP : Electrostatic Precipitator

FGD : Focal Group Discussions

GDP : Gross Domestic Product

GBH : Girth at Breast Height

GEM : Ground Water Estimation Methodology

GIS : Geographic Information System.

GoI : Government of India

GSI : Geological Survey Of India

HIRA : Hazard Identification Risk Assessment

HSD : High Speed Diesel

ID Fan : Induced Drat Fans

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IRC : Indian Roads Congress

ISO : International Organization for Standardization

IUCN : International Union For Conservation Of Nature

IVI : Importance Value Index

KLD : Kilo Liters Per Day



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xiii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Km : Kilometer

KSEAC : Karnataka State Expert Appraisal Committee

KSPCB : Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

KVA : Kilo Volt Amperes

LRF : Ladle Refining Furnace

MOEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

MPN : Most Probable Number

MT : Metric Ton

MTPA : Million Tons Per Annum

MW : Megawatt

NAAQ : National Ambient Air Quality Standard

NABET : National Accreditation Board For Education And Training

NABL : National Accreditation Board For Testing And Calibration Laboratories

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PCU : Passenger Car Unit

PEL : Permissible Exposure Level

PFT : Pulmonary Function Test

PM : Particulate Matter

PPEs : Personal Protective Equipment

PRA : Participatory Rural Appraisal

PUC : Pollution Under Control

QRA : Quantitative Risk Analysis

RET : Rare Endangered Threatened

RF : Reserve Forest

RoW : Right-of-Way

SAR : Sodium Absorption Ratio

SCADA : Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition

SEIAA : State Environment Impact Assessment Authority

SH : State Highway

SoI : Survey Of India

SPM : Suspended Particulate Matters

SSL : Satish Sugars Limited

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TMT : Thermo Mechanically Treated

ToRs : Terms of Reference

TPD : Tons Per Day

TPA : Tons Per Annum

TSS : Total Suspended Solids

TWA : Time Weighted Average

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

WQI : Water Quality Index

https://cese.snu.edu.in/research/rare-endangered#:~:text=An%20endangered%20species%20is%20a,or%20pressure%20from%20invasive%20species.



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xiv M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive Summary ____________________________________________________________________________ 1

ES.1 Project Brief ____________________________________________________________________________ 1

ES.2 Raw Material Requirement and Product Details ________________________________________ 3

ES.3 Criteria for Site Selection and Resource Requirements _________________________________ 3

ES. 4 Process Descriptions ___________________________________________________________________ 4

ES.5 Present status of Environment__________________________________________________________ 5

ES.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures _________________________ 7

ES. 6.1 Land Environment _________________________________________________________________ 7

ES.6.2 Air Environment ____________________________________________________________________ 7

ES 6.3 Noise Environment _________________________________________________________________ 8

ES 6.4 Water Environment ________________________________________________________________ 9

ES 6.5 Hydrology and Geology ____________________________________________________________ 9

ES 6.6 Biological Environment_____________________________________________________________ 9

ES 6.7 Socio Economic Environment _____________________________________________________ 10

ES.7 Environmental Monitoring Program ___________________________________________________ 10

ES. 8 Environment Management Plan (EMP) _______________________________________________ 11

ES. 9 Project Benefits _______________________________________________________________________ 17

ES.10 Conclusion ___________________________________________________________________________ 18

Chapter – 1 Introduction _______________________________________________________________________ 1

1.1 Purpose of the Report ___________________________________________________________________ 1

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent _____________________________________ 1

1.3 Brief Description of the Project __________________________________________________________ 2

1.3.1 Importance of Steel sector in India __________________________________________________ 3

1.3.2 Importance of Steel sector in the region ____________________________________________ 3

1.4 Scope of study ___________________________________________________________________________ 3

1.5 Applicability of Environmental Regulations ______________________________________________ 4

Chapter -2 Project Description _________________________________________________________________ 5

2.1 Need for the Project _____________________________________________________________________ 5

2.2 Type of the Project ______________________________________________________________________ 5

2.3 Location of the Project __________________________________________________________________ 5

2.4 Details of Existing industry _____________________________________________________________ 10

2.5 Project Details __________________________________________________________________________ 11

2.6 Proposed Technology and Process Description ________________________________________ 15

2.6.1 Manufacturing process of Steel Melting Shop with CCM __________________________ 16

2.6.2 LRF (Ladle Refining Furnace) _______________________________________________________ 16

2.6.3 Continuous Caster Machine (CCM) _________________________________________________ 16

2.6.4 Manufacturing process of Rolling Mill _____________________________________________ 17

2.6.5 Slag Handling ______________________________________________________________________ 18

2.7 Plant Design Criteria ____________________________________________________________________ 20

2.7.1. Raw Materials Handling ____________________________________________________________ 20

2.7.2. Equipment / Machinery ____________________________________________________________ 21

2.8 Resource Requirement _________________________________________________________________ 22

2.8.1 Water Requirement _________________________________________________________________ 22

2.8.2 Power Requirement ________________________________________________________________ 23

2.8.3 Solid & Hazardous waste generation ______________________________________________ 23



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xv M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

2.9 Pollution Control Systems ______________________________________________________________ 24

2.9.1 Air Emissions _______________________________________________________________________ 24

2.9.2 Fugitive Emission Generation _______________________________________________________ 24

2.9.3 Water pollution Control Systems ___________________________________________________ 25

2.9.4 Solid & hazardous waste generation _______________________________________________ 25

2.9.5 Time Frame for implementation ____________________________________________________ 25

2.9.6 Risk of Technological Failures ______________________________________________________ 25

2.10 Compliance to CPCB / CREP siting guidelines _________________________________________ 25

Chapter-3 Description of the Environment ___________________________________________________ 26

3.1 Introduction ____________________________________________________________________________ 26

3.2 Study area ______________________________________________________________________________ 26

3.3 Study Period ____________________________________________________________________________ 26

3.4 Environmental components considered and brief methodology _______________________ 26

3.5 Physical Environment ___________________________________________________________________ 29

3.5.1 Land Environment __________________________________________________________________ 29

3.5.1.1 Land use pattern and land cover analysis ______________________________________ 29

3.5.1.2 Soil Types & Soil Erosion _______________________________________________________ 32

3.5.1.3 Soil Characteristics _____________________________________________________________ 33

3.5.1.4 Summary of analysis results ____________________________________________________ 36

3.5.2 Air Environment ____________________________________________________________________ 38

3.5.2.1 Meteorology ___________________________________________________________________ 38

3.5.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) ______________________________________ 42

3.5.2.3 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ____________________________________ 44

3.5.2.4 Air Quality Index _______________________________________________________________ 46

3.5.3 Traffic Studies ______________________________________________________________________ 48

3.5.3.1 Road Connectivity ______________________________________________________________ 48

3.5.3.2 Real time v/s changed traffic scenario _________________________________________ 50

3.5.4 Ambient Noise Levels ______________________________________________________________ 53

3.5.5 Hydrology and Geology ____________________________________________________________ 55

3.5.5.1 Field Studies ____________________________________________________________________ 56

3.5.5.2 Regional Geology & Structure _________________________________________________ 56

3.5.5.3 Local Geology __________________________________________________________________ 57

3.5.5.4 Structure _______________________________________________________________________ 57

3.5.5.5 Geomorphology ________________________________________________________________ 57

3.5.5.6 Mineral Resources ______________________________________________________________ 57

3.5.5.7 Rainfall & Climate ______________________________________________________________ 59

3.5.5.8 Drainage _______________________________________________________________________ 59

3.5.5.9 Hydrogeology __________________________________________________________________ 59

3.5.5.10 Hydrogeological Survey (Baseline Data) ______________________________________ 61

3.5.5.11 Depth to Water Level _________________________________________________________ 61

3.5.5.12 Water Quality _________________________________________________________________ 61

3.5.5.13 Groundwater Resources ______________________________________________________ 61

3.5.6 Surface and Ground Water Quality _________________________________________________ 64

3.5.6.1 Methodology ___________________________________________________________________ 64

3.5.6.2 Result and Discussion __________________________________________________________ 69

3.5.6.3 Statistical analysis using Pearson's Correlation matrix _________________________ 72



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xvi M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

3.5.6.4 Conclusion _____________________________________________________________________ 73

3.5.7.1 Physical parameters (pH, Temperature, Alkalinity) _____________________________ 75

3.5.7.2 Inorganic indicators (EC, TDS, TH) ______________________________________________ 75

3.5.7.3 Major cations (K, Ca, Mg, Na) __________________________________________________ 75

3.5.7.4 Major anions (NO3, Cl, SO4, F, HCO3) ___________________________________________ 76

3.5.7.5 Heavy metals (Pb, As, Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe) ___________________________________________ 77

3.5.7.6 Pesticides, insecticide & Herbicide. ____________________________________________ 77

3.6 Biological Environment _________________________________________________________________ 77

3.6.1 Description of the Project site and Study area _____________________________________ 77

3.6.2 Forest type _________________________________________________________________________ 78

3.6.3 Methodology _______________________________________________________________________ 79

3.6.3.1 Secondary data _________________________________________________________________ 79

3.6.5 Results & Discussion _______________________________________________________________ 81

3.6.5.1 Project site- Flora ______________________________________________________________ 81

3.6.5.2 Project site-Fauna ______________________________________________________________ 83

3.6.5.3 Study area- Flora _______________________________________________________________ 84

3.6.5.4 Study area- Fauna ______________________________________________________________ 86

3.6.5.5 Species recorded during other seasons ________________________________________ 87

3.6.5.6 Conclusion _____________________________________________________________________ 87

3.7 Social Environment _____________________________________________________________________ 88

3.7.1. Objectives __________________________________________________________________________ 88

3.7.2 Approach ___________________________________________________________________________ 89

3.7.3 About Belagavi district _____________________________________________________________ 89

3.7.3.1 Census -2011-Highlights _______________________________________________________ 89

3.7.3.2 Average Household Size _______________________________________________________ 90

3.7.3.3 Scheduled caste and Scheduled tribe populations of study villages ___________ 90

3.7.4 Health status _______________________________________________________________________ 93

3.7.5 Water and Sanitation _______________________________________________________________ 93

3.7.6 Baseline Socio-Economic Environment _____________________________________________ 93

3.7.6.1 Occupational Distribution ______________________________________________________ 93

3.7.6.2 Livelihoods _____________________________________________________________________ 93

3.7.6.3 Lifestyles _______________________________________________________________________ 94

3.7.6.4 Physical Infrastructure __________________________________________________________ 94

3.7.6.5 Social Infrastructure ____________________________________________________________ 94

3.7.6.6 Socially sensitive receptors and archaeological monuments ___________________ 95

3.7.7 Selected villages for socio-economic survey _______________________________________ 95

3.7.7.1 Infrastructure facilities in the surveyed Villages ________________________________ 96

3.7.7.2 Schools and Colleges in the study villages _____________________________________ 96

3.7.8 Methodology adapted for socio-economic studies ________________________________ 97

3.7.8.1 Desk Research __________________________________________________________________ 97

3.7.8.2 Field Surveys ___________________________________________________________________ 98

3.7.9 Focus Group Discussion Survey Results ____________________________________________ 98

3.7.9.7 Aspirations and Apprehensions ________________________________________________ 99

Chapter-4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures __________________ 101

4.1 Construction Phase ___________________________________________________________________ 101

4.1.1 Land Environment ________________________________________________________________ 101



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xvii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

4.1.1.1 Anticipated Impacts __________________________________________________________ 101

4.1.1.2 Mitigation measures _________________________________________________________ 101

4.1.2 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation __________________________________________ 101


4.1.2.2 Mitigation Measures _________________________________________________________ 102

4.1.3 Air Environment __________________________________________________________________ 102



4.1.4 Noise Environment _______________________________________________________________ 103


4.1.4.2 Prediction of noise levels by using Dhwani PRO Noise Model _______________ 103


4.1.5 Hydrology and Geology __________________________________________________________ 105



4.1.6 Water Environment _______________________________________________________________ 105

4.1.6.1 Anticipated Impacts during construction phase _____________________________ 105


4.1.7 Biological Environment ___________________________________________________________ 106



4.1.8 Socio-economic Environment ____________________________________________________ 107


4.2 Operation Phase ______________________________________________________________________ 108

4.2.1 Land Environment ________________________________________________________________ 108


4.2.2 Solid and Hazardous Waste generation __________________________________________ 109



4.2.3 Air Environment __________________________________________________________________ 109


4.2.3.2 Prediction of GLC by using AERMOD cloud Model __________________________ 109

4.2.3.3 Air Pollution Control Equipment _____________________________________________ 128


4.2.4 Noise environment _______________________________________________________________ 131

4.2.4.1 Anticipated impacts __________________________________________________________ 131

4.2.4.2 Mitigation measures _________________________________________________________ 133

4.2.5 Water Environment _______________________________________________________________ 133



4.2.6 Biological Environment ___________________________________________________________ 134



4.2.7 Socio-Economic Environment ____________________________________________________ 134


4.2.7.2 Mitigation Measures for adverse impacts ____________________________________ 134



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xviii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

4.3 Evaluation of Impacts _________________________________________________________________ 135

Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) __________________________________ 137

5.1 Technology ___________________________________________________________________________ 137

5.1.1 Use of Coreless Induction Furnace _______________________________________________ 137

5.1.2 Best practices to be adopted by the industry ____________________________________ 137

5.1.2.1 Charge preparation and charging ____________________________________________ 138

5.1.2.2 Melting and making melt ready ______________________________________________ 138

5.1.2.3 Emptying the furnace ________________________________________________________ 139

5.1.2.4 Furnace lining ________________________________________________________________ 139

5.1.2.5 Energy monitoring and data analysis ________________________________________ 139

5.1.2.6 Others ________________________________________________________________________ 140

5.1.3 Site _______________________________________________________________________________ 140

Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program ____________________________________________ 141

6.1 Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase ____________________________ 141

6.2 Environmental Monitoring during Operation phase _______________________________ 142

6.3 Compliance report submissions ____________________________________________________ 143

Chapter - 7 Additional Studies – Public Consultation and Risk Assessment _____________ 144

7.1 Public Consultation ___________________________________________________________________ 144

7.2 Risk Assessment and Hazard Management __________________________________________ 144

7.2.1 Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA) _________________________________________________ 145

7.2.2 Recommendation on outcome of HIRA __________________________________________ 153

7.2.2.1 Preventing exposure to heat stress and radiation ____________________________ 153

7.2.2.2 Preventing exposure to Inhalable agents (gases, vapours and dusts) ________ 153

7.2.2.3 Preventing falling objects ____________________________________________________ 153

7.2.2.4 Preventing exposure to noise ________________________________________________ 154

7.2.2.5 Preventing ergonomic hazards _______________________________________________ 154

7.2.2.6 Safe operation of furnace ____________________________________________________ 154

7.2.3 Onsite and Offsite Disaster preparedness ________________________________________ 155

7.2.3.1 Statutory requirement for on-site emergency plan __________________________ 155

7.2.3.2 Identification of Hazards _____________________________________________________ 156

7.2.3.3 Natural disasters _____________________________________________________________ 156

7.2.3.4 Process hazards ______________________________________________________________ 156

7.2.3.5 Storage of Diesel _____________________________________________________________ 157

7.2.3.6 Electrocutions and Fire hazard from Electric room ___________________________ 158

7.2.3.7 Other hazards and control measures ________________________________________ 159

7.2.4 Noise Exposure ___________________________________________________________________ 159

7.2.5 Structural collapse ________________________________________________________________ 160

7.2.6 Fall hazard during work at height ________________________________________________ 160

7.2.7 Disaster or Emergency Control Plan ______________________________________________ 161

7.2.7.1 about declaration of emergency and distribution of duties __________________ 161

7.2.7.2 Responsibility of Incident controller (IC) _____________________________________ 161

7.2.7.3 Responsibility of Site Controller (SC) _________________________________________ 162

7.2.7.4 Responsibilities of Dy. Incident controller ____________________________________ 163

7.2.7.5 Other Key Personnel and their duties ________________________________________ 163

7.2.8 Off Site Emergency Plan __________________________________________________________ 165

7.2.9 Exposure to inhalable agents: ____________________________________________________ 167



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xix M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

7.2.10 Noise hazard ____________________________________________________________________ 170

7.2.11 Occupational Health Centre (OHC) _____________________________________________ 171

7.2.11.1 Details on evaluation of worker _____________________________________________ 171

Chapter 8: Project Benefits __________________________________________________________________ 173

8.1 Employment opportunity _____________________________________________________________ 173

8.2 Infrastructural development __________________________________________________________ 173

8.3 Greenbelt _____________________________________________________________________________ 173

8.4 Socio economics ______________________________________________________________________ 173

8.5 Techno-economic benefits ___________________________________________________________ 174

Chapter-9 Environmental Management Plan _______________________________________________ 175

9.1 Green Belt Development Plan ________________________________________________________ 181

9.1.1 Conservation Plan for Schedule-I species and RET Status ________________________ 181

9.1.2 Green belt development _________________________________________________________ 181

9.1.2.1 Guidelines for plantation _____________________________________________________ 181

9.2 Environmental Management Cell _____________________________________________________ 182

9.2 Traffic management __________________________________________________________________ 185

9.3 Storm Water Management & Rainwater Harvesting _________________________________ 186

9.3 Summary of Cost estimates for implementation of EMP _____________________________ 186

Chapter 10 Summary & Conclusion ________________________________________________________ 188

Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultants ______________________________________________________ 189

Chapter 12: Compliance to ToRs ____________________________________________________________ 190

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2.1 Environmental Settings around the Industry ............................................................................. 9

Table 2.2 Geo coordinates of the proposed TMT Division .................................................................... 11

Table 2.3 Land use breakup of the Existing Project site ......................................................................... 11

Table 2.4 Land use breakup of the Proposed Project site ..................................................................... 11

Table 2.5 Salient features of the proposed project .................................................................................. 11

Table 2.6 Chemical composition of steel slag ............................................................................................ 19

Table 2.7 Design Criteria .................................................................................................................................... 20

Table 2.8 Raw material for Steel Melting Shop Induction Furnace .................................................... 20

Table 2.9 Raw material for Rolling Mill ......................................................................................................... 21

Table 2.10 Mass and Material balance .......................................................................................................... 21

Table 2.11 List of Equipment/ Machinery .................................................................................................... 21

Table 2.12 Fresh Water Requirement Details ............................................................................................. 22

Table 2.13 Energy balance for Steel Melting Shop .................................................................................. 23

Table 2.14 Energy balance for Rolling Mill .................................................................................................. 23

Table 2.15 Solid & Hazardous waste Management ................................................................................. 24

Table 2.16 Fugitive emission control measures ......................................................................................... 24

Table 3.1 Analytical methods used for Physico Chemical Analysis of soil ....................................... 34

Table 3.2 Rating Chart for Soil Test values and their Nutrient Indices ............................................. 37

Table 3.3 Parameters of Fertility Status ........................................................................................................ 38

Table 3.4 Nutrient Index of soil samples in the study area ................................................................... 38

Table 3.5 Secondary Meteorological Data for Belagavi District (2020) ............................................ 39



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xx M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Table 3.6 Meteorological data collected at site......................................................................................... 40

Table 3.7 NAAQ-2009 standards and Analysis Methods ....................................................................... 42

Table 3.8 Summary of Air Monitoring results ............................................................................................ 46

Table 3.9 Air Quality Index ................................................................................................................................. 46

Table 3.10 Parking details .................................................................................................................................. 48

Table 3.11 No of Trucks used for transportation of Final product ..................................................... 48

Table 3.12 Existing Road Geometric Scenario ............................................................................................ 49

Table 3.13 Real time Traffic scenario along SH-44 ................................................................................... 50

Table 3.14 Changed V/C and LoS after adding generated traffic to Existing Traffic ................... 51

Table 3.15 Modified V/C and LOS after adding generated traffic to existing traffic ................... 51

Table 3.16 Projected traffic for next three years based on individual vehicular growth ............ 52

Table 3.17 Modified V/C and LoS after adding the generated traffic ............................................... 52

Table 3.18 Consolidated V/C and level of Service for changed scenarios ...................................... 52

Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results ............................................................................... 55

Table 3.20 Stratigraphy in the study area .................................................................................................... 57

Table 3.21 Physico-chemical parameters of Surface water samples ................................................. 68

Table 3.22 Water quality criteria as per CPCB Guidelines ...................................................................... 73

Table 3.23 Physico chemical parameter of Ground Water Quality .................................................... 74

Table 3.24 Primary data – Flora and Fauna ................................................................................................. 79

Table 3.25 Details of sampling locations (Flora and Fauna) ................................................................. 80

Table 3.26 Census data of Villages in the study area within 10 Km radius ..................................... 91

Table 3.27 Household and Population characteristics of study villages .......................................... 92

Table 3.28 Sampled villages and their Households ................................................................................. 96

Table 3.29 Criteria followed for selection Socio-economic survey villages .................................... 96

Table 3.30 Schools and Colleges in the study villages ............................................................................ 97

Table 4.1 Expected Noise level from construction activities. .............................................................. 103

Table 4.2 Noise model results during Construction Phase. ................................................................ 104

Table 4.3 Predicted Impacts ............................................................................................................................ 107

Table 4.4 Handling of solid waste from the operation phase ............................................................ 108

Table 4.5 Model Input for Existing Sugar Plant ....................................................................................... 109

Table 4.6 Model Input for Existing Distillery Plant .................................................................................. 110

Table 4.7 Model Input for Proposed Induction Furnace along with Stack details ..................... 110

Table 4.9 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH ........... 123

Table 4.8 Air Quality Index for Predicted Air Quality – With Mitigation Measures for Existing

Sugar Plant – 60 TPH ................................................................................................................................ 123

Table 4.9 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 90 TPH ........... 124


Sugar Plant – 90 TPH ................................................................................................................................ 124

Table 4.11 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 130 TPH ...... 125


Sugar Plant – 130 TPH .............................................................................................................................. 125

Table 4.13 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 12 TPH ........ 126


Sugar Plant – 12 TPH ................................................................................................................................ 126

Table 4.15 Predicted Values without mitigation measures for TMT Plant .................................... 127



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xxi M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Table 4.16 Air Quality Index for Predicted Air Quality – Without Mitigation Measures TMT

Plant ................................................................................................................................................................ 128

Table 4.17 Technical Specification of Bag Filter ...................................................................................... 128

Table 4.18 Predicted Values with mitigation measures for TMT Plant ........................................... 129

Table 4.21 Sources of noise pollution in the industry. .......................................................................... 131

Table 4.22 Noise Model results during Operation Phase .................................................................... 132

Table 4.23 Severity criteria ............................................................................................................................... 135

Table 4.24 Score ranges .................................................................................................................................... 135

Table 4.25 Evaluation of impacts................................................................................................................... 136

Table 5.1 Heat Distribution in Induction Furnace ................................................................................... 137

Table 5.2 Results of AAQM at existing site ................................................................................................ 140

Table 7.1 Type of Hazards from the proposed project ......................................................................... 144

Table 7.2 Risk Matrix .......................................................................................................................................... 145

Table 7.3 Hazard Identification and Risk assessment for the process activities.......................... 146

Table 7.4 List of hazardous areas and likely accidents .......................................................................... 156

Table 7.5 Other hazards and their control measures ............................................................................ 159

Table 7.6 Organizational setup for handling emergency ..................................................................... 166

Table 7.7 Details of off-site emergency contact ...................................................................................... 167

Table 7.8 List of occupational and safety hazards in the plant .......................................................... 167

Table 7.9 Details of permissible limits for the dust and gases emitted in the process ............ 168

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................. 175

Table 9.2 Details of Green belt development plan ................................................................................. 182

Table 9.3 Green belt development planning and time frame ............................................................ 182

Table 9.4 List of tree species recommended for Green Belt Development .................................. 184

Table 9.5 EMP cost during Construction Phase- Capital Cost ........................................................... 186

Table 9.6 EMP cost during Operation Phase- Capital Cost ................................................................. 187

Table 9.7 EMP cost during Operation Phase- Recurring Cost ........................................................... 187

LIST OF FIGURES

Fig 2.1 Location of the Proposed Industry site ............................................................................................. 6

Fig 2.2 Aerial View of the proposed project site .......................................................................................... 7

Fig 2.3 Project Site Photographs ........................................................................................................................ 8

Fig 2.4 Site Surroundings Photographs ........................................................................................................... 8

Fig 2.5 Map showing distance of Ghataprabha bird sanctuary from industry .............................. 10

Fig 2.6 Plant layout ............................................................................................................................................... 13

Fig 2.7 Layout plan of existing Sugar and Distillery complex showing Proposed TMT plant .. 14

Fig 2.8 Process Flow Chart ................................................................................................................................. 15

Fig 2.9 Process Flow Chart with air pollution source ............................................................................... 17

Fig 2.10 Flow chart of Rolling Mill Division ................................................................................................. 18

Fig 2.11 Process of Ferro Chrome recovery ................................................................................................ 20

Fig 2.12 Water balance chart ............................................................................................................................ 22

Fig 3.1 Graph showing the distribution of LU/LC in the study area ................................................... 30

Fig 3.2 Land use & Land cover map of the study area ........................................................................... 30

Fig 3.3 Map showing the contours of the study area.............................................................................. 31



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xxii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Fig 3.4 Map showing the DEM map of the study area ........................................................................... 31

Fig 3.5 Map showing the slope map of the study area .......................................................................... 32

Fig 3.6 Map showing the soil types ................................................................................................................ 33

Fig 3.7 Photographs showing soil sampling photographs .................................................................... 36

Fig 3.8 Micro Meteorological Station at project site ............................................................................... 40

Fig 3.9 Wind rose Diagram for the study period....................................................................................... 41

Fig 3.10 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ......................................................... 43

Fig 3.11 Graph showing the results PM10 ..................................................................................................... 44

Fig 3.12 Graph showing the results PM2.5 .................................................................................................... 44

Fig 3.13 Graph showing the results SO2 ....................................................................................................... 45

Fig 3.14 Graph showing the results NOx ...................................................................................................... 45

Fig 3.15 Graph showing the results CO ........................................................................................................ 46

Fig 3.16 AAQM photographs ............................................................................................................................ 48

Fig 3.17 Road Connectivity on Google earth .............................................................................................. 49

Fig 3.18 Photographs of the Project road .................................................................................................... 50

Fig 3.19 Consolidated V/C & LoS for Changed Scenario ....................................................................... 52

Fig 3.20 Location of Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Stations .......................................................... 53

Fig 3.21 Noise Monitoring Photographs ...................................................................................................... 55

Fig 3.22 Geology, Geomorphology and Structural map ........................................................................ 58

Fig 3.23 Drainage map of the study area ..................................................................................................... 60

Fig 3.24 Hydrology map of the study area .................................................................................................. 62

Fig 3.25 Geology and Hydrology survey Photographs ........................................................................... 63

Fig 3.26 Photographs shoeing Surface and Ground Water Sampling .............................................. 66

Fig 3.27 Map showing surface water sampling locations ...................................................................... 67

Fig 3.28 Map showing Ground water sampling locations ..................................................................... 67

Fig 3.29 Graph showing TDS and TH in surface water ............................................................................ 69

Fig 3.30 Graph showing nitrates in surface water ..................................................................................... 70

Fig 3.31 Graph Showing Relationship of DO and BOD ........................................................................... 71

Fig 3.32 Total Coliforms in Surface Water ................................................................................................... 72

Fig 3.33 Relationship of TDS, TH, Ca and Mg in Ground water samples ......................................... 76

Fig 3.34 Fluoride in Ground Water at different locations ...................................................................... 77

Fig 3.35 Map showing sampling locations for EB studies ..................................................................... 80

Fig 3.36 Map showing sampling locations for EB studies ..................................................................... 81

Fig 3.37 Adult and (0-6) Child Sex ratio in study villages ...................................................................... 92

Fig 3.38 Socially Sensitive Receptors ............................................................................................................. 95

Fig 3.39 Socio-economic Survey Photographs ........................................................................................ 100

Fig 4.1 Isopleths showing noise levels during Construction Phase .................................................. 104

Fig 4.2 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 111

Fig 4.3 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 90 TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 112

Fig 4.4 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 130TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 113

Fig 4.5 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant – 12TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 114



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xxiii M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Fig 4.6 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 115


.......................................................................................................................................................................... 116


.......................................................................................................................................................................... 117

Fig 4.9 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant – 12 TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 118

Fig 4.10 Isopleths drawn for NO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 119


.......................................................................................................................................................................... 120


.......................................................................................................................................................................... 121

Fig 4.13 Isopleths drawn for NO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant – 12

TPH .................................................................................................................................................................. 122

Fig 4.14 Isopleths drawn for PM without mitigation measures for Proposed TMT Plant ........ 127

Fig 4.15 Isopleths drawn for PM without mitigation measures for Proposed TMT Plant ........ 129

Fig 4.16 Isopleths showing noise levels during Operation Phase (Without barrier) .................. 131

Fig 4.17 Isopleths showing noise levels during Operation Phase (With barrier) ........................ 132

Fig 9.1. Environmental Management Cell .................................................................................................. 183

Fig 9.2 Industrial layout showing locations of Percolation pits and recharge pits. .................... 186



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) xxiv M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure-1 Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained for the existing complex

Annexure-2 Terms of References issued By MOEF & CC

Annexure-3 Land documents

Annexure-4 Industry layout map

Annexure-5 Technical specification of the Equipments and Bag filters

Annexure-6 Ambient Air quality analysis data

Annexure-7 Soil Quality Analysis results

Annexure-8 Surface Water & Ground Water Quality analysis results

Annexure-9 Ecology & Biodiversity Studies

Annexure-10 Focus Group Discussion format

Annexure-11 Labour Health screen format

Annexure-12 Certified Compliance report obtained from RO, MoEF&CC, Bengaluru

Annexure-13 MoU with KNNL to draw water from Ghataprabha River

Annexure-14 MoU has been made with Shanthadurga Petrochemicals for disposal of

Hazardous waste and used oil.



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) 1 M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Chapter – 1 Introduction

1.1 Purpose of the Report

As per EIA notification 2006 dated 14th September 2006 and its subsequent

amendments, all project activities in the Schedule, including expansion and

modernization of existing projects or activities or change in product mix as specified will

require Prior Environmental Clearance from the MOEF & CC / State / Union territory

Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). In this context, the EIA report is

prepared to know the existing status of the environment, to assess the impacts of the

proposed project activity and suggest mitigation measures to be implemented.

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponent

SSL started their operation in 2002 as Khandasari Sugar Producing Unit by Open Pan

Process. Status of Environmental Clearances issued till date is as given below: -

Sl.

No.

Issuing

Authority Products and Capacity as per EC

File No. & Date

of issue

1 -- Khandasari Sugar of 1250 TCD --

2 MoEF&CC,

New Delhi Establishment of 60 KLPD Molasses based Distillery

F.No.J-

11011/335/2006-

IA-II(I) dt

05.09.2007

3 SEIAA,

Karnataka

Expansion of Sugar factory cane crushing capacity

from 1250 TCD to 5000 TCD and Co-generation

unit of capacity 20 MW

No. SEIAA: 11:

IND: 2007 dt

23.06.2008

4 SEIAA,

Karnataka

Expansion of Sugar factory capacity from 5,000 TCD

to10,000 TCD and Co-generation unit capacity

from 20 MW to 45 MW

No. SEIAA: 105:

IND: 2008 dt

17.12.2009

5 MoEF&CC,

New Delhi

Expansion of sugar plant cane crushing capacity

from 10,000 TCD to 15,000 TCD & Expansion of

Cogeneration plant power generation capacity

from 45 MW to 80 MW & expansion of Molasses

based Distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD.

F.No.J-

11011/341/2012-

IA II(I) dt

16.10.2019

6

Amendment

to MoEF&CC,

New Delhi

Expansion of Sugar factory cane crushing capacity

from 10,000 TCD to 15,000 TCD & Expansion of

Cogeneration plant power generation capacity

from 45 MW to 80 MW & expansion of Molasses

based Distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD w.r.t

seeking Raw spent wash shall be forwarded for bio-

methanation followed by concentration in MEE &

concentrated spent wash shall be dried to form

Potash powder in Dryer.

F.No.J-

11011/341/2012-

IA II(I) dt

07.07.2021



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) 2

M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru

Sl.

No.

Issuing

Authority Products and Capacity as per EC

File No. & Date

of issue

7 MoEF&CC,

New Delhi

Expansion of the Existing Distillery from 90 KLPD to

dual feed 300 KLPD under Ethanol Blended with

Petrol Programme.

J-1011/341/2012-

IA.II(I) Dt:

26.10.2021

8

Amendment

to MoEF&CC,

New Delhi

Industry is requested for issue of Amendment to EC

w.r.t Condensate polishing Unit of 2400 KLD and

the Raw spent wash shall be concentrated in MEE

& concentrated spent wash shall be dried to

produce potash powder in spray drying unit.

Recommended

for issue of EC in

46th EAC meeting

held on 13th to

14th Dec, 2021.

Environmental Clearances obtained for the complex are enclosed as Annexure-1.

Due to the availability of power within the existing industrial premises, the TMT plant is

proposed within the industrial complex to make use of excess available power.

The company's activities are managed by dedicated 'Board of Directors'. The board

proposes to appoint technical persons with hands-on experience in respective fields.

The board is responsible for policy decision, direction and corporate governance. The

Chairman and Directors monitoring day to day functioning of the company and they will

be supported by the General Manager. Company's activities are divided into various line

functions and back office functions. The Board of Directors list is given below:

Sl. No. Name Designation

1 Mr. Pradeep Kumar M. Indi Chairman & CFO

2 Mr. Vitthal R. Parasannavar Director

3 Smt. Premalatha V. Dodamani Independent Director

4 Shri. Anand Y. Patil Independent Director

5 Smt. Shakuntaladevi S. Jarkiholi Full Time Director

6 Ms. Priyanka S. Jarkiholi Additional Director

1.3 Brief Description of the Project

M/s. Satish Sugars Limited proposed to set up the Establishment of “Rerolled Steel”

Products i.e. Round, Structure and TMT Bar etc, Rerolling Mill with online hot charging

of semi- finished steel (M.S. Billet) of capacity 99000TPA by installing induction furnace

of 8MT x 2nos with 10MT X 2Nos CCM and hot charging at re-rolling mill to produce

TMT bars at Industrial Complex Survey Nos. 366, 367, 368, 369, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375,

376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 385, 389, 390, 391 & parts thereof of Beerangaddi

Village and 85, 86/ 1+3/A, 86/ 1+3/B, 86/ 1+3/K, 86/2+4/A, 86/2+4/ B, 86/2+4/K,

86/2+4/D, 88/1/ABK/ 2AB, 90/ 1A, 90/ 1B, 90/ 1K, 90/ 2A, 90/ 2B, 90/3, 90/4A,

90/4B, 90/4K, 98/ 1A, 98/ 1B, 98/ 1K, 98/ 2+3A,98/ 2+3B,98/ 4,99/ 1,99/2,99/3,99/4,

100/2, 100/3, 100/4, 101/ 1+2+3A, 101/4A, 101/4B, 101/5, 102/3+4A, 102/4B, 102/4K+5,

104, 109, 119, 120/ 1 & parts thereof Hunshyal PG Village, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District,





Karnataka State

Out of which, Proposed TMT plant is coming up in Sy. No. 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372,

373, 374, 375, 376 and 377 of Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk,

Belagavi District, Karnataka. Land documents are enclosed as Annexure-3.

1.3.1 Importance of Steel sector in India

As of October 2021, India was the world’s second-largest producer of crude steel, with

an output of 9.8 MT. In FY 2020-2021, the production of crude steel and finished steel

stood a 102.49 MT and 94.66 MT, respectively. In FY 2021-2022, crude steel production

in India is estimated to increase by 18%, to reach 120 million tonnes, driven by rising

demand from customers. The growth in the Indian steel sector has been driven by

domestic availability of raw materials such as iron ore and cost-effective labour.

Consequently, the steel sector has been a major contributor to India’s manufacturing

output.

The Indian steel industry is modern with state-of-the-art steel mills. It has always strived

for continuous modernisation of older plants and up-gradation to higher energy

efficiency levels.

Indian steel industry is classified into three categories - major producers, main

producers and secondary producers2.

1.3.2 Importance of Steel sector in the region

Belagavi is a pioneer in the development of Foundry Industrial Sector in Karnataka

prominently manufacturing Iron & Steel castings catering to the needs of General

Engineering, Machine Tools, Automobiles, Tractor Components, and Pumps & Motor

Body Castings3 . Belagavi is having more than 150 foundries in the range from Small,

Medium & Large Scale Industries producing more than 1.6 Lakhs tons of casting per

annum which is valued about more than 700 Crores per annum.

1.4 Scope of study

As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, the Project falls under 3(a)

Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non-ferrous) Category “B”. All other non–toxic

secondary metallurgical processing industries >5000 tonnes/annum. Therefore, it is

necessary for M/s SSL to obtain EC for the proposed TMT plant from Karnataka State

Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (KSEIAA). ToR application was submitted to

SEIAA on 23.06.2021 and the TORs for the project was issued vide letter no. SEIAA 37

2 https://www.ibef.org/industry/steel.aspx

3http://bfcindia.co.in/benefits/





IND 2021 dated 23.06.2021 and the same is attached as Annexure – 2. The present

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is based on the ToRs issued by SEIAA and

generic structure given in EIA notification, 2006. The study period for baseline data

collection was 1st October 2021 to 31st December 2021.

The EIA report includes a detailed study of existing status of the environment of the

project site and study area of 10 Km radius from the project boundary for various

environmental components such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land, Ecology & Biodiversity,

Socio-economic environment. The objectives of Environmental Impact Assessment

studies are as follows;

To assess the present environmental status of air quality, noise levels, water

quality, soil quality, land use pattern, biological and socio-economic

components of the environment.

To identify, predict and evaluate various significant impacts that will arise due

to the project development on various environmental components during

construction stage and operational stage.

To propose pollution control measures/mitigations and delineate detailed

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) also outlining additional control

measures to be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts.

To outline post-project Environmental Monitoring Program to be pursued by

M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd., as a part of compliance monitoring during the

construction and operational stage of the project including submission of six

monthly compliance report to the Department as stipulated in the

Environmental Clearance conditions.

1.5 Applicability of Environmental Regulations

The applicable Regulations for the industry are;

The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its amendments.

The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its amendments.

The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 and its amendments.

EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments.

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2016.

The Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016.

Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments.

The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 and amendment, 2010.

The Factories Act, 1948 and its amendments.




Chapter -2 Project Description

2.1 Need for the Project

The Proposed project by M/s SSL is situated in Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District. The

promoters of the project are venturing into this sector based on the increasing demand

in the steel as raw material for construction sector. The TMT bars are extensively used in

the construction sector as additional reinforcement. The concrete has the compressive

strength but poor tensile strength. Hence, as additional, reinforcement TMT bars are

used in construction. The proposed industry provides employment to the local

population and improves the overall economy of the society in the area. After studying

the necessity and profitability of the project, SSL has decided to establish the project.

2.2 Type of the Project

As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, the Project falls under Category

“B” 3(a) - Secondary metallurgical processing, Non-toxic-Operation of Induction Furnace

and rolling mill > 30,000 TPA.

2.3 Location of the Project

The Proposed site is located in Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages, Sangankeri

Yadwad Road, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District, and Karnataka State at an average

elevation of 574.612 m to 574.994 above MSL.

The industrial site is connected by broad gauge railway line of South Western railway on

Hubli- Miraj section. Nearest railway line connecting Hubli to Miraj of South Western

Railway line is located at a distance of 13 kms in W direction from the site. The nearest

railway station is Ghataprabha which is at 13 kms in W direction from the factory site.

Belagavi is the district place & has a major railway station which is at a distance of 72

kms in SW direction to the project site.

The area is well connected by road. State Highway (SH-44) connecting Sanganakeri to

Yadwad is passing adjacent to the plant site. State Highway (SH-31) connecting Jamboti

to Jathat a distance of 4.1 Kms in Western direction. National Highway (NH 4)

connecting Bengaluru to Pune is at a distance of 40 Kms in Western direction. Belagavi

is the district headquarters located at a distance of about 72 kms in SW from the project

site. The nearest airport Belagavi (Sambra) is at a distance of 50.82 Kms in SW direction.

The location map of the project site and environmental settings around the industry are

given below.




Fig 2.1 Location of the Proposed Industry site




Fig 2.2 Aerial View of the proposed project site




Fig 2.3 Project Site Photographs

South West

East North

Fig 2.4 Site Surroundings Photographs




Table 2.1 Environmental Settings around the Industry

Sl. No Items Particulars

1 Nearest Water Body Ghataprabha River-3.10Km, South

Hirehalla stream- 0.86 Km, North

2 Nearest river Ghataprabha River-3.10Km, South

3 Nearest Reserved Forest Nil

4 Nearest Village Vaderhatti Village -2.02 Km, North East

5 Nearest Town Gokak-9.90Km, South West

Belagavi-51 Km, South West

6 Nearest Highway NH 4-39.82 Km, West

SH 44- Adjacent to the industrial site

7 Temperature 13.9°C-35.7°C

8 Annual Rainfall 769.1 mm (average)

9 Topography Flat terrain

10 Nearest religious place Sri Siddalingeswar Temple at Hunshyal village located at 0.40

Km, South East

11 Environmental Sensitive

areas

Ghataprabha bird sanctuary is located at a distance of 8.42

Km from ESZ boundary and 8.83 Km from sanctuary

boundary.

12 Nearest Airport Belagavi airport (Sambra)- 50.86 Km, SW

13 Archaeologically important

sites

Nil



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) 10 M/s. EHSCPL,

Bengaluru

Fig 2.5 Map showing distance of Ghataprabha bird sanctuary from industry

2.4 Details of Existing industry

SSL are operating their existing sugar manufacturing unit with 10000 TCD crushing & 45

MW cogeneration units with the Consent for Operation (CFO) vide letter no: AW-326933

Dated 22.09.2021 valid till 30.06.2026. The total land area available is 159.30 Acres, out

of which 8.86 Acres is earmarked for proposed TMT project. The proponent has also

obtained the EC for Expansion of the existing Sugar unit from 10,000 TCD to 15,000 TCD

& Co-generation unit from 45 MW to 80 MW vide letter no: F.No.J-11011/341/2012-IA II

(I) dt 07.07.2021 and Expansion of the Existing Distillery from 90 KLPD to dual feed 300

KLPD under Ethanol Blended with Petrol Programme vide file No. J-11011/341/2012-IA.

II (I) dt 26.10.2021, but the expansion project is not yet executed.

Considering the recent developments in construction industries SSL are planning to

Establish manufacturing of “Rerolled steel” products Round structure and TMT bar etc,

for which 8.86 acres will be carved out from the existing 159.30 Acres of land. Rerolling

Mill with online hot charging of semi-finished steel (MS Billet) by installing induction

furnace and hot charging at re-rolling mill to produce TMT bars within the existing

industrial premises at Sy. No. 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376 and 377 of




Bengaluru

Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka.

Table 2.2 Geo coordinates of the proposed TMT Division

Sl No Particulars Co-ordinates (lat-long)

1. North 16°14'29.52"N, 74°53'17.32"E

2. West 16°14'28.75"N, 74°53'16.11"E

3. South 16°14'28.66"N, 74°53'17.28"E

4. East 16°14'29.29"N, 74°53'18.61"E

Now, Environmental Clearance is sought for Establishment of “Rerolled steel” products

Round, structure and TMT bar. Project site photographs are given below (Fig. 2.3 & Fig.

2.4) and proposed layout plan of the industry is given in Fig 2.5.

Out of 45 MW of power generated from the Co-generation plant, 13 MW of power is

required for the proposed TMT plant.

Table 2.3 Land use breakup of the Existing Project site

Sl No Particulars Area (Acres)

1. Sugar Unit 143 Acres, 31.6 Guntas

2. Distillery Unit 7 Acres, 6 Guntas

3. Proposed TMT Unit 8 Acres, 34.4 Guntas

Total 159 Acres, 32 Guntas

Table 2.4 Land use breakup of the Proposed Project site

Sl No Particulars Acres

1. Proposed TMT plant 3 Acres, 22 Guntas

2. Greenbelt Area 2 Acres, 36.80 Guntas

3. Roads & Open Space 2 Acres, 15.60 Guntas

Total 8 Acres, 34.4 Guntas

Land documents are enclosed as Annexure-3.

2.5 Project Details

The salient features of the proposed project are given in below Table;

Table 2.5 Salient features of the proposed project

Sl No. Particulars Description

1 Objective of the Project

Establishment of “Rerolled Steel” Products i.e.

Round, Structure and TMT Bar etc, Rerolling Mill

with online hot charging of semi- finished steel (M.S.

Billet) of capacity 99000TPA by installing induction




Bengaluru

Sl No. Particulars Description

furnace of 8MT x 2nos with 10MT X 2Nos CCM and

hot charging at re-rolling mill to produce TMT bars

2 Promoters M/s. Satish Sugars Limited

3 Total Investment Existing:197.44 crores

TMT Division:15.22 crores

4 Project location

Industrial Complex Survey Nos. 366, 367, 368, 369,

371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381,

382, 385, 389, 390, 391 & parts thereof of

Beerangaddi Village and 85, 86/ 1+3/A, 86/ 1+3/B,

86/ 1+3/K, 86/2+4/A, 86/2+4/ B, 86/2+4/K,

86/2+4/D, 88/1/ABK/ 2AB, 90/ 1A, 90/ 1B, 90/

1K, 90/ 2A, 90/ 2B, 90/3, 90/4A, 90/4B, 90/4K, 98/ 1A,

98/ 1B, 98/ 1K, 98/ 2+3A,98/ 2+3B,98/ 4,99/

1,99/2,99/3,99/4, 100/2, 100/3, 100/4, 101/ 1+2+3A,

101/4A, 101/4B, 101/5, 102/3+4A, 102/4B,

102/4K+5, 104, 109, 119, 120/ 1 & parts thereof

Hunshyal PG Village, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District,

Karnataka State

Out of which Proposed TMT plant Sy. No. 367, 368,

369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376 and 377 of

Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak

Taluk, Belagavi District, Karnataka.

5 Extent of land

The total land area available is 159.30 Acres, out of

which 8.86 Acres is earmarked for proposed TMT

project.

6 Man Power 100 No’s

7 Water demand and Source Water requirement -95 KLD

Source- Ghataprabha river

8 Power supply& Back-up DG

13 MW of power is required for the proposed

developmental project and meet through co-

generation.

9 No of working days 330 days

The layout plan of the industry is given as Fig 2.6 and attached as Annexure-4.




Fig 2.6 Plant layout




Fig 2.7 Layout plan of existing Sugar and Distillery complex showing Proposed TMT plant




2.6 Proposed Technology and Process Description

The project is a Secondary Metallurgy project. The project is manufacturing of semi-

finished steel through induction furnace route along with setting up a LRF as per the

requirement of refining the steel, in continuation to which CCM (Continuous Caster

Machine) with two strands and rolling of semi- finished steel through rolling mill to

finished steel in the form of TMT/Wire Rod/Structure will be setup.

Fig 2.8 Process Flow Chart

Feeding to Induction Melting Furnace

Melting in Induction Furnace

Ladle Refining Furnace

Continuous Caster machine

Red Hot Metal to Rolling Mill for Direct Rolling

Discharge on the cooling bed after finished stand

Cooled in the atmospheric condition

Ends are cut

Carried to the finished Yard

Slag Removal

Raw Material




2.6.1 Manufacturing process of Steel Melting Shop with CCM

The manufacturing process identified for the proposed unit is one which is well

established and proven and presently being followed by majority of similar

manufacturing units mostly in small or medium scale sector. In order to achieve high

energy efficiency two numbers of 8 MT capacity & two numbers of 10 MT capacity

Induction Furnaces with higher power input capacity of 7.5 MVA each will be setup

with completely automatic charging facility as well as power sharing panel also.

Electronic software will be installed to monitor the input power and maintaining

power factor to almost unity level. The melting process involves taking sample of

Sponge Iron & Pig Iron; Iron Powder and mild steel scrap, cut ends from rolling mills

or scrap from user units is taken from raw material storage. This is then tested for its

chemical composition and noted.

Before preparation of charge necessary ingredients like Ferro Manganese, Ferro

Silicon etc. are added by weight, Flux is taken up in crucible and then charge is put

into it. Melting of steel along with other alloying element is accomplished in the

crucible of coreless M.F. Induction Furnace. The high A.C. Current is passed through

the copper coil wrapped around the outer periphery of crucible. By transformer

action the A.C. Current induces much higher secondary current at 1000 hertz in

charge through the coil. Enormous heat is thus developed by resistance which causes

the melting of charge. As soon as the molten pool is formed very pronounced

stirring action in the molten metal takes place which helps in accelerating the

melting. Deoxidizing agents and sometimes specific alloying elements are also added

at suitable intervals during melting. Melting of homogenous mass occurs at 16000C.

If necessary superheating up to 16500C as done for specific time. After completion of

melting cycle of an hour the homogeneous molten mass is poured hydraulically into

the ladle.

2.6.2 LRF (Ladle Refining Furnace)

Subsequent to the production of molten steel the production of quality requires

refining of the same for which one Ladle Refining Furnace will be setup with three

electrode arcing facility with complete provision to carry out de-sulphurization, if

required, and de-phosphorization if required. The liquid steel containing in the ladle

will be brought to LRF and after due processing of the liquid steel the ladle will be

transferred to CCM. The slag generated during the Melting as well as refining is

removed manually through BELCHAS (Steel Spatulas).

2.6.3 Continuous Caster Machine (CCM)

The ladle containing liquid steel will be placed on the CCM platform and continuous

casting of hot billet will be carried out in the same for which one 2 strand CCM with 4

m x 8 m radius will be setup, the casting will be done through a highly automated

controlled cooling software governed mechanism by which the casted billet will be




so cooled that the temperature of billets do not fall below 1050oC. The case

formation in the CCM mould starts with drop in surface temperature below 1520oC,

the liquid metal inside the case contains enough energy for maintaining the overall

temperature of billet for hot online rolling. In the CCM section hot billet shearing

machines will be installed with each casting strand, so as to facilitate the cutting of

billets to proper length for feeding in to the rolling mill.

Fig 2.9 Process Flow Chart with air pollution source

2.6.4 Manufacturing process of Rolling Mill

Raw Material i.e. Billet coming from CCM in red hot condition is cut either by Gas

Cutting or automatic hot billet Shearing Machine. In the proposed plant automatic

hot billet shear machines are going to be installed with each strand. The gas cutting

facility will be maintained as a backup to the hot billet shearing machine, After the

Billet is cut into required length, and it is then pushed out to rolling stands for re-

rolling. Steel Pieces are rolled through all stands in order to get required shape of

Inlet

Cooling Water

Sponge Iron,

Metal Scrap,

Alloying

Elements

Spark arrestor Bag Filter

ID fan

Induction

Furnace

Ladle

Continuous Caster Machine

Billets

Chimney

To

Atmosphere

Rolling Mill

Final Product (TMT Bars)




finished goods i.e. TMT/Wire rod /Bars. It is proposed to produce TMT bars at

present; however in future the Mills may be used to produce Wire Rod or Structure

also.

In case of production of TMT the rolled bars are passed through the TMT quenching

machine and then after quenching of TMT are transferred to Cooling Bed for

Cooling. After Cooling, Wire rod Coils/TMT/Bars are shifted to De-coiling machine

and after inspection bundles are ready for dispatch.

Fig 2.10 Flow chart of Rolling Mill Division

2.6.5 Slag Handling

The acidic slag generated from the induction Furnace & Ladle Refining Furnace will

have the following composition and the Slag generated will be crushed in the slag

crusher and the steel content is separated from the waste material. The steel will be

recycled by using the same in Steel Melting Shop. The chemical composition of the

slag is as follows4;

4R. Padmapriya, V.K. Bupesh Raja, V. Ganesh Kumar, and J.Baalamurugan. 2015. Replacement of Coarse Aggregate

by Steel Slag and Fine Aggregate by Manufacturing Sand in Concrete. International Journal of Chem Tech

Research CODEN (USA): IJCRGG. ISSN: 0974-4290 Vol.8, No.4, pp 1721-1729.

Roughing Mill

Inter Mill

Continuous Mill

Thermax System

Cooling Bed

Cut to Length & Dispatch




Table 2.6 Chemical composition of steel slag

Sl .No Elements Composition

1. Carbon 1.40%

2. Oxygen 54.05%

3. Sodium 0.58%

4. Aluminum 4.49%

5. Silicon 18.28%

6. Potassium 0.33%

7. Calcium 1.46%

8. Titanium 0.49%

9. Chromium 0.32%

10. Manganese 3.67%

11. Zinc 0.32%

12. Iron 14.52%

Slag Crusher: Slag Crusher Comprise Of 1 Hopper And Vibratory Feeder. By Vibrating

Feeder the big lumps of slag will be fed evenly & continuously into the crusher.

Vibrating Feeder possesses its own superiority, straighter vibration, reliable

operation, long life performance. The vibrating force can be adjusted and the flux can

be randomly changed & controlled and it is very convenient to control. The vibrating

motor is the source of the vibration. It is of low noise, low power consumption, good

performance. Vibrating Feeder is of simplicity in structure, reliability in operation,

convenient in adjustment, light in weight, small in size & low maintenance.

Magnetic Separator:-The screened material flows from Vibrating Screen that is the

mixture of slag & metal contents goes to Magnetic Separator. Drum Magnetic

Separator is most useful for non-electric separating for separating iron from

nonmagnetic product in bulk quantity for purity of end product, Metal having

commercial value. As the material feed from Vibrating Screen to Magnetic Separator,

the powerful Magnetic field attracts & holds Iron particles from the revolving shell &

slag contents falls freely from the shell, while iron particles are automatically

discharged at the other end.




Fig 2.11 Process of Ferro Chrome recovery

2.7 Plant Design Criteria

Key Plant design criteria for the Steel making plant are as follows and the plant

consists of six major sections viz. Scrap Melting Induction Furnace, Rolling Mill,

Cooling Plant, Testing Lab, Scrap Area and Weigh Bridge.

Table 2.7 Design Criteria

Overall

plant

utilization

Hours of

operation

Hourly nominal

production rate

Daily nominal

production rate

Nominal TMT

production

rate

100%

7920 Hours

annually / 330

days

12.5TPH 300 TPD 99000TPA

2.7.1. Raw Materials Handling

The principal raw material viz., Sponge iron, Metal scrap, Alloying elements etc., will

be obtained from different sources which are located near the project site. The

following tables provides the details of requirement of raw materials

Table 2.8 Raw material for Steel Melting Shop Induction Furnace

Raw Material Total quantity required

(MT/ Year) Mode of Transportation

Sponge Iron & Metal scrap 94050 By road through trucks

Alloying Element

4950 By road through trucks




Table 2.9 Raw material for Rolling Mill

Raw Material Total quantity required

(MT/ Year) Mode of Transportation

Billet (Liquid Metal) 99000 Internal online charging through

CCM

Table 2.10 Mass and Material balance

Input

Material

Input

Qty

(TPD)

Output

material Output %

Output

Quantity

(TPD)

Remarks

A. Steel Melting Shop

Sponge Iron

& Metal scrap 332.5

Steel Billets

(Liquid

Metal)

85.83% 300 Input material for CCM

Slag 6.86% 24 Will be crushed and

reused

Alloying

element 17.5 Others 7.2% 26

Metal ramming mass will

be recycled

Total 350 100% 350

B. CCM

Billet (Liquid

Metal) 300 Billet 95% 285

Will be sent to Rolling

Mill

Scale, end

cut &

Burning

Loss

5% 15 End cut will be recycled

to SMS

Total 300 100% 300

C. Rolling Mill

Billets 285 TMT bars /

MS Flats 95% 271 Final Product

End cuttings

& Burning

Loss

5% 14 End cut will be recycled

to SMS

Total 285 100% 285

2.7.2. Equipment / Machinery

The list of the proposed equipment / facilities is as follows

Table 2.11 List of Equipment/ Machinery

Sl. No Particulars Proposed

1. Induction Furnace – 8 Tons 2 No’s

2. Induction Furnace – 10 Tons 2 No’s

3. Continuous Caster Machine 1 No

4. Ladle refining Furnace 1 No




Sl. No Particulars Proposed

5. Ladle & Over Head Crane 5 No’s

6. Rolling Mill with Roughing Mill, Intermediate

Mill and Continuous Mill

1 No of Roughing Mill + 14 No

of stands

7. D.G Set – 2500 KVA 1 No

8. Bag Filters 4 No’s

2.8 Resource Requirement

2.8.1 Water Requirement

Initial Water requirement to start the project is 95 KLD, all the water used is cyclic

water, except water used for greenery & sprinkling. The source of water is from

Ghataprabha River which is at 3.1 Km (South).

Table 2.12 Fresh Water Requirement Details

SI.

No Particulars

Water

Requirement

(KLD)

Evaporation losses, Blow

Down & Domestic sewage

generation

1. Cooling 8.5

No wastewater generation.

Water will be subjected to

recirculation

2. Sprinkling & Spraying 14.5

3. Rolling mill 23

4. Induction furnace 20

5. FES cooling 8

6. LRF Cooling 10

7. Back wash 6

8. Domestic 5 Treated in 1700 KLD ETP of

Distillery

Total Water Consumption 95

Fig 2.12 Water balance chart




2.8.2 Power Requirement

The power required for the proposed TMT plant is taken from the existing co-

generation plant (14 MW) of SSL. At present the Total Power generated from the co-

generation unit is 14MW, out of which 3-4 MW is being used for sugar industry by

M/s SSL, remaining 10 MW is being sold to Government. After the implementation of

the Proposed TMT plant, during crushing season 7-8 MW of the power generated

will be utilized from Co-generation plant for the Steel Melting plant & During Off

season 13 MW of the power will be utilized from Co-generation plant for the Steel

Melting Plant. For the Rerolling Mill power 6MW of the power from the grid will be

imported. Also, for power backup 1 No of DG of capacity 2500KVA will be installed.

Table 2.13 Energy balance for Steel Melting Shop

Components Heating Item % MWH

Heat Input Transformer Primary Input Power 100 13

Heat Output

Metal 51.92 6.74

Slag 10.83 1.40

Heat to walls 06.67 0.93

Waste gases 07.50 0.97

Water cooler 09.17 1.19

Electrical Loss 08.08 1.05

Other Heat Loss 05.83 0.72

Total 100.00 13.00

Table 2.14 Energy balance for Rolling Mill

Components Heating Item % MWH

Heat Input Transformer Input Power 100 25.50

Heat Output

Power required to convert the raw

material to finished product 68 17.34

Heat loss (Atmospheric losses,

Radiation losses, Latent Heat

Losses & Losses with water)

32 8.16

Total 100 25.50

2.8.3 Solid & Hazardous waste generation

End cutting from CCM & Rolling Mill and slag are the main solid waste constituents

in the industry, details of the quantity generated and the disposal mechanism is

given in the table below. MoU has been made with Shanthadurga Petrochemicals for

disposal of Hazardous waste and used oil.




Table 2.15 Solid & Hazardous waste Management

Sl.

No

Particulars Quantity

/ year

Disposal Facility

1 End cutting from CCM &

Rolling Mill 5.7T

The End cuts will be recycled in the Steel

Melting Shop

2 Slag 9.3T

Will be crushed in the slag crusher and the

recovered metal will be recycled in the SMS.

Remaining waste will be used as construction

material.

3 Dust from Bag Filter 66T Will be disposed to KSPCB authorised recyclers

4 Used oil in DG set 125 Lts

Will be disposed to KSPCB authorised dealers.

MoU has been made with Shanthadurga

Petrochemicals for disposal of Hazardous

waste and used oil.

5 Oil soaked cotton waste 50Kg Will be disposed to KSPCB authorised dealers

2.9 Pollution Control Systems

2.9.1 Air Emissions

Air emission from the process is anticipated during manufacturing of the TMT bars,

MS flats & MS angels. The waste gases from Induction furnace and Casting machines

will pass through the spark arrestors and then into the bag filter and treated gases

will be discharged into the atmosphere through chimney. Sufficient stack height of

30m AGL shall be provided to the Bag filters. The Bag filter specifications are

attached as Annexure – 5.

2.9.2 Fugitive Emission Generation

Fugitive emission is expected from Loading & Unloading transfer points, Raw

material handling area and Movement of vehicles. The dust from the Raw material

handling will be controlled by water sprinkling arrangements. Also, asphalting of

roads, vehicle speed restrictions, Greenbelt development, regular maintenance of

vehicles and machineries will be carried out in order to control emission. The

proposed DG sets of capacity 1 X 2500KVA will be installed on anti-vibrating

mountings & with acoustic enclosures, DG set will be provided with 30m AGL stack

as per KSPCB norms.

Table 2.16 Fugitive emission control measures

Stack attached to Stack height

in m

APC

provided

Emission

Standards5

Induction Furnace 30 Bag Filter 50 mg/Nm3

D.G Set (2500KVA) 30 -- --

2 MoEF& CC gazette No GSR 894 (E) draft notification dated 04.12.2019




2.9.3 Water pollution Control Systems

Water in the plant is mainly used for cooling purpose. Also, water is required for

domestic purpose. The source of the water for the production will be from

Ghataprabha River and there will be no wastewater discharge, as closed circuit

cooling system will be adopted. The total manpower will be 100 Nos. and the water

requirement for domestic purpose will be 5 KLD, domestic sewage generated will be

treated in a Distillery ETP of capacity 1700 KLD.

2.9.4 Solid & hazardous waste generation

End cuttings from CCM & Rolling Mill and slag are the solid waste generated from

the industry. End cuttings will be used for re-melting.

Used oil from the D.G set and the oil soaked cotton waste are some of the hazardous

waste generated in the industry and these shall be stored at an identified place & in

a leak proof containers and disposed to KSPCB authorised re-processors or

incinerators. MoU has been made with Shanthadurga Petrochemicals for disposal of

Hazardous waste and used oil.

2.9.5 Time Frame for implementation

Total cost of the project is Rs 15.22 Crore; the estimated time required for

completion is 12 months after obtaining the EC from MoEF&CC and CFE from KSPCB.

2.9.6 Risk of Technological Failures

The failure of pollution control systems may anticipate due to technological failures.

During such incidents, the plant will be completely shut down for rectification in the

presence of experts and KSPCB will be informed about the incidence.

2.10 Compliance to CPCB / CREP siting guidelines

Sl.

No. Requirement Compliance

1

The plants should be at a distance of at least 1

Km from residential habitation and

Ecologically or otherwise sensitive area.

The nearest village is Vaderhatti

Village -2.02 Km, North East.

2 The plants should be at least 500 m from the

National and State Highways.

The Plant is located at a distance of

39.82 Km away from NH-4 in West

direction.

3 Radial distance between two plants should be

5 Km for plants with 0.165 MTPA capacities. Nil

4

If any plant/cluster is located within 1 Km from

any residential area/village, they may be

shifted by the SPCB/State government in a

phased manner.

Not applicable




Chapter-3 Description of the Environment

3.1 Introduction

This chapter illustrates the description of the present environmental status of the

study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The present

environmental status is studied through sampling / monitoring & analysis to

understand and generate the baseline environmental data, which is described with

respect to climatic conditions, water quality, soil quality, crop pattern, ecological

status, hydro-geological aspects, socio-economic status of the people in the

surroundings, land use pattern and the monuments of archaeological importance.

This baseline data helps to understand the present environmental status of the site

and its surroundings which also helps in predicting, assessing or evaluating the

impacts of the proposed activity on the environment. The baseline environmental

quality was assessed through site survey, field study reports, interdisciplinary team

interactions, professional judgments & predictions.

3.2 Study area

The baseline studies were carried out within the 10 Km radius of the proposed

project site which is located in Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk,

Belagavi District, Karnataka (Latitude 16°14'29.06"N and Longitude 74°53'16.72"E;

And Topo sheet Nos. 47 L/16, 47 L/15), Belagavi District.

3.3 Study Period

The baseline environmental data was collected during the post monsoon season

(Oct, Nov, & Dec, 2021).

3.4 Environmental components considered and brief methodology

Sl.

No Attribute Parameters

Frequency of

Monitoring Brief Methodology

A. Physical environment

1. Soil

Physico

chemical

parameters

Once during the study

period at 9 locations.

Identification of Soil types, soil

status using secondary data

Identification of soil sampling

locations within 10 Km study

area.

Collection and analysis of soil

samples by Jackson (1968),

Black (1982) and USDA (1972).

Interpretation of results

2 Land use Trend of land

use pattern

Satellite imagery of

the study area

Collection of Toposheet and

satellite imageries for the

study area

Processing of satellite

imageries by using ARC GIS




Sl.


Frequency of


9.2 and ERDAS IMAGINE 9.1

tools for generation of various

thematic maps

Interpretation of thematic

maps to obtain land use land

cover statistics

3 Ambient

Air Quality

As per NAAQ

Standards, 2009

24 hourly for all the

parameters except CO

and O3 which is

monitored hourly

basis, twice a week for

three month at 8

locations.

Selection of AAQM stations as

per CPCB guidelines

AAQM monitoring as per

NAAQ standards - 2009, CPCB,

New Delhi

Analysis of the results using

CPCB & IS:5182

Interpretation of results as per

AQI, CPCB, New Delhi

4 Meteorolo

gy

Solar Radiation

(Watt / sq. m),

Relative

Humidity (%),

Temperature

(°C), Rainfall

(mm), Wind

Direction (Deg),

Wind Gust

(km/hr), Wind

Speed (km/hr)

and Dew Point

(°C).

Continuous

monitoring station for

three months of post

monsoon (Oct, Nov &

Dec, 2021)

Collection of secondary data

from the nearest IMD station

Installation of weather

monitoring station at site.

5 Traffic

Studies

Traffic data

collection for

Real time and

projections as

per proposed

scenario

Once during study

period

Traffic Data collection on main

approach roads

Traffic data projection as per

IRC standards.

Projection of changed and

Modified V/C and LoS

scenario.

5 Noise

levels

Leq Day time &

Leq Night time

Continuous recording

per minute interval for

24 hours at all 9

monitoring stations

once in the study

period.

Selection of Ambient Noise

level monitoring locations as

per Ambient Noise Level

Monitoring, CPCB, New Delhi

Protocol

Ambient Noise level

monitoring


Noise (Regulation and Control)




Sl.


Frequency of


rules - 2000, MoEF&CC, GoI

6

Surface

and

Ground

Water

quality

Physical,

Chemical and

Bacteriological


period at 5 Surface

and 8 Ground Water

locations.

Identification of sampling

locations

Collection, preservation and

Transportation of samples as

per CPCB guidelines

Analysis of water samples as

per BIS, USEPA and APHA

guidelines


BIS and CPCB

7 Geology

Geological

study based on

field

investigations in

the study area


period

Identification of Geological

characteristics and economic

mineral deposits in the study

area

8 Hydrology

Drainage area

and pattern,

nature of

streams, aquifer

characteristics

of the area

Based on field

studies in the

study area.


period

Collection of reports from

CGWB, GSI and National

Hydrograph

Site investigation for

assessment of Groundwater,

resources quality and yield.

Delineation of drainage

pattern

Conducting hydrogeological

surveys, Depth to water table

and Water table elevation

details

Groundwater quality analysis

using BIS standards

B. Biological Environment

9 Ecology Flora and Fauna

(Terrestrial)

Through field visit

during the Study

period once and

substantiated through

secondary literature.

Collection of forest working

plan, Gazetteer, published

literature for the study area

Discussion with forest officials

and local people

Identification of sampling

locations

Quadrate method for

collection of flora

Transact method for collection

of fauna and point count

method for collection of avi-

fauna data




Sl.


Frequency of


Identification of Conservation

status of flora and fauna by

using IUCN, BSI and wildlife

schedules

Assessment of Phyto

sociological parameters -

frequency, density, species

richness, species diversity

Interpretation of results

C. Social Environment

10

Socio

economic

aspects

Based on

primary data

collected from

socio economic

survey and

secondary data

collected from

various sources


period

Collection of census data and

other literatures

Discussion with Project

Proponent

Delineation of Demographic

profile, Literacy, Occupation

status, infrastructure facilities

available, health status,

religion and caste, cultural

properties of the study area

Questionnaire survey and

community consultations

using PRA method

Report Preparation

3.5 Physical Environment

3.5.1 Land Environment

3.5.1.1 Land use pattern and land cover analysis

The study area satellite imageries obtained from NRSC were processed in ERDAS

IMAGINE 9.2 and Arc GIS 10.8.8 and also the Survey of India top sheet were

processed for various land use classes (Level -1 Classification). The land use and land

cover analysis map of the study area are given in Fig -3.1. The Agricultural land

covers up to 78% followed by agricultural fallow land (17%), Built-up area of 3% and

water body of 2% of the study area.




Fig 3.1 Graph showing the distribution of LU/LC in the study area

The 87.45 % of the study area is very gently sloping (0-3o). Remaining area of 10.19%

belongs to 3-5o slope and remaining falls under moderate to very steep

classification6. Map showing the slope categories, contours and DEM is given in Fig

3.2 to 3.5 below.

Fig 3.2 Land use & Land cover map of the study area

6 United States Geological Survey (USGS) data set designator, updated on 02.01.2015




Fig 3.3 Map showing the contours of the study area.

Fig 3.4 Map showing the DEM map of the study area.




Fig 3.5 Map showing the slope map of the study area

3.5.1.2 Soil Types & Soil Erosion

The soils in the study area range from moderately well drained calcareous clayey

soils to very deep, well drained cracking clay soils and the same is shown below:




Fig 3.6 Map showing the soil types

S1 Project site- North S6 Gudalhatti

S2 Project site- West S7 Tukanhatti

S3 Project site- East S8 Musaguppi

S4 Project site- South S9 Arabhavi

S5 Kolhalli

3.5.1.3 Soil Characteristics

It is essential to determine the potential of soil in the area and identify the current

impacts of industrialization on soil quality and also predict impacts, which may arise




due to the plant operations. The samples were collected up to a depth of 15-30 cm.

The present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this

will help in future in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to the

operation of the proposed plant. The sampling locations have been identified with

the following objectives.

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area

To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics and

To determine the impact on soil more importantly from agriculture

productivity point of view.

Nine locations within 10 km radius around the proposed TMT division project plant

boundary were selected for soil sampling based on land use and land cover. The

results of soil quality Analysis are discussed below and table showing the results of

each sample are enclosed as Annexure – 7. The methodology used for analysis of the

soil samples are given below;

Table 3.1 Analytical methods used for Physico Chemical Analysis of soil

Sl. No Parameter Method

1 pH Electrode method

2 Color Munsell Color Chart Method

3 Texture Hydrometer Method

4 Bulk Density Gravimetric Method

5 Electrical Conductivity Electrode Method

6 Magnesium as Mg Complexometric Titration Method

7 Calcium as Ca Complexometric Titration Method

8 Sodium Absorption Ratio By Calculation

9 Chloride as Cl Argentometric Method

10 Sodium Flame Photometer Method

11 Organic carbon Walkley & Blacks Method

12 Available Potassium as K Flame Photometer Method

13 Available Phosphorous P2O5 Colorimetric Method

14 Sand Hydrometer Method

15 Available Nitrogen as N Titrometric Method

16 Silt Hydrometer Method

17 Clay Hydrometer Method

18 Boron Colorimetric Method

19 Sulphate as SO4 Turbedometric Method

20 Zinc as Zn ICP-OES Method

21 Manganese as Mn ICP-OES Method

22 Copper as Cu ICP-OES Method




Project site North (Vacant land) Project site West (Vacant land)

Project site East (Vacant land) Project site South (Vacant land)

Kallolli village (Sugarcane plantation) Gudlahatti (Agricultural land)

Tukkanahatti (Agricultural land) Musaguppi (Sugarcane plantation)




Arbhavi village (Agricultural land)

Fig 3.7 Photographs showing soil sampling photographs

3.5.1.4 Summary of analysis results

Soil texture: Soil texture in the samples analysed falls under sandy loam class of

texture. loamy provides good drainage facilities. Texture does however; indicate the

ease with which the application of the soil can be recommended.

Bulk density values: < 1.68 g/cc indicates high soil porosity and soil compaction

thereby reflects ability to function for structural support, water and solute movement

and soil aeration. The project area is having lesser bulk density in many locations

indicating poor organic carbon content and water holding capacity will also get

affected.

pH: Maximum pH of 8.63 was recorded at Project site west indicating alkaline soil

reaction and minimum of 7.8 was recorded at Musaguppi and Arabhavi indicating

neutral soil reaction. The soil samples have alkaline to neutral in nature. Alkaline soil

can be reclaimed by using soil amendments and good sub surface drainage.

EC: Maximum EC of 301µs/cm was recorded at Project site North whereas minimum

of 149.1 µs/cm was recorded at Arabhavi. The results indicate low salinity i.e., the

water is considered as safe without any salinity problems. Electrical Conductivity, as

the measure of current carrying capacity, gives a clear picture of the amount of

soluble salts present in the soil.

Organic Carbon: Maximum OC of 1.52 % was recorded at Project site west

indicating high nutrient rating and minimum of 0.38 % was recorded at Project site-

South indicating low nutrient rating. All the samples in the area appear to possess

medium content of percent organic carbon, which indicates that the farm lands have

enough bio and degradable farm waste and trees and shrubs which contribute bio

residues. Farmers are also maintaining their lands with optimum level of nutrients by

applying sufficient quantity of green manure compost and farm yard manure to get

higher yield of crops.




Available Nitrogen: Nitrogen is one among the four primary elements essential for

the plant tissues. It is the major component of proteins, nucleic acids and chlorophyll.

Nitrogen is having a major role in maintaining the fertility of the soil and nitrogen

content in almost all the soils are observed to be very low and is found as nitrates,

nitrite and ammonium. Plants are more dependent upon nitrate nitrogen, during the

aerobic conditions and ammonia nitrogen during anaerobic conditions. Maximum N

of 418.27 Kg/ha was recorded at Musaguppi and minimum of 216.08 Kg/ha was

recorded at Project site-South indicating medium nutrient rating.

Available Phosphorus: Phosphorus is the second most important micro nutrient

available in the soil of the biological systems which covers more than 1% of the dry

organic weight. It is a major content of nucleic acid, phospholipids and many

phosphors related compounds. Similarly, it is second most limiting factor often

affecting plant growth. Chemically Phosphorus exists in the form of both organic and

inorganic forms. Generally, plants depend on phosphorus in the inorganic

compounds especially in the form of phosphate ions. Whereas, organic phosphates

are also important sources of phosphorus in all most all types of soils. However,

comparatively the phosphorus is required in small quantity, but it may be the most

limiting factor in the productivity of the plant. Therefore, ecologically it is more

significant. Maximum P of 39.09 Kg/ha was recorded at Project site South and

minimum of 9.3 Kg/ha was recorded at Project site east indicating low nutrient

rating.

Available Potassium: Maximum K of 302.05 Kg/ha was recorded at Project site east

and minimum of 146 Kg/ha was recorded at Gudlahatti indicating medium to high

nutrient rating.

Fertility Status of soils: Based on the results and nutrient indices, it is possible to

classify nutrient status of the particular area and classify each nutrient level i.e., low,

medium or high based on a rating chart, which was made use of while rating the soil

analysis results, as follows:

Table 3.2 Rating Chart for Soil Test values and their Nutrient Indices

A. Soil pH

Sl. No Character Acidity Neutral Alkaline

1 pH Range Below 6 6-8 Above 8

2 Soil Reaction Index I II III

B. Electrical Conductivity

Sl. No Character Normal Critical Injurious

1 Range (µmhos/cm) Below 1000 1000-2000 above 2000

2 Salt index I II III

C. Organic Carbon

Sl. No Character Low Medium High

1 Range (%) Below 0.5 0.5-0.75 Above 0.75




Table 3.3 Parameters of Fertility Status

Nutrient Index Range Remarks (OC, N, P, K)

I Below 1.67 Low

II 1.67-2.33 Medium

III Above 2.33 High

The nutrient index values are evaluated for the soil samples analyzed using

the following formula:

Nutrient index = [(1x No. of samples in low category) + (2 x No. Samples in

medium category) + (3 x No. of samples in high category)] / Total number

of samples. The values are:

Table 3.4 Nutrient Index of soil samples in the study area

Sl. No Characteristics Nutrient index Remarks

1 Organic carbon (OC) 2.55 High

2 Available Phosphorus (P) 1 Low

3 Available potash (K) 2.22 Medium

3.5.2 Air Environment

3.5.2.1 Meteorology

The meteorological factors affect a range of atmospheric characteristics and dispersal

of pollutants. These factors and their frequent changes control the gravity and

intensity of air pollution in an area and cause seasonal variations in horizontal as well

as vertical distribution and fate of respective pollutants. The essential meteorological

parameters are wind speed, wind direction, ambient air temperature, relative

humidity, rainfall, atmospheric pressure and mixing height.

Available Secondary meteorological data (for the year 2020) was obtained from IMD

for Belagavi Airport, from where the meteorological data (Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Cloud cover Rainfall, Wind speed and Wind direction etc.,) were collected.

The details are given below;

2 Nutrient index I II III

D. Available Phosphorus

Sl. No Character Low Medium High

1 Range (Kg/ha) Below 22 22-54 Above 54


E. Available Potassium

Sl.No Character Low Medium High

1 Range (Kg/ha) Below 123 123-296 Above 296





Table 3.5 Secondary Meteorological Data for Belagavi District (2020)

Year Month Temperature (°C) Rainfall

(mm)

Avg Wind Speed

(kmph)

Humidity

(%)

Cloud

Cover (%)

Pressure

mb

Min Max

2020

Jan 18 27 1.4 9.3 57 11 1012.4

Feb 20 32 0 10.6 44 6 1012.2

March 21 33 2.4 10.7 48 8 1010.6

April 23 36 9.9 11.6 49 9 1009.7

May 24 35 35.8 14.8 57 20 1007.4

June 21 27 460 17.6 81 68 1006.4

July 21 25 175 15.3 86 82 1006.2

August 20 24 154.8 17.2 90 89 1006.7

September 20 26 435.9 11.2 89 79 1007

October 20 26 406.9 9.3 85 65 1008.1

November 19 26 8.2 13.6 71 33 1011.9

December 18 28 1.5 12.7 57 10 1012

Source: IMD, Bengaluru.

Temperature varies from season to season. Highest mean temperature of 2020 in the month, recorded in April, was 36.0°C. From

November to February, both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is generally the coldest month, with

mean temperature of 26°C and 28°C respectively. In winter season, day temperatures remain 20°C.

In the present studies, to study the site specific meteorological conditions on-site monitoring was undertaken for various

meteorological variables in order to generate the site specific data. The central micro-meteorological station was installed at a

height of about 3 m from ground level free from any obstruction. Hourly micro-meteorological data was recorded at the site for a

period of 3 months comprising of one full season from Oct 2021, Nov 2021 & Dec 2021. The methodology adopted for monitoring

surface observation is as per the standards and India Meteorological Department (IMD). Watchdog 2900 ET was installed at site

which records Solar Radiation (Watt/Sq. m), Relative Humidity (%), Temperature (°C), Rainfall (mm), Wind Direction (Deg), Wind Gust

(Km/hr), Wind Speed (Km/hr) and Dew Point (°C).



M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd. (TMT Division) 40 M/s. EHSCPL, Bengaluru.

Online meteorology station was set at the project site and accordingly wind rose was

prepared to determine the predominant wind direction. Wind rose shows that the

prevailing wind direction during the study period is South East. Down wind direction

is towards North West.

Fig 3.8 Micro Meteorological Station at project site

Table 3.6 Meteorological data collected at site

Particulars

Wind

Speed,

m/s

Wind

Direction

degree

Ambient

Temp 0C

RH,

%

Surface

Pressure,

hPa

Solar

Radiation,

W/m2

Precipitation

Rate,

mm/hr

Cloud

Cover

10th

Oct,

2021

Max 6.0 358.4 31.7 99.9 952.0 977.8 8.0 10.0

Min 0.0 0.6 16.2 26.9 940.3 0.0 0.0 0.0

Avg 3.0 147.2 24.9 67.3 947.0 252.4 0.1 1.5

Nov,

2021

Max 6.4 352.3 31.4 100 951.7 906.4 2.5 10.0

Min 0.0 7.5 15.0 26.4 942.7 0.0 0.0 0.0

Avg 3.4 129.5 23.8 71.5 947.9 186.7 0.0 1.5

Dec,

2021

Max 7.2 355.1 28.8 98.5 952.0 859.3 15.3 10.0

Min 0.0 1.3 11.7 27.7 947.2 0.0 0.0 0.0

Avg 3.4 129.5 21.2 63.3 951.4 205.6 0.0 1.5




Period of Record: Total Records : 744

Start: 1 Oct 21 Avg. Wind Speed:

01:00 2.9 m/s

End: 31 Oct 21 Max Wind Speed:

24:00 6.6 m/s

Calm: 7.1 %

Orientation: Blowing From W, NW


Start: 1 Nov 21 Avg. Wind Speed:

01:00 3.4 m/s

End: 30 Nov 21 Max Wind Speed:

24:00 6.4 m/s

Calm: 4.9 %

Orientation: Blowing From W


Start: 1 Dec 21 Avg. Wind Speed:

01:00 3.4 m/s

End: 31Dec 21 Max Wind Speed:

24:00 7.2 m/s

Calm: 10.1 %

Orientation: Blowing From W


Start: 1 Oct 21 Avg. Wind Speed:

01:00 3.2 m/s

End: 31Dec 21 Max Wind Speed:

24:00 7.2 m/s

Calm: 7.4 %

Orientation: Blowing From W,NW

Fig 3.9 Wind rose Diagram for the study period




Wind rose shows that the prevailing wind direction during the study period is West,

North West. Down wind direction is towards East, North East.

3.5.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

The list of parameters monitored, sampling locations, analytical techniques and

frequency of monitoring is as mentioned below:

Table 3.7 NAAQ-2009 standards and Analysis Methods7

Sl.

No Parameter

Frequency of

Monitoring

Analysis

Method

NAAQM

Standards,

2009

Instrument

Details

1. Particulate

Matter (PM10)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS:5182(P23)-

2006 100 µg/m3

Gravimetric

Method

2. Particulate

Matter (PM2.5)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

USEP A 40 CFR

(P53) 60 µg/m3

Gravimetric

Method

3. Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS:5182(P2)-

2001 80 µg/m3

Improved West &

Gaeke Method

4. Nitrogen

Dioxide (NO2)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS:5182 (P6) -

2006 80 µg/m3

Modified Jacob &

Hochheister

Method

5. Lead (Pb) Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

USEP A method

IO – 3.4

1.0 µg/m3

ICP-OES Method

6. Nickel (Ni) Twice in week

for 24 Hrs 20.0 ng/m3

7. Arsenic (As) Twice in week

for 24 Hrs 6.0 ng/m3

8. Carbon

Monoxide (CO)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS: 5182 (P 10) -

1999 4.0 mg/m3

Non-Dispersive

Infrared

Spectroscopy

9. Ozone (O3) Twice in week

for 24 Hrs - 180 µg/m3

UV Photometric

Method

10. Ammonia

(NH3)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

Method 401 –

Air Sampling

and Analysis,

APHA, 3rd

Edition

400 µg/m3

Indophenol Blue

Method

11. Benzene (C6H6) Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS:5182(P11) –

2006 5.0 µg/m3

Adsorption and

Desorption

followed by GC

Analysis

12. Benzo (a)

pyrene (BaP)

Twice in week

for 24 Hrs

IS:5182 (P12) –

2004 1.0 ng/m3

Solvent Extraction

followed by GC

Analysis

7 NAAQS gazette notification GSR 826(E) dated 16

th November, 2009




The monitoring locations were selected on the basis of even distribution over the

study area considering various factors like topography and land use of the region,

sensitive establishment, human settlements and industrial activities in the study area.

Sampling

Stations Code

Distance

from

project site

(Km)

Direction Criteria for

selection Latitude Longitude

Project site-

Sugar

section

A1 - - To know the

baseline 16°14'33.88"N 74°53'32.81"E

Project site

Distillery

section

A2 - NE Project Site 16°14'57.38"N 74°53'20.00"E

Vaderhatti A3 2.0 NE Downwind

Direction 16°15'7.07"N 74°55'16.01"E

Kalloli A4 2.29 NW Nearest Village 16°15'55.88"N 74°52'5.08"E

Beernagaddi A5 1.53 S Human

Settlement 16°13'45.39"N 74°53'9.88"E

Arbhavi A6 6.97 W Upwind

direction 16°13'18.98"N 74°49'28.26"E

Udgatti A7 8.18 SE Settlement 16°13'5.84"N 74°55'50.64"E

Musguppi A8 6.80 NE Settlement 16°15'35.34"N 74°57'24.62"E

Fig 3.10 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations




3.5.2.3 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Particulate Matter <2.5 µ and <10 µ

The NAAQ standards for PM10 are 100 µg/m3 and PM2.5 is 60 µg/m3. Excessive

exposure to PM can cause lung disease, irregular heartbeat, decreased lung function

and increased respiratory symptoms such as irritation of the airways, coughing or

difficulty breathing.

The minimum and maximum level of Particulate Matter < 2.5µ recorded within the

study area were in the range of 12 to 38 µg/m3. The minimum and maximum level of

Particular Matter < 10µ recorded within the study area were in the range of 41 to 87

µg/m3. The 24 hourly average values of Particulate Matter <2.5µ and Particulate

Matter < 10µ were compared with the national ambient air quality standards and

found that all sampling stations recorded values within the applicable limits for all

locations in study area.

Fig 3.11 Graph showing the results PM10

Fig 3.12 Graph showing the results PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide

Sulphur dioxide in atmosphere is significant because of its toxicity. Sulphur dioxide is

capable of producing illness and lung injury. Sulphur dioxide is irritating to the eyes

and respiratory system. The minimum and maximum level of SO2 recorded within the

study area was in the range of 3.16 to 9.79 µg/m3. The 24 hourly average values of

SO2 were compared with the national ambient air quality standards and it was found




that all sampling stations recorded values much lower than the applicable limit of 80

µg/m3.

Fig 3.13 Graph showing the results SO2

Oxides of Nitrogen

Oxides of Nitrogen emissions are expected to be emitted wherever combustion at

high temperatures takes place. Nitrous oxide and nitric acid mist are the other

important pollutants in the inorganic nitrogen group.

NO2 has inherent ability to produce deleterious effects by themselves like toxicity. It

acts as asphyxiate when in concentrations great enough to reduce the normal

oxygen supply from the air. The minimum and maximum level of NOx recorded

within the study area was in the range of 8.42 µg/m3 to 28.68 µg/m3. The 24 hourly

average values of NOx were compared with the national ambient air quality

standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values much lower

that the applicable limit of 80 µg/m3.

Fig 3.14 Graph showing the results NOx

Carbon Monoxide

Carbon monoxide is a colourless, odourless and tasteless gas that is slightly lighter

than air. It can be toxic to humans and animals when encountered in higher

concentrations, although it is also produced in normal animal metabolism in low

quantities and is thought to have some normal biological functions. The minimum




and maximum level of CO recorded within the study area was in the range of 0.14

mg/m3 to 1.84 mg/m3.

Fig 3.15 Graph showing the results CO

NH3, O3, Lead and Nickel

The minimum and maximum level of NH3 recorded within the study area was in the

range of 0.77 µg/m3 to 9.12 µg/m3. The minimum and maximum level of O3 recorded

within the study area was in the range of 0.35 µg/m3 to 2.47 µg/m3. Nickel was found

in trace quantities in the study area. The rest of the parameter as per NAAQ, 2009

were found to be below detectable limit.

Ambient Air quality analysis data has been enclosed as Annexure-6.

Table 3.8 Summary of Air Monitoring results

Location PM 10,

g/m3

PM2.5,

g/m3

SO2,

g/m3

NO2,

g/m3

CO,

g/m3

NH3,

g/m3

O3,

g/m3

A1 61.14 23.55 5.63 16.88 0.78 5.54 1.45

A2 68.17 27.50 6.44 19.79 0.95 6.33 1.68

A3 59.83 23.33 5.69 16.67 0.75 5.61 1.44

A4 58.50 21.88 5.37 15.44 0.74 5.32 1.40

A5 57.33 21.71 5.16 15.24 0.70 5.19 1.32

A6 59.21 22.63 5.37 16.21 0.78 5.18 1.44

A7 56.79 20.92 4.93 14.91 0.66 4.88 1.27

A8 58.29 22.17 5.32 15.67 0.71 5.18 1.37

Source=EHSRDC Unit-II, Belagavi,

3.5.2.4 Air Quality Index

AQI is the effective tool for communicating the air quality results in an

understandable form. It converts huge data into a common number (index value) and

color (CPCB). AQI of the study area as follows.

Table 3.9 Air Quality Index




Location PM10,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

PM2.5,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

SO2,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

A1 61.14 61 Satisfactory 23.55 39.25 Good 5.63 7.04 Good








Continued…..

NO2,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

CO,

mg/m3 AQI Remarks

NH3,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

O3,

g/m3 AQI Remarks

16.88 21.10 Good 0.78 39 Good 5.54 1.39 Good 1.45 1.45 Good

19.79 24.4 Good 0.95 47.50 Good 6.33 1.58 Good 1.68 1.68 Good







As per Air Quality Index, Good and satisfactory ambient air quality can be observed

in the study area. The air quality w.r.t SO2, PM 2.5, CO, NO2, NH3 & O3 is good

Project site- Sugar section Vaderahatti village

Kallolli village Biranagaddi village




Arabhavi village Udagatti village

Fig 3.16 AAQM photographs

3.5.3 Traffic Studies

3.5.3.1 Road Connectivity

The project is located along Sankeshwar Sangam road along SH-44, presently the

highway have 2-lanes with 7.5 m width and wide shoulder of 8.5 m at one side and

another side 8 m and the entry & exit is given to the same road. The RoW measures

45 m including MCW and shoulders. The nearest locations from the project will leave

one side to Arabhavi / Sankeshwar and other side to Yadwad. However, one side it

joins to Ghataprabha and other side to Lokapura / Yadwad.

Table 3.10 Parking details

Sl. No Particulars Proposed for TMT Division

1 Personal Vehicles 20

2 Company Bus 1

3 Office Vehicles 2

4 Raw material movement 20

5 Products / By-products movement 40

Existing: Number of Employees =1250, Proposed Employees = 100

Table 3.11 No of Trucks used for transportation of Final product

Sl. No Materials 2WH 4WH BUS TRUCKS

1 Personal Vehicles 20 - - -

2 Company Bus - - 1 -

3 Office Vehicles - 2 - -

4 Raw material movement - - - 20

5 Products / By-products movement

40

Total 20 2 1 60




Fig 3.17 Road Connectivity on Google earth

Table 3.12 Existing Road Geometric Scenario

Road

ROW (m)

Surface

Condition

Street

lights

Drainage width (m) Road

Remarks

CW (m)

Lanes

L R Marking Signs Shoulder

4

(2 lanes

undivided)

24

Good A open open NA NA

Road

marking

have to be

painted,

Sign &

signage’s

have to be

installed.

7.5

2

8.5+8

*A – Available *NA – Not Available




Fig 3.18 Photographs of the Project road

3.5.3.2 Real time v/s changed traffic scenario

The highest peak observed is 318 PCU’s/hr as per IRC:64-1990 during 11:00 am to

12:00 am and Total PCU’s/day is 3099. The road category being State highway and

comes under rural highway category for which the corresponding IRC codes are

followed for considering the capacity, PCU’s and other guidelines. Hence the traffic

counts are carried out for 24 hrs8 as per.

The trucks and tractors which are coming to the plant loaded, either will have to

move empty or loaded with completed product. Hence the vehicles movement will

be doubled and taken far to workout impact.

Table 3.13 Real time Traffic scenario along SH-44

Time 2Wh 3Wh 4Wh Bus L/T Tractor Total

6:00- 7:00 12(6) 0(0) 12(12) 1(3) 2(6) 3(14) 30(41)

7:00-8:00 19(10) 2(2) 19(19) 3(9) 7(21) 4(18) 54(79)

8:00-9:00 22(11) 9(9) 22(22) 5(15) 11(33) 9(41) 78(131)

8 IRC:64-1990




Time 2Wh 3Wh 4Wh Bus L/T Tractor Total

9:00-10:00 34(17) 13(13) 31(31) 9(27) 8(24) 16(72) 111(184)

10:00-11:00 56(28) 15(15) 42(42) 12(36) 9(27) 21(95) 155(243)

11:00-12:00 74(37) 19(19) 49(49) 16(48) 10(30) 30(135) 198(318)

12:00-01:00 pm 79(40) 21(21) 51(51) 8(24) 13(39) 31(140) 203(314)

01:00-02:00 64(32) 22(22) 46(46) 6(18) 12(36) 19(86) 169(240)

02:00-03:00 55(28) 17(17) 33(33) 10(30) 19(57) 14(63) 148(228)

03:00-04:00 49(25) 14(14) 27(27) 5(15) 21(63) 13(59) 129(202)

04:00-05:00 41(21) 8(8) 19(19) 4(12) 24(72) 17(77) 113(208)

05:00-06:00 33(17) 3(3) 18(18) 6(18) 22(66) 12(54) 94(176)

06:00-07:00 29(15) 1(1) 21(21) 11(33) 14(42) 9(41) 85(152)

07:00-08:00 14(7) 0(0) 26(26) 13(39) 12(36) 7(32) 72(140)

08:00-09:00 9(5) 0(0) 14(14) 4(12) 15(45) 6(27) 48(103)

09:00-10:00 8(4) 1(1) 6(6) 2(6) 5(15) 11(50) 33(82)

10:00-11:00 4(2) 0(0) 2(2) 0(0) 6(18) 13(59) 25(81)

11:00-12:00 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 13(39) 18(81) 31(120)

12:00-01:00 am 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 4(12) 4(18) 8(30)

01:00-02:00 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 2(6) 0(0) 2(6)

02:00-03:00 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0)

03:00-04:00 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0)

04:00-05:00 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 0(0) 1(3) 1(5) 2(8)

05:00-06:00 am 0(0) 0(0) 1(1) 0(0) 3(9) 2(9) 6(19)

Total 602(301) 145(145) 439(439) 115(345) 233(699) 260(1170) 1794(3099)

Table 3.14 Changed V/C and LoS after adding generated traffic to Existing Traffic

Road V (PCU’s/day) C (PCU’s/day) Existing V/C LOS

SH-44 (2 lanes undivided) 3099 15000 0.21 B

Table 3.15 Modified V/C and LOS after adding generated traffic to existing traffic

Road

Existing traffic scenario

considered for impact

studies

Changed V/C and LOS by adding

generated traffic

V C V/C LOS V V/C LOS

SH-44

(2 lanes

undivided)

3099 15000 0.21 B 3099+195

= 3294 0.22 B




Table 3.16 Projected traffic for next three years based on individual vehicular growth

Road

Vehicle

Type 2Wh 3Wh 4Wh Bus L/T Tractor

Total % Growth

Towards 0.68 0.25 1.68 0.09 0.09 0.07

SH-44

(2 lanes undivided)

614

(307)

146

(146)

461

(461)

115

(346)

234

(701)

261

(1172)

1831

(3133)

Exponential Growth is considered

Table 3.17 Modified V/C and LoS after adding the generated traffic

Road Projected Traffic for next three year

Modified V/C and LOS after

adding the generated traffic

V C V/C LOS V V/C LOS

SH-44

(2 lanes

undivided)

3133 15000 0.21 B 3133+195

= 3328 0.22 B

Table 3.18 Consolidated V/C and level of Service for changed scenarios

Road

Existing traffic

scenario

considered for

impact studies

Changed V/C

and LOS by

adding

generated traffic

Projected traffic

after three years

Modified V/C

and LOS by

adding the

generated traffic

V/C LOS V/C LOS V/C LOS V/C LOS

SH-44 0.21 B 0.22 B 0.21 B 0.22 B

Fig 3.19 Consolidated V/C & LoS for Changed Scenario




Fig 3.20 Location of Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Stations

3.5.4 Ambient Noise Levels

The baseline noise level monitoring was carried out at 9 locations by taking various

factors into consideration like potential physiological responses, annoyance and

general community responses. Existing noise levels have been monitored at different

places within the study area by using the Sound Level Meter C-322 instrument.

The sampling locations were selected covering Residential, commercial, industrial

and sensitive areas. The instruments were kept at 1 m away from the obstructions.

For every one-minute interval the readings were obtained using noise level meter

continuously for 24 hours (Day and Night). Results of noise level monitoring are

given below:




N1 - Project site- Sugar section N2 - Project site Distillery section

N3-Project site proposed TMT Division N4- Back side of Sugar complex

N5- Road connecting towards SH 44 N6- Hunshyal Village

N7- Basavanagar Beernagaddi N8- Waderhatti




N9- Hanumapura

Fig 3.21 Noise Monitoring Photographs

Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results

Station

No Monitoring station

Leq

(dB)

- Day

CPCB

Std,

Leq

(day)

Leq

(dB)

- Night

CPCB

Std,

Leq

(Night)

N1 Project site- Sugar section 71.86 75 60.08 70

N2 Project site Distillery section 68.33 75 56.6 70

N3 Project site proposed TMT Division 53.04 75 41.82 70

N4 Back side of Sugar complex 50.57 75 42.98 70

N5 Road connecting towards SH 44 49.63 75 40.69 70

N6 Hunshyal Village 52.9 55 42.2 45

N7 Adjacent settlements 48.57 55 37.92 45

N8 Waderhatti 48.7 55 39.17 45

N9 Hanumapura 45.8 55 36.83 45

The ambient noise environment consists of the total noise generated in the area at

various distance around the sampling locations. The noise level varies depending on

the type of activities carried out in the surrounding area. The baseline noise

environment was studied at the project site as well as the surrounding villages. Noise

monitored results at all the locations were found to be within the CPCB standards.

3.5.5 Hydrology and Geology

In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water along with

its quality & quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as

geographical set-up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features,

topography, soil characteristics, the nature and thickness of underlying rock

formations and other related aspects that prevail in an area. Therefore, the study

envisages identifying the existing both surface & ground water conditions

comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its neighbourhood,




relating the proposed Establishment of Steel Industry identifying the likely impacts

on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In order

to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology

adopted is as follows:

Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from

the earlier reports and Maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB),

Geological Survey of India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments.

Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role

in the occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.

Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.

Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the

project site.

Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity.

Identify the site-specific environmental issues and mitigation measures

and

Compile a consolidated, comprehensive, and meaningful report of the

Project site and its catchment area.

Field investigation was carried out on 28th November, 2021. During the survey

surface rock outcrops, geological sections on the Road cuttings, Nala Cuttings and

Dug wells were observed. Inventory of wells representing the proposed unit and ten-

kilometre buffer zone was considered. The chemical quality of both surface and

ground water was assessed based on the Analysis Reports of samples collected by

the functional area expert in Water Pollution. Eight Groundwater and Five Surface

Water samples were collected from the core and buffer zone. Hydrogeological data

of about 20 wells was collected.

Information already available and the data collected during the survey and analysed

to comprehend the overall groundwater situation in and 10.0 Km buffer zone of the

study area. Certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse effect

on the Surface & Groundwater environment.

3.5.5.1 Field Studies

Field traverses were carried out in the core and buffer zone of 10.0 Kms to observe

the Geology, Structures, Geomorphic units, Mineralization zones, Drainage pattern of

various orders of streams, assess recharge conditions, areas of discharge & recharge,

road / Nala cuttings for subsurface profiles, inventory of wells and other

administrative details, Infrastructure available etc., The proposed source of water

from Ghataprabha river.

3.5.5.2 Regional Geology & Structure

Deccan Traps and Sandstone are the dominant litho units in the region. Unclassified

Sandstone, Cherty limestone and shale overlie Achaeans comprising unclassified

Gneisses and Granites with inclusions of schistose rocks. Lateralization of the upper




part of the traps has been observed at places.

The study area environs are covered by Basalt of Deccan Traps belonging to Upper

Cretaceous to Eocene age

Table 3.20 Stratigraphy in the study area9

Rock Type Formation Group Age

Alluvium and Soil -- -- Recent

Basalt Inter-trappean beds and

Infratrappean beds --

Deccan

Traps

Upper Cretaceous

to Eocene

Variegated Limestone

Unclassified Sandstone

Cherty Limestone and Shale

-- Kaladgi

Group Upper Proterozoic

Unclassified Gneiss and Granites with

Inclusions of schistose rocks -- -- Archaean

3.5.5.3 Local Geology

The proposed project site is over Basalt with black cotton soils belonging to Upper

Cretaceous to Eocene age.

3.5.5.4 Structure

No major faults or any structural disturbances were observed in the core and buffer

zone of the project area excepting minor fractures and lineaments along the streams

which are marked. These act as conduits for the movement of surface and

groundwater. The movement and occurrence of groundwater is controlled by these

structures (Fig 3.24).

3.5.5.5 Geomorphology

The subject area and its environs of 10.0 Km buffer zone is part of Plateau Weathered

with topographic elevation ranging from a maximum +570 m MSL on the North

central portion to a minimum of 560 m MSL over the west. Narrow valleys along the

stream courses have been observed during field traverses.

3.5.5.6 Mineral Resources

Except road metal no other minerals are existing within the 10.0 Kms buffer zone.

9 Source: Published GSI Quadrangle Map in the Year 1995




Fig 3.22 Geology, Geomorphology and Structural map




3.5.5.7 Rainfall & Climate

The project site and its environs receive annual rainfall of 769.1 mm. The area

experiences severe humidity with temperature reaching a maximum of 35.7 0C in the

month of May. The lowest temperatures would be 13° to 21° C during the months of

December / January10.

3.5.5.8 Drainage

Drainage is found to be Dendritic to sub-Dendritic in nature. The drainage density is

about 2.9 Kms / Sq. Km. The flow direction is towards East.

The subject area and environs of 10.0 Kms buffer zone has excellent canal systems in

place. Gokak Canal – Vaderhatti Branch, Mamdapur-Bandhara Canal are the canal

systems that prevail in the area. All the canal / stream courses are ephemeral in

nature and carry limited volumes of storm flows during rainy season.

3.5.5.9 Hydrogeology

Geographical set-up, climate, rainfall, Geomorphology, surface gradient, drainage,

hydrological features, soils, agricultural activities and finally the nature, thickness &

distribution of geological formations independently or collectively or in association

with each other play a decisive role in the occurrence and movement of ground

water and its quality. All these aspects have been dealt in the preceding paragraphs.

Groundwater occurs under both water table and semi-confined to confined

conditions in weathered and fissured zones in basalts. The aquifer that starts from

10-15 m bill Is the shallow aquifer tapped by dug wells while the deeper aquifers are

tapped by bore wells fitted with submersible pump sets varying in depths from 40

mts to 110 mts. Columnar Basalt is forming the potential aquifer encountered in

basalt formation at depths 45-60 mts and higher yields were reported during well

inventory. The nature of formations, structural features associated, and availability of

favourable recharge conditions remain site specific.

10

CGWB Groundwater Information Booklet 2012, Belagavi District




Fig 3.23 Drainage map of the study area




3.5.5.10 Hydrogeological Survey (Baseline Data)

Hydrogeological survey was carried out in the core and buffer zone of the proposed

project area. 20 Wells were inventoried mostly bore wells for deciphering the

groundwater regime. The details of the locations are marked on hydrology map

enclosed as Fig 3.26. Groundwater Samples collected by the Functional Area Expert in

Water Pollution from 8 Bore wells and 5 samples of surface water representing the

study area and subjected to chemical analysis conforming to IS-10500:2012

standards to know the quality. The test results have been assessed for correlation

which is enclosed as Annexure – 8.

All the wells inventoried were mostly bore wells with pumps fitted and hand pumps

to decipher the groundwater conditions viz. Depth to water Level, Total Depth,

nature and type of weathering, rock type encountered, Aquifer, Yields and their

behaviour during lean season, recharge conditions etc., were recorded as reported by

the owners mostly and local enquiry during non-presence of owners.

3.5.5.11 Depth to Water Level

Groundwater occurs under phreatic conditions in weathered zone of these basalts

and under semi-confined to confined conditions in inter-trappeans and also in joints

and fractures / fissures in the deeper levels.

Depth to water in many dug wells is less than 11.0 meters below ground level.

Deepest water level is 75.00 m (Durdundi Village) on higher reaches or water divide

area. It is reported that water level depth increases with the commencement of dry

period and also correspondingly the yield dwindles in many bore wells which are

tapping shallow aquifer zones i.e. < 15.0m. In general, the DTWL is ranging between

12.00 m to 70.0 m.

3.5.5.12 Water Quality

Thirteen representative samples (8 GW & 5 SW) have been collected from the core

and buffer zone by the Water Pollution Functional Area Expert which were subjected

to water quality analysis as recommended by Std.IS 10500:2012 (Second Revision) for

drinking water standards. All parameters are falling within the permissible limits for

both agriculture and drinking purposes. The result of the water quality is enclosed as

Annexure-8. In total the water quality in the study area is potable to moderately

potable.

3.5.5.13 Groundwater Resources

Rainfall is the chief source of ground water recharge. Ephemeral streams, surface

water reservoirs, ponds, check dams and all other man-made obstructions on the

natural drainage courses also contribute to certain extent. In the existing natural

environmental conditions, a known volume of groundwater is always available for

extraction, which otherwise will be lost as out flow from the area. This is moderate

recharge; long term average annual replenishable moderate recharge can be




exploited without causing any adverse impact on the ground water regime.

This watershed is categorized as safe to 40 % in terms of ground water development

as notified by CGWB. At present the development in the district is very less. The total

groundwater resources is about 16,282 HAM and the draft withdrawn for different

purposes is 14,547 HAM which is about 89%11.

The total water requirement for the proposed Project during Construction activity,

Utilities and Green Belt is estimated to be around 95 KLD. The source of water is

Ghataprabha River.

Fig 3.24 Hydrology map of the study area

Photograph showing the canal

11

CGWB – Groundwater Information Booklet of Belagavi – 2012




Photograph showing basalt exposed in well section

with shallow weathering

Hire Halla passing north eastern of the proposed

site (Ephemeral Stream)

Photograph showing the lift point at Ghataprabha

river and basalt exposed

Photograph showing the ferruginous sandstone

forming a plateau (litho unit)

Photograph showing the groundwater extraction Photograph showing the wells inventoried

Interaction with the public

Fig 3.25 Geology and Hydrology survey Photographs




3.5.6 Surface and Ground Water Quality

3.5.6.1 Methodology

Surface and Ground Water Pre monitoring survey was carried out for selection of

sampling locations based on following criteria;

Location of major surface source such as, River, canal and Halla etc

Nearest Habitation / villages

The grab water samples were collected and subjected to analysis for physical,

chemical and biological characteristics as per the procedures specified in 'Standard

Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American

Public Health Association (APHA) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).

Surface water samples (5 Nos.) were collected in polyethylene carboys from river,

Canals, & Halla. And the Temperature, pH, EC, TDS, TH and TSS were recorded using

water testing kit at site. For Dissolved Oxygen, sample was collected in the BOD

bottle (300 ml) by adding 1 ml of MnSO4 followed by 1 ml of alkaline iodide reagent

and the stopper was placed immediately and bottle was inverted repeatedly for 2-3

times. Further 1 ml of concentrated H2SO4 was added to the solution. Similarly, 1 ml

of 1:1 HNO3 was added to 250 ml of water sample for further analysis of heavy metal

and Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized sampling bottles.

Ground water samples (8 Nos.) from the production bore wells from proposed

project site and villages within the study area were collected using polyethylene

carboys after allowing the water to run for about 5 minutes. The Temperature, pH,

EC, TDS, TH and TSS were recorded using water testing kit at site and 1 ml of 1:1

HNO3was added to 250 ml of water sample for further analysis of heavy metal. Map

showing the surface and ground water sampling locations are given below. Summary

of the Surface and Ground Water sample results are detailed below and the tables

are enclosed in Annexure-8.




Ghataprabha canal entry point-SW-1 Ghataprabha canal inside factory-SW-2

Ghataprabha canal exit point-SW-3 Hirehalla-SW-4

Ghataprabha river- SW-5 Project site-GW-1

Kalloli-GW-2 Vaderahatti-GW-3




Hunsal-GW-4 Talkatnal-GW-5

Arbhavi-GW-6 Beeragaddi-GW-7

Nagnur-GW-8

Fig 3.26 Photographs shoeing Surface and Ground Water Sampling




Fig 3.27 Map showing surface water sampling locations

Fig 3.28 Map showing Ground water sampling locations




Table 3.21 Physico-chemical parameters of Surface water samples

Sampling

Code Sampling Locations pH

Temp oC

EC

(vs. cm-1)

TDS

(mg L-1)

TA

(mg L-1)

DO

(mg L-1)

BOD

(mg L-1)

TH

(mg L-1)

SW- 1 Ghataprabha canal entry point 7.85 25.3 576 437 99 6.3 2.8 370

SW- 2

Ghataprabha canal inside

factory premises 8.13 26.5 597 478 190 6.8 4.6 300

SW- 3 Ghataprabha canal exit point 7.19 27.1 1006 844 275 6.3 3.6 510

SW- 4 Hirehalla 7.89 25 691 490 167 5.9 3.5 290

SW - 5 Ghataprabha river 8.02 28.2 639 484 185 6.5 3 190

Statistical

Analysis

Mean 7.82 26.42 701.80 546.60 183.20 6.36 3.50 332.00

Minimum 7.19 25.00 576.00 437.00 99.00 5.90 2.80 190.00

Maximum 8.13 28.20 1006.00 844.00 275.00 6.80 4.60 510.00

Continued……

Sampling

Code Sampling Locations

Ca2+

(mg L-1)

Mg2+

(mg L-1)

Na+

(mg L-1)

K+

(mg L-1)

HCO3 -

(mg L-1)

SO4 2-

(mg L-1)

F-

(mg L-1)

Cl-

(mg L-1)

NO3 -

(mg L-1)

SW- 1 Ghataprabha canal entry

point

76 43.74 27.6 0.4 117 49.31 1.2 68.96 36

SW- 2 Ghataprabha canal inside

factory premises

56 38.88 28.4 0.6 150 48.69 ND 64.05 37.42

SW- 3 Ghataprabha canal exit point 100 63.18 45.6 0.2 255 92.23 1.72 88.68 27.75

SW- 4 Hirehalla 56 36.45 26.4 0.6 179 46.28 0.6 73.91 17.37

SW - 5 Ghataprabha river 40 21.87 26.4 0.6 190 47.91 ND 83.76 16.41

Statistical

Analysis

Mean 65.60 40.82 30.88 0.48 178.20 56.88 1.17 75.87 26.99

Minimum 40.00 21.87 26.40 0.20 117.00 46.28 0.60 64.05 16.41

Maximum 100.00 63.18 45.60 0.60 255.00 92.23 1.72 88.68 37.42




3.5.6.2 Result and Discussion

Physical parameters (Temperature, Turbidity, Alkalinity, pH & TSS)

The temperature of the surface water ranges from 25ºC to 28.2 ºC with mean value

of 26.42 ºC and Total Suspended Solids were present in only in two samples i.e. 6

mg/L at (SW-1) to mg/L at (SW-2). The pH of the 5 samples collected ranging from

7.19 (SW-3) to 8.13 (SW-2) with mean value of 7.81 (Table 3.21) and as per the CPCB

Water quality criteria pH of surface water ranges from 6.5-8.5. Research shows that

most of the aquatic organisms prefer pH of 6.5-8.012 and the acidic nature of water

(pH<7) enhances the proliferation of algae forming a thick mat13. Alkalinity of the

surface water bodies studied ranges from 99 mg/L (SW-1) to 275 mg/L (SW-3) with

mean value of 183 mg/L (Table 3.21). The ideal range of total alkalinity for surface

water where fish live is considered to be 60-300 mg/L14. The turbidity of the samples

ranges from 0.5 mg/L (SW-4) to 0.67 mg/L (SW-5) with mean value of 0.58 mg/L.

Inorganic indicators (Electrical Conductivity, TDS & TH)

The Electrical conductivity of the surface water samples ranges from 576 μs/cm (SW-

1) to 1006 μs/cm (SW-3) with mean value of 701.8 μs/cm (Table 3.21). Electrical

Conductivity ranging from 0 to 800 μS/cm is considered good for irrigation and

drinking water purposes and EC values higher than 1000 μS/cm indicates land

degradation and heavy run off. Similarly, TDS and Total Hardness of the surface

water samples range from 437 mg/L (SW-1) to 844 mg/L (SW-3) with mean value of

546.6 mg/L (Table 3.21) and 190 mg/L (SW-5) to 510 mg/L (SW-3) with mean value

of 332 mg/L (Table 3.21) respectively.

Fig 3.29 Graph showing TDS and TH in surface water

12

Addy, K., Green, L., & Herron, E. (2004). pH and Alkalinity. Kingston: University of Rhode Island.

13 Singh, M. R., & Gupta, A. (2017). Water pollution-sources, effects and control.

14 Hand book of Fisheries and Aquaculture. 2006. Indian Council of Agricultural Research. New Delhi




Major cations (K, Ca, Mg & Na)

The major cations in the surface water occur due to the inorganic minerals dissolved

from the rocks and soils present in contact with the water bodies. The Potassium

value ranging from 0.2 mg/L (SW-3) to 0.6 mg/L (SW-4 &SW-5) with mean value of

0.48 mg/L (Table 3.21), Calcium values ranges from 40 mg/L (SW-5) to 100mg/L (SW-

3), with mean value to 65.6 mg/L (Table 3.21). Magnesium values ranges from 21.87

mg/L (SW-5) to 63.18 mg/L (SW-3), with the mean value of 40.82 mg/L (Table 3.21)

and Sodium values ranges from 26.40 mg/L (SW-4&SW-5) to 45.6 mg/L (SW-3) with

mean value of 30.88 mg/L (Table 3.21).

Major anions (NO3, Cl, SO4, F, NO2, CO3, HCO3 & PO4)

Nitrate Concentration in the surface water samples of river & nalla ranges from 16.41

mg/L (SW-5) to 37.42 mg/L (SW-2) with mean value of 26.99 mg/L (Table 3.21), and

this is mainly due to the bacteriological oxidation of nitrogenous materials in soil and

entry of domestic sewage and agricultural runoff.

Chloride values in the surface water samples of river & nallas ranges from 64.05 mg/L

(SW-2) to 88.68 mg/L (SW-3) with mean value of 75.87 mg/L (Table 3.21). The

concentrations of Sulphate anions generally ranges from 2 mg/L to 80 mg/L and the

Sulphate values in the surface water samples collected ranges from 46.28 mg/L (SW-

4) to 92.23 mg/L (SW-3) with mean value of 56.88 mg/L (Table 3.21). Chloride and

sulphate anions commonly found in the surface water are released during the

dissolution and dissociation of common salt deposits in geologic formations.

Fluoride concentrations in surface water is observed to be <1.5 mg/L. However, the

concentration of Fluoride is present in only three samples value ranges from 0.6

mg/L (SW-4) to 1.72 mg/L (SW-3) with mean value 1.17 mg/L (Table 3.21). Nitrite

values ranges from 0.18 mg/L (SW-5) to 0.6 mg/L (SW-1) with mean value of 0.46

mg/L (Table 3.21), Total phosphate is present in only two samples 0.022 mg/L (SW-

2) to 0.18 mg/L (SW-5). Bicarbonate values ranges from 117 mg/L (SW-1) to 255

mg/L (SW-3) with mean 178.20 mg/L (Table 3.21) and Carbonates were detected only

in one location of value 40mg/L in (SW-2).

Fig 3.30 Graph showing nitrates in surface water




Heavy metals (Pb, As, Cd, Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe & Hg)

Presence of heavy metals such as Lead, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Zinc,

and Iron have a major impact on human health. As per the CPCB standards, the

concentrations of lead are usually <0.1 mg/L, Arsenic concentrations ranging from

0.05 mg/L to 0.2 mg/L, copper concentrations <1.5 mg/L, Zinc concentrations <15

mg/L and Iron concentrations ranging from 0.3 mg/L to 50 mg/L.

In the surface water samples collected from & around the project site Lead, Arsenic,

Cadmium, Total Chromium, Copper, Zink and Mercury, were not present at any of the

samples. Only Iron is present in the samples with values ranges from 0.06 mg/L (SW-

5) to 0.46 mg/L (SW-1) with mean value of 0.2 mg/L (Table 3.21).

Organic indicators (DO, BOD & COD)

The optimum Dissolved Oxygen concentration supporting fish is observed to be 5

mg/L. The typical concentrations of BOD and COD for streams and rivers are

observed to be < 2 to 65 mg/ L and < 2 mg/L to 100 mg/L respectively. However, in

the study, DO levels were found to be ranging from 5.9 mg/L (SW-4) to 6.8 mg/L

(SW-2) with mean value of 6.36 mg/L and BOD levels ranging from 2.8 mg/L (SW-1)

to 4.60 mg/L (SW-2) with mean value of 3.50 mg/L and COD levels ranging from 12

mg/L (SW-5 and SW-1) to 20 mg/L (SW-2) with mean value 15.52 mg/L. This is

mainly due to the entry of organic matter from dead and decaying materials washed

into the water bodies through rainwater and also from local residents from the

nearby villages, which increases the nutrient availability leading to algal blooms

thereby reducing the concentration of Dissolved Oxygen and increasing Biochemical

Oxygen Demand.

Fig 3.31 Graph Showing Relationship of DO and BOD




Total coliform & E-coli

The total coliform in the study was found to be in the range of 470 MPN/100 ml

(SW-4) to 2800 MPN/100 ml (SW-2) with mean value of 966 MPN/100 ml (Table

3.21). E. coli was found to be in the range of 6.8 MPN/100ml (SW-1) to 20

MPN/100ml (SW-4) with mean value of 13.56 MPN/100ml (Table 3.21). The causes

are mainly due to the entry of faecal contaminants, sewage and washing of

animals/cattle’s by the nearby villagers into the water bodies.

Fig 3.32 Total Coliforms in Surface Water

Pesticides

The collected samples were analysed for the presence of Pesticides, Insecticide and

Herbicides. It was found that all the samples were free from the presence of any of

the harmful pesticides and insecticides.

3.5.6.3 Statistical analysis using Pearson's Correlation matrix

Correlation matrix was established using Mega stat version 7.25 Microsoft excel add-

ins package by considering 15 physico-chemical parameters analysed in the surface

water samples. Each random variable (viz., analysed parameters) in the table was

correlated with each of the other values (viz., parameters). pH positively correlated

with phosphate and fluoride and negatively correlated with other parameters. The

high correlation (r = 1.00) between EC and TDS reflected the interdependency of

these measurements as general measures of the amount of total dissolved solutes.

Similarly, EC and TDS strongly and positively correlated (r > 0.5) with majority of the

major anions and cations, which indicated the direct contribution of these ionic

constituents to the levels of EC and TDS in water samples.

The presence of cations such as calcium and magnesium and anions such as

carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride and sulphate mainly determined the levels of total




hardness in water. This direct relationship was demonstrated by means of strong and

positive correlation coefficients (r > 0.5). Similarly, the correlation between TA and

HCO (r = 1.00) and TA and Ca (r = 0.98) and TA and Mg (r = 0.98) was due to the fact

that the presence of carbonates and bicarbonates contributed to the total alkalinity

of the water. Calcium positively correlated with all the parameters except fluorides.

Magnesium positively correlated with all the parameters except fluorides.

Table 3.22 Water quality criteria as per CPCB Guidelines

Sl.

No

Sampling

Station Code Name of the Sampling Location

Water Quality

Criteria

1 SW-1 Ghataprabha canal entry point D

2 SW-2 Ghataprabha canal inside factory

premises D

3 SW-3 Ghataprabha canal exit point D

4 SW-4 Hirehalla D

5 SW-5 Ghataprabha river D

Note:

A- Drinking Water Source without conventional Treatment but after disinfection

B- Outdoor Bathing (Organized).

C- Drinking Water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

D- Propagation of wild life, fisheries.

E- Irrigation, industrial cooling, controlled waste Disposal

From the above table, all the samples belong to criteria ‘D’ thereby concluding that

all the collected water samples are suitable for Propagation of wild life, fisheries &

irrigation purposes.

3.5.6.4 Conclusion

It can be concluded from the overall analysis made so far that, the surface water

quality in the study area are of Excellent, Good & Poor quality. However, it has to be

noted that, permission for yearly 21 MCFT Water drawal from Ghataprabha River has

already obtained for existing sugar complex and the same water will be used for the

proposed distillery unit. Also, the waste water generated such as domestic sewage

will be treated in domestic sewage generated will be treated in a Distillery ETP of

capacity 1700 KLD.




Table 3.23 Physico chemical parameter of Ground Water Quality

Sampling Code Sampling Locations Temp oC pH EC (μS cm-1) TDS

(mg L-1)

TA

(mg L-1)

TH

(mg L-1)

Ca2+

(mg L-1)

Mg2+

(mg L-1)

GW-1 Project site 26 7.23 1103 894 340 320 64 43.74

GW-2 Kalloli 27.9 7.62 1826 1127 430 210 96 58.32

GW-3 Vaderhatti 25.2 7.53 1113 938 350 540 112 63.18

GW-4 Hunshyal 25.5 7.47 721 546 230 380 60 55.89

GW-5 Talkatnal 26.9 7.24 1683 1345 460 550 112 65.61

GW-6 Arbhavi 27.2 7.07 1296 1068 360 400 76 51.03

GW-7 Beerangaddi 28.3 7.76 453 334 300 230 68 14.58

GW-8 Naganur 27.5 7.47 1150 890 430 150 40 12.15

Statistical

Analysis

Mean 0.93 0.18 325.16 227.06 58.13 120.00 21.13 16.55

Minimum 25.20 7.07 453.00 334.00 230.00 150.00 40.00 12.15

Maximum 28.30 7.76 1826.00 1345.00 460.00 550.00 112.00 65.61

Continued…

Sampling Code Sampling Locations Na+

(mg L-1)

K+

(mg L-1)

HCO3 -

(mg L-1)

SO4 2-

(mg L-1)

F-

(mg L-1)

Cl-

(mg L-1)

NO3 -

(mg L-1)

GW-1 Project site 72 3.4 320 50.16 0.55 128.11 34.33

GW-2 Kalloli 220 1.6 390 132.17 0.6 216.81 23.37

GW-3 Vaderhatti 30.8 2.2 320 84.1 0.47 103.47 18.76

GW-4 Hunshyal 20 0.2 230 66.24 0.76 54.2 25.71

GW-5 Talkatnal 69.6 1.84 440 232.74 0.5 172.46 42.89

GW-6 Arbhavi 62.4 1.98 360 59.72 0.49 167.53 27.14

GW-7 Beerangaddi 17.6 0.6 300 12.27 0.34 34.49 12.16




Sampling Code Sampling Locations Na+

(mg L-1)

K+

(mg L-1)

HCO3 -

(mg L-1)

SO4 2-

(mg L-1)

F-

(mg L-1)

Cl-

(mg L-1)

NO3 -

(mg L-1)

GW-8 Naganur 220 1.4 430 81.38 ND 68.96 44.56

Statistical

Analysis

Mean 65.48 0.70 56.25 46.30 0.09 52.97 8.98

Minimum 17.60 0.20 230.00 12.27 0.34 34.49 12.16

Maximum 220.00 3.40 440.00 232.74 0.76 216.81 44.56

3.5.7.1 Physical parameters (pH, Temperature, Alkalinity)

The temperature of the ground water samples collected ranges from 25.20 ºC (GW-3) to 28.30 ºC (GW-7) with mean value of

26.81ºC (Table 3.25). The pH ranges from 7.07 (GW-6) to 7.76 (GW-7) with mean value of 7.42 (Table 3.25) and Alkalinity of the

ground water studied ranges from 230 mg/L (GW-4) to 460 mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of 362.5 mg/L (Table 3.25). As per the IS

10500:2012 Standards (Second revision) pH values ranges from 6.5-8.5 and alkalinity values ranges from 200-600 mg/L and all the

values are well within the standards.

3.5.7.2 Inorganic indicators (EC, TDS, TH)

The Electrical conductivity of the ground water samples ranges from 453 μs/cm (GW-7) to 1826 μs/cm (W-2) with mean value of

1168.12 μs/cm (Table 3.25) Similarly, TDS and Total Hardness of the ground water samples range from 334 mg/L (GW-7) to 1345

mg/L (GW-5) with mean of 892.75 mg/L (Table 3.25) and 150 mg/L (GW-8) to 550 mg/L (GW-5) with mean of 383.75 mg/L (Table

3.25) respectively. As per the IS 10500:2012 Standards (Second revision) TDS values ranges from 500-2000 and TH values ranges

from 200-600 mg/L and all the values are well within the standards.

3.5.7.3 Major cations (K, Ca, Mg, Na)

The major cations in the water occur due to the inorganic minerals dissolved from the rocks and soils present in contact with the

water bodies. The Potassium value ranges from 0.2mg/L (GW-4) to 3.4 mg/L (GW-1) with mean value of 1.65 mg/L, Calcium values

ranges from 40 mg/L (GW-8) to 112 mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of 78.5 mg/L, (Table 3.25). Magnesium values ranges from 12.15

mg/L (GW-8) to 65.61 mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of 45.56 mg/L (Table 3.25) and Sodium values ranges from 17.6mg/L (GW-7) to

82 mg/L (GW-2) with mean value of 54.30 mg/L (Table 3.25). As per the IS 10500:2012 Standards (Second revision), all the values are

well within the standard.




Fig 3.33 Relationship of TDS, TH, Ca and Mg in Ground water samples

3.5.7.4 Major anions (NO3, Cl, SO4, F, HCO3)

The major cations in the water occur due to the inorganic minerals dissolved from

the rocks and soils present in contact with the water bodies. The Potassium value

ranges from 0.2mg/L (GW-4) to 3.4 mg/L (GW-1) with mean value of 1.65 mg/L,

Calcium values ranges from 40 mg/L (GW-8) to 112 mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of

78.5 mg/L, (Table 3.25). Magnesium values ranges from 12.15 mg/L (GW-8) to 65.61

mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of 45.56 mg/L (Table 3.25) and Sodium values ranges

from 17.6mg/L (GW-7) to 82 mg/L (GW-2) with mean value of 54.30 mg/L (Table

3.25). As per the IS 10500:2012 Standards (Second revision), all the values are well

within the standard.

Similarly, Chloride values in the ground water samples ranges from 34.49 mg/L (GW-

7) to 216.81 mg/L (GW-2) with mean value of 118.25 mg/L (Table 3.25). The

concentrations of sulphate anions in the ground water samples collected ranges from

12.27 mg/L (GW-7) to 232.74 mg/L (GW-5) with mean value 89.84 mg/L (Table 3.25).

Chloride and sulphate anions found in the ground water due to improper disposal of

municipal solid waste, industrial waste, sewage, sludge, etc15.

Fluoride in ground water occurs due to weathering of rocks and utilization of

agricultural fertilizers and combustion of coal. Consumption of water with fluoride

concentration >1.5 mg/L causes dental fluorosis & skeletal fluorosis. Fluoride

15

venkatesan, G., & Swaminathan, G. (2009). Review of chloride and sulphate attenuation in ground water nearby

solid‐waste landfill sites. Journal of environmental engineering and landscape management, 17(1), 1-7.




concentrations in ground water was found to be ranging from 0.34 mg/L (GW-7) to

0.76 mg/L (GW-4) with mean value of 0.53 mg/L (Table 3.25), which was found to be

well within the standards. Trace amount of Total phosphate is detected in only one

sample 0.062mg/L (GW-6). Bicarbonate values ranges from 230 mg/L (GW-4) to 440

mg/L (GW-5) with mean value of 348.75 mg/L (Table 3.25)

3.5.7.5 Heavy metals (Pb, As, Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe)

Out of 8 ground water samples collected, Lead, Cadmium, Mercury, Arsenic, total

Chromium, Hexavalent chromium, Copper and Zinc were not detected in any of the

samples & Iron values ranges from 0.06 mg/L (GW-2) to 1.05 mg/L (GW-4) with a

mean value of 0.51. All the values are well within the standards (IS 10500:12 second

Revision).

Fig 3.34 Fluoride in Ground Water at different locations

3.5.7.6 Pesticides, insecticide & Herbicide.

The collected samples were analysed for the presence of Pesticides, Insecticide and

Herbicide. It was found that all the samples were free from the presence of any of the

harmful pesticides or insecticides.

3.6 Biological Environment

3.6.1 Description of the Project site and Study area

A. Project Site

Location Beerangaddi & Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk,

Belagavi District, Karnataka.

Geographical Coordinates 16°14'29.57"N 74°53'18.20"E

Area The total area of existing project site is 159.30 Acres, out of




which 8.86 Acres is earmarked for proposed TMT project.

Soil type Black cotton soils, red soils and Red sandy soil16

Previous land-use Greenbelt – however herbs, shrubs and climbers were

recorded.

Surrounding land use pattern Agriculture Land

Streams and Canals Gokak Canal adjacent to Project site

Existing plant species available

within the project site

Achyranthes aspera L. Amaranthus paniculatus L,

Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand., Lantana camara L.,

Parthenium hysterophorus L.

B. Study area

Climate & Rainfall The area falls under Northern transitional Agro-climatic

zone and semi-arid climate. The annual rainfall is 538mm.

Soil type Deep black, Medium black and Red sandy and Red loam

and shallow.

Crops grown in the study area

Maize, Soybean, Groundnut, Sugarcane and Bt. Cotton,

Cole crops, Turmeric, Jower, Green gram, Horse gram,

Pigeon pea, Soybean, Groundnut, Sunflower and etc.,

Land use pattern Agricultural land, Rivers, streams, lakes, canals of existing

irrigation scheme and settlements.

Protected areas and ecologically

sensitive areas within 10 km radius

from the project site

Nil

Nearest ecologically sensitive area Ghataprabha Bird Sanctuary Dhupadal – 8.42 Km from ESZ

boundary and 8.83 Km from Sanctuary boundary.

Reserve Forest within the study area Nil

Diversion of forest land Nil

Rivers Ghataprabha River – 4.08Km towards South and towards

North 1.77Km.

Streams and Canals Dhupadal Irrigation Canal – 9.60Km (NW)

Dodda Halla stream - 6.65Km (NE)

Dams Hidkal Dam- 28.46Km towards (W)

3.6.2 Forest type

As per the Champion and Seth classification (1968) of the forest types in India, the

forest vegetation in the study area can be categorized into following type:

Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests: 5A/C1b. Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous

Forests (Dry teak forest), 5A/C3. Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

(Southern dry mixed deciduous forest)

Tropical Thorn Forest: 6A/C1. Southern Tropical Thorn Forests (Southern

thorn forest), 6A/Ds1. Southern Thorn Scrub Forest

16

http://cgwb.gov.in/AQM/NAQUIM_REPORT/karnataka/Gokak_report.pdf




Floristic composition in the forest types is as following-

Artocarpus spp, Alstonia scholaris, Calophyllum apetalum, Carallia intergerima,

Caryota urens, Syzgium spp, Cinnamomum zeylanicum, Knema spp, Holigarna spp,

Cedrela toona, Lagerstroemia lancelata, Zanthoxyum rheta, Hydnocarpus laurifolia,

Eravatemia heynena, Actinodapne spp, Vitex altissima.

3.6.3 Methodology

The project area is predominantly surrounded by agricultural lands in all direction

throughout the 10 km radius. Therefore, to understand the Ecological Status of the

study area, the entire study area is divided into four quartiles i.e., NW, NE, SE and SW.

In each of the quartile, 2 sampling locations will be selected depending upon

prevailing land use and topography for recording floral and faunal species. The

following parameters will be estimated;

Estimation of Phyto-sociological parameters: Girth at Breast Height (GBH),

Basal area, Density, Frequency, Relative Density, Relative Frequency,

Dominance

Diversity indices: Importance Value Index (IVI), Shannon - Wiener index

Carbon sinking potential: Volume of tree, Wood density, Above Ground

Biomass (AGB), Below Ground Biomass (BGB), Total Biomass (TB), amount

of Carbon and Carbon di-oxide Primary data - Flora and Fauna at project

site.

Table 3.24 Primary data – Flora and Fauna

Sl.

No. Habitat Method

Size of the

quadrate (m) Number

Time and

duration of

sampling

Flora

1 Trees

Quadrate method

100 x 100 9 October 2021,

Post-monsoon,

One-time data

collection

2 Shrubs 50 x 50 9

3 Herbs and

Grass 5 x 5 9

Fauna

1 Fauna Transect method 1000 9 October 2021,

Post-monsoon,

One-time data

collection

2 Butterflies Transect method 1000 9

3 Avi-fauna Point count

method -- 9

3.6.3.1 Secondary data

Forest working plan of Vijayapura (2012-2022), Botanical Survey of India, Zoological

Survey of India, IUCN Red Data Book, Wildlife Schedules from Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972, Book of Indian Birds (Salim Ali, 1983 & 2012), ENVIS, FRLHT, Butterflies of

India (Singh, 2011), Reptiles of India (Daniel, 2002), Handbook on Weed Identification

(Dr. Naidu, 2012) and Common Dry land Trees of Karnataka (Kavitha, 2012), Snacks of




Coorge (Sathish, 2016), Feathered Jewels of Coorge (Dr. S V Narasimhan, 2004), will

be used for the Identification. Consultation with local people and respective Forest

Divisions will also be carried out during the site visit to understand the distribution of

fauna in the region. The unidentified species shall be photographed and the

specimens shall be collected and verified by using BSI, FRLHT data base and will be

cross checked with experts.

Table 3.25 Details of sampling locations (Flora and Fauna)

Sl. No. Location Geographical coordinates Sampling criteria

1 Project Site 16°14'29.57"N, 74°53'18.20"E Impact Zone

2 Ghataprabha River 16°15'27.57"N 74°53'26.64"E River

3 Gokak Irrigation Canal 16°14'45.68"N 74°55'1.10"E Irrigation Canal

4 Rajapur 16°17'20.08"N 74°49'50.35"E Agricultural land

5 Sangankere 16°14'24.49"N 74°50'49.13"E Agriculture Land

6 Naganur 16°18'24.69"N 74°55'20.50"E Stream

7 Dharmatti 16°17'42.61"N 74°56'49.83"E Coconut Plantation

8 Prabha Nagar 16°12'4.55"N 74°49'8.26"E Hill

9 Phulgudi 16°14'28.42"N 74°57'10.30"E -

10 Beernagaddi Village 16°13'49.98"N 74°53'27.60"E Agriculture Land

Fig 3.35 Map showing sampling locations for EB studies




Fig 3.36 Map showing sampling locations for EB studies

3.6.5 Results & Discussion

3.6.5.1 Project site- Flora

Summary on Composition of trees, shrubs and herbs

Further, 49,550 number of trees species were planted in the industrial premises.

However, 43,588 number of tree species/ shrubs/ ornamental edge plants etc., falls

below girth size of 30 cm. The major tree species recorded were Pongamia pinnata

(n=596 trees), Holoptelea integrifolia (n=482), Quassia amara (n=650), Tectona

grandis (n=249), Acacia spp (n=5782), Eucalyptus Spp (n=1658), Azadirachta indica

(n=3663), Albizia lebbeck (n=232), Cocos nucifera (n=275), Tamarindus indica

(n=179), Peltophorum pterocarpum (n=166), Santalum album (n=5919), Calophyllum

inophyllum (n=1926) Leucaena leucocephala (n=3299), Mangifera indica (n=216),

Terminalia catappa (n=130), Hibiscus rosa-sinensis (n=163) Ficus Spp (n=205) Areca

catechu (n=103), Polyalthia longifolia (n=391) and Acalypha alopecuroidea (n=1850).




During the studies, total Number of 41 trees species (n=5962) belonging to 22

families were found in Project site (with girth size 30 cm and above), the

predominant tree species recorded are Acacia auriculiformis Benth. (n=2120)

followed by Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D. Hill & L. A. S. Johnson (n=1614)

Azadirachta indica A. Juss. (n=408) & Tectona grandis L.f. (n=272). A total of 22

families are recorded in tree species where the dominant families are Fabaceae

(n=2688) followed by Meliaceae (n=408).

The girth class distribution shows that maximum number of stems falls under 30-60

cm girth class (4916 trees) which contributes 82.46% of the total individuals followed

by 60-90 cm girth class (714 trees) which contributes 11.98% of the total individuals.

The total basal area of the tree species recorded in the project site is found to be

0.81021m2/ha and the maximum Basal Area of tree species at project site was found

in Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. (0.206249m2/ha) followed by Acacia auriculiformis Benth.

(0.200486m2/ha) and minimum Basal area was found in Borasus flabellifer L.

(0.000133m2ha). The total carbon sequestration capacity of existing trees in the

project site was estimated to be 391.697t/yr. of which Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K.

D. Hill & L. A. S. Johnson sequested (119.233t/y), Acacia auriculiformis Benth.

(82.436t/y), and Cocos nucifera L. sequested (24.344t/y) are major carbon

sequestering.

During the studies, 31 species of herbs, 17 species of shrubs and 2 species of

climbers were recorded which belongs to 31, 17 and 2 families respectively.

Euphorbiaceae (n=6), Poaceae (n=6), Asteraceae (n=5), Malvaceae (n=4) are the

predominant families recorded in the project site. Abutilon hirtum, Ocimum

tenuiflorum L. and Sida acuta Burm are some of the medicinal plants observed

during the studies

As per the IUCN conservation status 2021, tree species like Mangifera indica L.

belongs to Data deficient category, Dypsis lutescens (H. Wendl.) Beentje & J. Dransf.

belongs to Near Threatened category and 26 trees species belongs to Least Concern,

and remaining tree species are Not Assessed. In herb species like Areca concinna

Thwaites belongs to endangered, 7 species belong to least concern, remaining herbs

species are Not Assessed and Similarly, 7 shurbs species are belongs to Least

Concern and remaining shurbs and climber species are Not Assessed. All the

recorded species are common to region and no RET species were recorded. Most of

the species are used for medicinal, edible, ornamental purpose and some are used

for timber and wood purpose.

Checklist of Tree species with IUCN conservation status (Table 1), Girth class

distribution (Table 2), Basal Area, Carbon sequestration (Table3), check list of herbs,

shrubs and climbers with IUCN status (Table 4) and Family-wise Floristic Diversity at

Project Site (Table-5) are tabulated in Annexure-9.




3.6.5.2 Species of economic and social values

The trees species recorded in Project area were commonly found and they have

social and Economic values in the society. Species like Azadirachta indica A. Juss

Cocos nucifera L., Mangifera indica L. is used as medicinal and traditional plant.

Edible/medicinal value: Azadirachta indica A. Juss, Tamarindus indica L.,

Ficus benghalensis L., Borasus flabellifer L. etc.,

Ornamental value: Araucaria columnaris (J.R. Forst.) Hook., Cassia fistula

L., Cassia javanica L., Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf., Dypsis lutescens (H.

Wendl.) Beentje & J. Dransf., Polyalthia longifolia Sonn. B. Xue & R.M.K.

Saunders, etc.,

Timber value: Dalbergia sissoo DC., Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D. Hill

& L. A. S. Johnson, Tectona grandis L.f., Vachellia nilotica (Brenan) Kyal. &

Boatwr. Etc.

Species of Ethano-botanical / ethano – medicinal value: Azadirachta

indica A. Juss is considered to be a pharmacy in its own right in India,

where every part of the plant is used medicinally. Neem is an important

species with anti-fungal, anti-bacterial, anti-diabetic, anti-viral and anti-

helminthic Properties in Ayurveda. Similarly, Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre,

Phyllanthus emblica L. are some of the medicinal trees found in project

site.

Keystone species: Ficus racemosa L. and Ficus religiosa L. are ecologically

significant keystone species found in project site as they sustain

populations of the many seed-dispersing animals that feed on their fruits.

3.6.5.2 Project site-Fauna

Avifaunal Composition: About 25 avifaunal species (n=135) belonging to

18 families were recorded at the project site. The dominant families are

Accipitridae, Ardeidae and Motacillidae consist of 3 species in each family

followed by Pycnonotidae which consists of 2 species and the remaining

families consist of one species per family. The predominant avifaunal

species recorded in the project site were Wire-tailed Swallow (n=18)

followed by Red-whiskered bulbul (n=15) and Indian Peafowl (n=14).

Conservation status and Wildlife Schedules: River tern belongs to

vulnerable category and remaining species of birds belongs to Least

Concern category as per the IUCN conservation status, 2021. Black Kite &

Brahminy kite, Indian grey hornbill, Indian Peafowl and shikra falls under

schedule I of wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Similarly, 18 species of bird

falls under schedule IV. The list of commonly observed birds, in the project

site are tabulated in (Table-12) of Annexure-9.

Migratory status: Similarly Grey heron, Indian Cormorant, Intermediate

Egret, White Wagtail and Yellow wagtail are Resident Migratory species

and remaining species are resident to the region.




Nocturnal/diurnal species: All the species recorded in the project site are

diurnal in nature. However Red Wattled Lapwing makes loud alarm calls

and said to feed at night during the full moon.

Keystone species: There are no notified keystone species recorded in the

project site.

Butterfly: During the studies, about 8 butterfly species (n=35) belonging to

3 families were recorded. The dominant species are Small Grass Yellow

(n=8) followed by Common Crow (n=7) and crimson rose (n=6) recorded

at the Project Site. As per IUCN Conservation status 2021, Small Grass

Yellow, Common Crow, Crimson rose, Plain Tiger and Danid Eggfly species

belongs to least concerned category rest of the species are Not Assessed

category. The dominant families are Nymphalidae consist of 5 species

followed by Pieridae which consists of 2 species and the remaining family

consist of one species per family.

Conservation status and Wildlife Schedules: Small Grass Yellow, Common

Crow, Crimson rose, Plain Tiger and Danid Eggfly belongs to Least Concern

category and remaining species of birds belongs to Not Assessed category

as per the IUCN conservation status, 2021. Common Crow, Crimson rose &

Danid Eggfly falls under schedule I of wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. The

list of commonly observed Butterflies, in the project site are tabulated in

(Table-13) of Annexure-9. Family-wise number of Avifauna and Butterfly

(Table-14) are tabulated in Annexure-9.

3.6.5.3 Study area- Flora

During the studies, a total of 12 trees species (n=191) belonging to 8 families were

found in Study area. The predominant tree species recorded were Cocos nucifera L.

(n=59) followed by Tamarindus indica L. (n=30), Tectona grandis L.f. (n=22),

Azadirachta indica A. Juss. (n=17).

The girth class distribution shows that maximum number of stems falls under 60-90

cm girth class which consists of 76 trees species that contributes 39.79% of the total

individuals followed by 30-60 cm girth class which consist of 71 trees that

contributes 37.17% of the total individuals. The total basal area of tree species was

found to be 8.40m2/ha and the maximum Basal area of tree species at Study area was

found in Cocos nucifera L. (3.67 m2/ha) followed by Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth.

(1.00m2/ha). Least Basal area was found in Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. (0.01 m2/ha)

and Ficus religiosa L. (0.05 m2/ha).

The carbon sequestration capacity of existing trees in the study area was estimated

to be 21.64t/yr of which Cocos nucifera L. (8.53t/yr), Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H. Hurter

& Mabb (2.94t/yr) and Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. (2.82t/yr) are major carbon

sequesters in the area.

The Importance Value Index (IVI) shows the complete or overall picture of ecological

importance of the species in a community. Community structure study is made by




studying frequency, density, abundance and basal cover of species. A tree with

greater IVI values includes Cocos nucifera L. (IVI- 92.79) followed by Vachellia nilotica

(L.) P.J.H. Hurter & Mabb (IVI- 40.58) and Tamarindus indica L. (IVI- 40.54), with the

least one being Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. (IVI-3.69) and Ficus religiosa L. (IVI-4.21).

In addition to these, diversity indices such as Shannon-Weiner diversity index were

calculated, which is used to characterize the species diversity in a community taking

into account both evenness and abundance of the species present. Shannon-Weiner

diversity in study area was estimated to be 2.039. Simpson’s Index of diversity in

study area was estimated to be 0.161which shows the greater diversity in the study

area.

During the studies, 41 species of herb, 20 species of shrub and 7 species of climbers

were recorded belonging to 16, 11 and 7 families respectively. The dominant herb

families are Amaranthaceae which consists of 7 individuals in family followed by

Asteraceae which consists of 5 individual species in family. Similarly, in shrub species

Verbenaceae consist of 3 individuals in family followed by Amaranthaceae,

Asclepiadaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Fabaceae, Malvaceae and Solanaceae consists of 2

individuals in each family. Further, in climber species Convolvulaceae, consist of 2

individuals in family followed by Apocynaceae, Cucurbitaceae, Menispermaceae,

Periplocaceae and Sapindaceae consist of 1 individual in each family.

As per the IUCN conservation status 2021, tree species like Mangifera indica L.

belongs to Data deficient category and 7 trees species belongs to Least Concern, and

remaining tree species are Not Assessed. In herb species Tephrosia barbatala

Bosman & de Haas belongs to Data Deficient. 11 species of herbs, shrubs and

climbers are belonging to least concerned category and the remaining species of

herbs, shrubs and climbers were Not Assessed.

Checklist of Tree species with IUCN conservation status (Table 6), Girth class

distribution (Table 7), Basal Area and Carbon sequestration (Table 8), Phyto-

sociological parameters (Table 9), check list of herbs, shrubs and climbers with IUCN

conservation status (Table 10) and Family-wise Floristic Diversity at Study Area (Table

11) are tabulated in Annexure-9.

Species of economic and social values: The trees species recorded in Study area

have social and Economic values such as Azadirachta indica A.Juss., Cocos nucifera L.,

Gliricidia sepium (Jacq.)Walp., Mangifera indica L., Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels,

Tamarindus indica L.

Edible/medicinal value: Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam., Azadirachta indica A.Juss., Cocos

nucifera L., Syzygium cumini (L.), Tamarindus indica L. and Ziziphus jujube Lam etc.,

Ornamental value: Bombax ceiba L., Butea monosperma (Witt.) Maheswari, Cassia fistula L.

and Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb etc.,

Timber value: Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile, Chloroxylon swietenia DC and Terminalia

tomentosa W. Nanakorn.




Species of Ethano-botanical / ethano – medicinal value

Tree Species like Azadirachta indica A. Juss., Cocos nucifera L., Eucalyptus globulus

Labill, Terminalia catappa L., Senna siamea (Lam.) H.S. Irwin & Barneby have

medicinal values which are used for daily purposes.

Keystone species

Ficus religiosa L. is one of the Keystone species recorded in the study area as they

sustain populations of the many seed-dispersing animals that feed on their fruits.

3.6.5.4 Study area- Fauna

Avifaunal Composition

About 46 avifaunal species (n=283) belonging to 29 families were recorded at the

Study area. The most dominant avifaunal species recorded in the study area were

Scaly-breasted Munia (n=24) followed by Small Bee- eater (n=16),

Intermediate/Median egret & House Crow (n=15), House Swallow (n=13), Black

Drongo & Indian Peafowl (n=12), Ashy Prinia (n=11). The dominant families are

Ardeidae, Columbidae and Muscicapidae consist of 7 species in each family followed

by Muscicapidae which consists of 6 species.

Conservation status and Wildlife Schedules

As per IUCN conservation status 2021 River tern is vulnerable and 44 species are

Least Concern. According to Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, Indian Peafowl falls

under Schedule-I Species and rest of the species is Schedule IV species except House

Crow. The list of commonly observed birds, in the study area are tabulated in (Table-

16) of Annexure-9.

Migratory status

Common Hoopoe, Common Moorhen, Common sandpiper, Great Cormorant, Grey

heron, Median egret and Yellow wagtail are Resident Migratory and remaining

species recorded in the study area is Resident to the region.

Nocturnal/diurnal species

All the species recorded in the Study area are diurnal in nature However Red Wattled

Lapwing makes loud alarm calls and said to feed at night during the full moon.

Keystone species

There are no notified keystone species as recorded in the Study area.

Butterfly Composition

During the studies, about 10 butterfly species (n=30) belonging to 3 families were

recorded. The dominant species are Common Grass and Yellow Plain Tiger (n=5)

followed by Dark evening brown and Tawny coster tip (n=4) and Chocolate pansy

and Small Grass Yellow (n=3) recorded at the Study area. As per IUCN Conservation

status 2021, Plain Tiger, Small Grass Yellow, and Yellow Pansy species belongs to




least concerned category rest of the species are Not Assessed category. The

dominant families are Nymphalidae consist of 7 species followed by Pieridae which

consists of 3 species and the remaining family consist of one species per family. The

list of commonly observed Butterflies, in the project site are tabulated in (Table-17),

Family-wise number of Avifauna and Butterfly (Table-18) are tabulated in Annexure-

9.

Mammals

During the survey, Northern plains gray langur (n=6) is recorded in the study area. It

belongs to Cercopithecidae family and as per IUCN Conservation status 2021 it falls

under Least Concern category. It falls under schedule II of Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972. The list of commonly observed mammals in the study area are tabulated in

(Table-19)

3.6.5.5 Species recorded during other seasons

Flora

Shrubs such as Acacia latronum, Bridelia stipularis, Caesalpinia mimosoides,

Callicarpa tomentosa, Canthium dicoccum, Carissa carandas, Clerodendrum

viscosum, Desmodium pulchellum, Eranthemum roseum, Helicteres isora, Holarrhena

antidysenterica, Ixora arborea, Lantana camara, Randia dumetorum, Solanum

giganteum, Strobilanthes callosus, Ipomoea Illustris, etc. Climbers such as Phanera

vahlii, Acacia pennata, Calycopteris floribunda, Dalbergi avolubilis, Gnetum ula,

Ipomea spp. Etc., Bamboos such as Bambusa arundinacea, Dendrocalamus strictus,

Oxytenanthera monostigma, Ochlandra scriptoria, etc. are some of the important

species available in other seasons in the study area.

Fauna

Birds namely such as Malabar pied hornbill, Malabar trogan, Blue beard bee-eater,

Chestnut headed bee-eater, Malabar whistling thrush, Serpent eagle, Scarlet minivet,

Sun bird, Indian peafowl, Grey jungle fowl, Paradise flycatcher, etc.

Mammals such as Common Indian hare, Common mongoose, Hanuman langur,

Indian Crested Porcupine, Indian gaur, Jackal, Jungle cat, Small Indian civet, Spotted

deer, Wild dog, etc and reptiles such as Common Indian Monitor, Indian cobra, Rat

snake, Common Garden Lizard, Common Krait, Indian Chameleon, Russell's viper,

some of the important species available in other seasons in the study area17.

3.6.5.6 Conclusion

The project area and the study area support a good number of floral and faunal

species. Acacia auriculiformis Benth. (n=2120) is the most dominant tree species

recorded followed by Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D. Hill & L. A. S. Johnson

(n=1614) are the predominant tree species recorded at the project site. All the

17

Forest working plan of Belagavi




recorded species were common to the region and no rare or endangered species

were recorded in the project site, except Azadirachta indica and Acacia

auriculiformis Benth. And 23 species belongs to Least Concern as per IUCN

Conservation Status, 2021.

About 5962 trees were recorded at the project site have sequested (391.6978t/y) of

Co2. Out of which, Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D. Hill & L. A. S. Johnson sequested

(119.233t/y), Acacia auriculiformis Benth. (82.436t/y), and Cocos nucifera L. sequested

(24.344/y). Similarly, in study area a total of 191 trees were recorded during the

studies in the study area and the trees shall have the capacity of sequestering

21.6397 tonnes of CO2/year. Some of the predominant trees contributing in carbon

sequestration includes Cocos nucifera L. sequested (8.528t/y), Vachellia nilotica (L.)

P.J.H. Hurter & Mabb sequested (2.944t/y).

Indian Peafowl, Black Kite, Brahminy kite, Indian grey hornbill, and shikra belongs to

Schedule-I, and 18 birds species belongs to schedule-IV in the project site and

whereas Indian Peafowl belongs to Schedule-I and House Crow belongs to Schedule-

V and remaining 44 birds species belongs to schedule-IV in the study area as per

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Schedule.

Northern plains gray langur is the mammal species recorded in the study area and it

belongs to Least Concern as per the IUCN status, 2021 and schedule II as per the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

3.7 Social Environment

Socio-economic environment comprising of villages, population and monuments,

etc. The physical and Biological environment is directly connected with socio-

economic aspects. Hence, understanding social environment is very important in the

EIA studies.

3.7.1. Objectives

Identification of project area from Indian government of administrative

atlas-2011 and to make 0-2, 2-5 & 5-10 km radius map of the project.

Identifying the key stakeholders who are likely to be impacted by the

establishment of the proposed project.

Conducting village-wise Focus Group Discussions (FGD) with local people

within the project study area to know awareness and willingness of the

proposed projects and cover the ESC (Enterprise Social Commitment)

activities of the project proponents. E.g.: Health care, education, drinking

water and other infrastructural development programs etc., will be also be

surveyed and collected data will bring into the Socio Environment Impact

for need-based assessment report.

And focus group discussions (FGD) is the most effective means of

communication between the project area population and project




authorities. These are essential to ascertain the anticipated losses arising

out of the implementation of the project by the stakeholders. This

platform gives an opportunity to the affected community/individuals to

know about the project components, and express their opinion.

Predicting the positive and negative impacts of the project on the socio-

economic environment in the area.

Suggest mitigation measures to minimize the negative impacts.

3.7.2 Approach

The basic approach to carrying out the SEIA focused on:

Zeroing-in on the project impact area, covering all the villages and other

habitations falling within the mandatory 10 km radius from the project

site.

Collecting basic information with respect to the villages in the project

impact area in terms of census village code, name of the Block in which a

particular village falls, the number of households, population level (as per

Census 2011), and growth of village population during the last decade,

distance from the proposed project site etc.

Identifying critical knowledge/information gaps which impede an objective

and reliable assessment of the socio-economic impacts of the project.

Zeroing in on the data/information to be collected for a fair impact

assessment and deciding upon the sources and means to collect the same.

Drawing a sampling frame and size specifying sample villages, the number

of households to be contacted for primary data/information collection and

agencies to be contacted for eliciting information on various aspects

relevant to the study.

Finalization of survey instruments, the constitution of a survey team, and

orientation of field investigators.

Carrying out field surveys in the sample villages and simultaneously

carrying out data accuracy and reliability checks.

Processing, tabulation and analysis of data with the help of appropriate

statistical tools.

Interpretation of data to arrive at valid conclusions.

3.7.3 About Belagavi district

3.7.3.1 Census -2011-Highlights

The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography, and

social strata such as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and literacy levels

besides infrastructure facilities available in the study area. The study area consists of

11 villages within 10 km radius out of which 7 were selected and their economic

aspects include occupational structure and income levels of workers furnished in

Table 3.27.




Belagavi is the largest district in the state with total area of 13433 sq km.

Belagavi district has the 1,275 number of villages, 18 Statutory Towns and

13 Census Towns.

Belagavi with a total population of 47,79,661 is the 2nd most populous

district in the State.

The district ranks 1st in terms of rural population and 3rdin terms of urban

population.

The district with a Sex ratio of 973 holds 21strank in the State, the same

rank as in 2001 Census.

The district with a Sex ratio of 934 among the child population in the age-

group 0-6 holds the penultimate rank of 29thin the State.

The work participation rates for male and female population are 56.6 and

31.1 respectively in the district.

Among the total workers in the district 82.4 percent are Main workers and

17.6 percent are Marginal workers.

Major work force of 64.6 percent is engaged in Agricultural sector i.e.,

Cultivators (33.8 percent) and Agricultural Labourers (30.8 percent).

In Belagavi district 2.9 percent of the total workers are engaged in

Household Industry and 32.5percent are other workers.

About 55.9 percent of the total population in the district is non-workers.

3.7.3.2 Average Household Size

The total households of 6 villages are 7,278 and the population is 41,002 with 20,546

male and 20,456 female populations. Kallolli village has a maximum household of

2,840 with a 15,080 population of both male and female. Udagatti village has a

minimum household of 582 with 3,686 total populations. The average household size

in the study area is 6 people per household. It is calculated by dividing

the household population by total households.

Sex-ratio: High sex ratio is considered as a developmental index, as it reflects the

better status of women and vice versa. The average adult sex ratio is 986 which is

higher than the Karnataka state average of 973. The average child (0-6) sex ratio of

study villages is 957 which is higher than the Karnataka state average of 948.

Waderahatti village has the highest adult sex ratio of 1034 and Beerangaddi village

has the lowest sex ratio of 942. However, the sex ratio varies from village to village.

3.7.3.3 Scheduled caste and Scheduled tribe populations of study villages

On average, the Scheduled Caste population in the study villages is 14.2 percent and

Scheduled Tribe is 6.3 percent. Waderhatti village has a maximum SC population of

16.7 percent and Hunshyal village have a minimum SC population of 9.0 percent.

Udagatti village has a maximum ST population of 34.3 percent and Balobal village

have a minimum of 0.2 percent ST population




Table 3.26 Census data of Villages in the study area within 10 Km radius

SL. No. Name No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 M_06 F_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT

1 Hunshyal P.G 1255 6913 3501 3412 1148 567 581 622 29 3595 2171 1424

2 Waderhatti 1253 7423 3650 3773 1142 569 573 1243 852 4260 2448 1812

3 Kallolli 2840 15080 7498 7582 2210 1127 1083 2481 392 8618 4866 3752

4 Balobal 678 4080 2078 2002 692 375 317 588 8 2113 1198 915

5 Udagatti 582 3686 1852 1834 762 380 382 458 1265 1559 951 608

6 Beerangaddi 670 3820 1967 1853 571 301 270 417 24 2132 1308 824

7 Naganur 2964 16195 8184 8011 2750 1448 1302 1737 80 8528 4971 3557

8 Pulagaddi Data not found

9 Sanganakeri 805 4640 2295 2345 828 412 416 317 121 2567 1460 1107

10 Tigadi 596 3203 1597 1606 616 322 294 311 58 1609 965 644

11 Masaguppi 756 4142 2063 2079 709 349 360 359 19 2185 1252 933

12 Udagatti 582 3686 1852 1834 762 380 382 458 1265 1559 951 608

13 Duradundi 1463 7613 3776 3837 1212 608 604 723 5 3854 2249 1605

14 Nallanatti 705 4077 2051 2026 722 357 365 366 0 2047 1252 795

15 Dharmatti 801 4608 2328 2280 783 389 394 482 20 2520 1477 1043

16 Arabhavi 2491 12065 5990 6075 1914 975 939 2020 443 6604 3786 2818

17 Melavanki 1278 7903 3982 3921 1632 831 801 515 12 2800 1746 1054

18 Lolasur 592 3202 1634 1568 453 239 214 94 32 1973 1149 824

19 Rajapur 1415 8122 4150 3972 1360 715 645 548 19 4245 2521 1724

20 Tukkanatti 1817 9351 4620 4731 1644 845 799 699 147 4562 2683 1879

21 Talakatnal 897 5288 2605 2683 966 459 507 367 1898 2303 1354 949

Total 24440 135097 67673 67424 22876 11648 11228 14805 6689 69633 40758 28875

Note: P=Population, HH=Household, M= Male. F=Female. SC=Scheduled Caste, ST=Scheduled Tribe




Table 3.27 Household and Population characteristics of study villages

Name No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_ LIT Average sex ratio

Adults Child (0-6)

Hunshyal

(P.G.) 1255 6913 3501 3412 1148 622 29 3595 2171 1424 975 1025

Waderatti 1253 7423 3650 3773 1142 1243 852 4260 2448 1812 1034 1007

Kallolli 2840 15080 7498 7582 2210 2481 392 8618 4866 3752 1011 961

Balobal 678 4080 2078 2002 692 588 8 2113 1198 915 963 845

Udagatti 582 3686 1852 1834 762 458 1265 1559 951 608 990 1005

Beerangaddi 670 3820 1967 1853 571 417 24 2132 1308 824 942 897

Total 7278 41002 20546 20456 6525 5809 2570 22277 12942 9335 986 957

Fig 3.37 Adult and (0-6) Child Sex ratio in study villages

Sex ratio: Number of females per 1000 males




3.7.4 Health status

With regards to health, in the primary survey of the study villages, it was found that

common health issues were fever, headache, and cough. Discussions indicated that

their frequency of visiting the health care centres is around 3 to 6 months once

implying the population in the sample area is in a fairly healthy condition. The project

area is in an advantageous position in terms of healthcare infrastructure because of it

is proximity to Gokak town (Taluk). A few of the well-known hospitals in the study

area are S4 Super Speciality Hospital, KLE Hospital, Masurkar Hospital, Government

Hospital (Taluk level) Gokak, and Ganga surgical and fracture clinic among others.

3.7.5 Water and Sanitation

The study found that drinking water is made available for the people in the study

area from the government, through water taps and pipelines. The sanitation facility is

provided for the majority of the households by the government. In some areas not

provided by closed sanitation, it is found that open drainage flows through the area.

Overall the sanitation condition in the study areas was found to be fair.

3.7.6 Baseline Socio-Economic Environment

Industrial development projects of any size will have impacts on people's livelihoods,

their assets, way of life, health and wellbeing, culture, and community. The impacts

could be negative as also positive. Socio-economic impact assessment seeks to

identify such impacts and focus on the ways and means to minimize the incidence of

negative impacts. It is however important to understand the baseline socio-economic

scenario in the study area to systematically gauge the magnitude of possible

impacts. The study team thus has captured a basic socio-economic profile of the area

as presented in what follows;

3.7.6.1 Occupational Distribution

The work participation rates for the male and female populations are 56.9 and 34.0

respectively in the district. Among the total workers in the district, 86.8 percent are

Main workers and 13.2 percent are Marginal workers. The major workforce of 59.5

percent is engaged in the Agricultural sector i.e., Cultivators (23.1 percent) and

Agricultural Labourers (36.4 percent). The study area comprises mainly agricultural

activities such as farming, cultivation and others. Most of the survey respondents

were farmers; few of them were drivers and daily Labourers.

3.7.6.2 Livelihoods

Agriculture

Agriculture and allied activities are an enormous source of livelihood in the study

area. The lands in this area are dry and the entire region depends on the rainy season

for a good harvest. The majority of the production yield is during Kharif season and

few places where the water source is available through the bore-wells people go for




the second crop in Rabi season and major crops are Sugarcane, Cotton, Grams,

Maize, Jower, Tobacco and Vegetables, etc. Other than agriculture, animal husbandry

and poultry is supportive to small families by monthly income. During the harvest

season of rice and corn in the surrounding towns, there is a high demand for the

agriculture labour force and increase demand for mini transport vehicles to reach the

nearby market yards.

Industry

Belagavi provides the ideal choice for investment opportunities. Belagavi is one of

the fastest-growing cities with a very good Industrial Scenario in the north-western

part of Karnataka. Belagavi has several large industries; important among them are

the INDAL Aluminium Factory and the Polyhedron Pvt. Ltd. Belagavi acts as a trade

Centre for food grains, sugarcane, and cotton, tobacco, oilseed, and milk products.

Industries include leather, clay, pottery, soap, cotton, and precious metals. Around

5000 employees are working in Satish Sugars Ltd and its subsidiaries.

3.7.6.3 Lifestyles

As such it will be very difficult to assess the lifestyles in the area with reasonable

accuracy. However, based on a generalized assessment during the field surveys, it is

informed that a majority of the population in the area owns a place to live in. They

have access to basic amenities such as safe drinking water, education, and healthcare

facilities. A majority of the people in the area also have access to a mobile phone and

a cable TV connection. Generally, participation and interaction among the people in

the area is more during festivals, functions and cultural events but is guided by caste

and community factors. Participation in marriages, village festivals and mourning is

reported to be more common among homogenous social groups. The recreation

facilities in the area are reflected in watching TV, playing, watching cinema.

3.7.6.4 Physical Infrastructure

All the villages/towns/ are electrified and connected with all-weather, colonies have

to cement concrete roads. Rural public transportation is inadequate besides,

Government transportation; mostly shared autos are common to ferry commuters’ to

the interiors of these villages. The entire study area has a well-developed road

network connecting to the national/state highway. A large fleet of heavy and light

commercial vehicles will be temporarily present during the construction phase for

transporting heavy material. The majority of the population in the area uses

pipelines/taps (Government), bore-wells and tanker water for drinking facilities and

few potable water supplies are available. Open drainage systems exist in the study

areas.

3.7.6.5 Social Infrastructure

The infrastructure existing in the study area is minimal in these rural communities.

Primary and secondary schools are available in the revenue villages but whereas for

tertiary education, they have to travel to district headquarters. The network




comprising of the institution is both Government and private. Healthcare is available

largely through a network of Government-run Primary Health Centres, Private

hospitals and clinics. Specialty Medicare is accessible nearest at Belagavi 28 km from

the proposed project site. The housing facilities are fair in the study area.

3.7.6.6 Socially sensitive receptors and archaeological monuments

The study found that there are no archaeological sites in the study area, however

socially sensitive receptors were existing in the study area and they were including

schools, temples primary health centres, and other religious institutions; located

within a radius of 10 km radius from the proposed project site. However, they were

not impacted either directly or indirectly by the project activities.

Sri Basaveshwara Temple at Pulagaddi Siddalingeshwara Kaivalyashrama at Hunshyal

Sri Uddamma Temple at Udagatti Government High School at Balobal

Fig 3.38 Socially Sensitive Receptors

3.7.7 Selected villages for socio-economic survey

M/s. Satish Sugars Private Limited TMT unit is located in Hunshyal Village of Gokak

Taluk of Belagavi district. Hunshyal village is at 1.5 Km distance from the industry of

Southeast direction. There are no eco-sensitive areas such as National parks,

archaeological structures, wildlife sanctuaries, biosphere reserves within a 10 Km

radius around the project site. Six villages considered for the socio-economic study,

located within a 10 Km radius from the project site are spread across Gokak Taluk of

Belagavi district of Karnataka.




Table 3.28 Sampled villages and their Households

Sl.

No. Villages Total Households

No. of FGD’s

conducted

1 Hunshyal P.G 1255 2

2 Waderhatti 1253 1

3 Kallolli 2840 1

4 Balobal 678 1

5 Udagatti 582 1

6 Beerangaddi 670 1

7 Hunshyal P.G 1255 2

Total 5016 7

Table 3.29 Criteria followed for selection Socio-economic survey villages

Sl.

No.

Name of the

villages Criteria followed for selection of villages

1 Hunshyal P.G Nearby habitation, within 0.6 Km radius village from the

project site. (Core area)

2 Waderhatti Based on secondary data (Wind rose diagram) wind

directions are dominants towards east and west directions.

Hence, during construction & operation phase air borne

pollutants are expected to move in the same direction,

therefore Impact are expected on these villages which are

in the same direction.

3 Kallolli

4 Balobal

5 Udagatti

Villages within 2-10 Km radius from the project site. 6 Beerangaddi

7 Hunshyal P.G

3.7.7.1 Infrastructure facilities in the surveyed Villages

Post office: They are present in five villages and the rest of the villagers

have to travel three to four km to post offices. At the Taluk level, they have

post offices.

Drinking-Water Facilities: Regarding water facilities in the studied villages

the main source of drinking water is Public Taps, Bore wells & overhead

tanks (OHT).

Electricity: Electricity facilities are available in all the villages of the project

studied area

Telecommunication: Telephone communication facilities are available in all

the villages of the project studied area. Most of them use mobile phones.

Transport Facilities: The studied villages have inadequate road and bus

transport facilities.

3.7.7.2 Schools and Colleges in the study villages

Primary schools were available in all these villages as shown in Table No-5 there are

few Government & as well some private schools were existing in these villages.




Further schooling and college facilities are available in the nearest towns within 15 to

20 km distance.

Table 3.30 Schools and Colleges in the study villages

Village Government Schools

Hunshyal P.G Government Primary School

Waderhatti Government Higher Primary School

Kallolli Government High School

Balobal Government High School

Udagatti Government Primary School

Beerangaddi Government Primary School

(Source- Primary Data)

Lack of infrastructure or inadequate infrastructure is the limitation of many of these

Government schools. Such limitations range from lack of classrooms, toilets and

separate toilets for girls, no provision for safe drinking water etc.

3.7.8 Methodology adapted for socio-economic studies

The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes a review of published

secondary data and the collection of primary data through field surveys. The macro-

level baseline socio-economic environment assessment focuses on demographics,

livelihoods, and infrastructure facilities available in the study region with the help of a

review of secondary data, both published and unpublished. A micro-level assessment

of the socio-economic environment obtained in the project impact area (comprising

villages and habitations within a 10 km radius from the proposed project site) was

made through field surveys of 60 respondents were selected randomly across 6

sample villages, with Focus group discussions. The focus of the micro-level

assessment was on understanding the socio-economic conditions of the respondents

in terms of family size, livelihoods pursued, income and expenditure patterns,

housing conditions, education & health status and CSR needs. In addition,

impression and perceived both positive and negative impacts of the proposed

project was gathered during the focus group discussion survey methods and in-

depth discussions with key informants.

3.7.8.1 Desk Research

To understand the socio-economic setting of the surrounding project area. Related

secondary source of information available on the subject was examined, analysed

and critically studied. The vital documents are the 2011 Census Handbook of

Statistics of Belagavi district, besides the unpublished information from the

Agriculture, Health, Education and social welfare departments were referred to have

a deeper insight on the project areas. As part of the studies, the key stakeholders are




identified and study instruments- village and Focus Group Discussion interview

questionnaires prepared and finalized. The sampling frame and the sample size were

designed and it consisted of villages, households and the local's opinions.

A Focus Group Discussion (FGD) method was followed to collect the primary socio-

economic data of the study villages. Accordingly, the criteria followed for the

selection of villages is randomly and villages that are nearby the proposed project.

3.7.8.2 Field Surveys

Field survey planned from 23rd to 27th November 2021 for the primary data collection

which constituted the most important element of the methodology Field survey

helped to collect the fairly reliable data with respect to the major livelihood source,

family income and expenditure education and health status, basic amenities

availability, lifestyle, standards of living and impressions on project etc, of the

residents in the project impact zone. It also helped in eliciting information from the

natives about the negative environmental and socio-economic impacts of the

proposed project.

The field survey was carried out in 6 sample villages containing a total of 7 focus

group discussions with 60 respondents. The potential respondents in the sample

villages were contacted personally by the field investigators who explain the purpose

of the visit and seek their participation by sharing relevant information impartially.

The field investigators also clarified the doubts and apprehensions expressed by the

respondents. Once the respondents were willing and ready to participate, focus

group discussions and socio-economic questionnaires were collected with the help

of interview-based structured questionnaire. Several questions were open-ended

questions to facilitate capturing perceptions of the respondents objectively.

3.7.9 Focus Group Discussion Survey Results

Demography and Literacy

The survey sample respondents were 70 have a total population of 345 persons

implying an average of 5 members per household. The total population of surveyed

families comprises 58.84% of males and 41.15% of females.

Average literacy among the surveyed respondents is 87.32% of the total literacy,

23.94% of the respondents pursued primary education, while 52.11% pursued

secondary education and 11.26% are Pre-university course holders. There were no

graduates and the professional course was pursued.

Distribution of Age in the Surveyed Villages

All the survey respondents were male Out of which, 5.63% of them were aged

between 20-30 years followed by 50.70% between 31-50 years of age. 28.16% were

51-60 years of age and 15.49% were >60 years of age group, consulted to achieve

the highest maturity.




Sources of Livelihood

Agricultural/Farming sector employment is the sole source of livelihood for the

survey respondents. 100% of the respondents earn their livelihood as farming and

agriculture allied activities as a source of livelihood.

Family Incomes

The family incomes of the surveyed respondents vary from Rs. < 1 lakh to 5 lakhs p.a.

46.47% of the respondents have their family income of > 1,00,000 – <2,00,000 p.a.

43.66% have family incomes ranging from Rs.2,00,000-4,00,000 p.a. 9.85% have

family incomes ranging from Rs.4,00,000-5,00,000 p.a.

Family Expenditure

It shows that 2.81% of the survey respondents have family expenditures having

around Rs. >20,000 to 30,000 p.a; Followed by 76.05% of them having their family

expenditures around Rs. >50,000 to 1,00,000 p.a; and 21.12% of family expenditures

having Rs.1,00,000-2,00,000 p.a. The expenditure pattern points to that mainly overall

family expenditure goes for food; secondly for education & housing; followed by for

healthcare & recreation and other needs.

Family Health Status

Data on the health status of surveyed respondents indicate that nearly 38% of the

families have recorded some form of illness like cough, body pains, fever, cold and

headache. Lifestyle diseases, especially hypertension, diabetes and diseases of

digestive are among the respondents with a reported. No major illness or chronic

diseases has been reported in the social survey.

3.7.9.7 Aspirations and Apprehensions

During the focus group discussions, it was revealed that nearly 93% of the

respondents were aware of the proposed industry and felt that industrial

development is necessary for employment generation, especially for the current and

future generations in the area. Development planned projects are necessary to uplift

the standard of living of the people, revive economies and alleviate poverty. With

rising literacy levels and awareness about growth opportunities, the youth in the area

are focused more on non-farm sector and service sector employment. There are

however apprehensive about the negative impacts of industrial development. The

perceptions of the respondents in surrounding areas are summarized as follows:

Industrial growth in the region has significantly supported the sustainable

livelihoods in the area, especially for skilled and semi-skilled persons.

Development of the secondary sector in the area has positively

contributed to induced development leading to the creation of multiplier

self and wage employment opportunities.

It would help further strengthen infrastructure development in the area.




It may aggravate air pollution through the release of obnoxious gases and

odors.

Infrastructures in the surrounding villages need to be improved such as

road networks, infrastructure developments in Govt., schools, RO drinking

water purification centers, etc.,

Many of them are expecting employment opportunities from the

proposed project.

Pulagaddi Waderhatti

Hunshyal Balobal

Fig 3.39 Socio-economic Survey Photographs




Chapter-4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and

Mitigation Measures

This section identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental

components due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details

all the potential impacts on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local

environment due to the proposed activities and sub – activities. The proposed TMT

plant operates for 330 days in a year and based on the project activity the impacts

and mitigation measures for the project are as follows:

4.1 Construction Phase


4.1.1.1 Anticipated Impacts

Temporary loss of soil may be envisaged during the construction phase.

There is no impact on land use since the establishment of the industry is

within the existing industrial premises.

During construction phase, solid waste such as excavated soil, debris,

some metal waste and very small amount of oil & grease from

construction machines will be generated. This waste may contaminate soil

at plant site temporarily and would be restricted to a small area.

4.1.1.2 Mitigation measures

Excavated soil earth shall be stored separately and fully utilized for green

belt development activities.

Garland drains and retention ponds shall be constructed to arrest the

surface run off and soil erosion. The drains shall be frequently desilted for

free flow of water.

The solid waste generated by labors as municipal waste will be segregated

into organic & inorganic. Organic will be composted & inorganic will be

given to approved agency.

The used oil will be stored at an identified place, in leak proof drums &

disposed off to authorized vendors only. MoU has been made with

Shanthadurga Petrochemicals for disposal of Hazardous waste and used

oil.

4.1.2 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation


The major solid waste generated during construction phase will be

construction debris metal waste, & hazardous wastes like used oil and oil

soaked cotton waste from construction machines etc.




The Domestic garbage will be generated in labour camp and the same will

be segregated into organic & inorganic. Organic will be composted in

small earth pit & inorganic will be given to approved recyclers.

4.1.2.2 Mitigation Measures

The generated domestic solid waste will be segregated in to organic and

inorganic wastes and handed over to nearby municipality.

The generated hazardous waste will be stored in leak proof container and

handed over to KSPCB authorized vendors.

The excavated soil will be stored separately and it will be reused for

greenbelt development.



Development of the proposed project will be within the existing industrial

premises hence would not involve land preparation and clearing. The

existing industrial premises will be utilized for the proposed project.

Construction of additional sheds will be done for installation of power

plant equipment’s.

The major sources of air pollution during construction phase will be

fugitive emissions due to transportation activity. Dust may arise due to

movement of dump trucks, construction equipment and other vehicles on

unpaved roads, mixing and batching of aggregates for concrete

preparation, etc.,.

The impact is likely to be for short term and confined locally to the

construction itself.


The vehicles used for transportation of construction material will be

certified valid PUC.

Temporary sheds will be developed in order to store the construction

material inside the project premises.

The machinery used for construction purpose will be properly maintained

and serviced.

It will be ensured that diesel powered vehicles and construction machinery

are properly maintained to minimize the exhaust emissions as well as

noise generation.

The construction debris generated will be properly stored in the shed and

later should be used for leveling of low lying area and road construction.

Regular water sprinkling will be done in the storage area and within the

plant boundary for dust suppression.

The fuel used for the machines will be of good quality.




Proper arrangement will be made to prevent washout of construction

material during the monsoon season. Temporary sheds should be

constructed during the monsoon season for the storage of construction

materials.

Once the construction phase is completed, proper clean-up of the plant

area will be done and the construction debris and the other waste will be

disposed properly.

4.1.4 Noise Environment


The source of noise during construction period will be due to movement of vehicles,

movement of construction equipment like crane, bulldozer, Pumps, concrete mixers

etc. The expected noise levels from these activities are as mentioned below.

Table 4.1 Expected Noise level from construction activities.

Sl. No. Particulars Noise Levels dB(A)18

Earth Movers

1 Trucks & Tractors 82-90

2 Vibratory Pile Driver 85-90

Material Handlers:

3 Tower Crane 70-76

4 Drum Mixer 75-80

Stationary Equipment:

5 Diesel Generators 71-82

6 Truck Mounted Crane 76-83

Other Construction Equipment:

7 Bar Bender 85-90

8 Operating a Welder 80-85

The construction equipment which will be used during the construction phase may

release sound which ranges from 70-95 dB (A). This will be added with existing sound

levels of the industry and have a significant impact on the ambient noise levels of the

area. The workers exposed to the high noise locations will be provided with PPEs.

4.1.4.2 Prediction of noise levels by using Dhwani PRO Noise Model

Dhwani PRO noise model is developed to undertake construction, industrial and

traffic noise propagation. The model is used to predict the impact of noise on

receptors from the noise generation source. It is also used to predict impact due to

group noise sources in the industrial complex (multiple sound sources) and traffic19.

Various noise source and receptors were considered within 10 km radius of study

18

Source: Acoustical measurement in FHWA Roadway Construction Noise Model User’s Guide. FHWA-HEP-05-

054. January 2006.

19 Environmental Impact Assessment, A practical guide for Professional practice, 2016, A K A Rathi, PP110




area. Based on the construction activity, the model was used to predict the noise

levels from the nearest sensitive receptors without mitigation measures. As per the

model results, the noise levels are well within the CPCB standards during

construction phase and the results are as follows:

Table 4.2 Noise model results during Construction Phase.

Sl.

No Name of the Receptors

Model

noise

level in

dB(A)

Distance from

Nearest Point

Source in Km

Direction from

the project site

CPCB

Standards

N4 Back side of Sugar complex 31.7 0.38 NE 75

N5 Road connecting towards SH 44 34.7 0.33 NE 75

N6 Hunshyal Village 17.8 0.29 NW 55

N7 Adjacent settlements 27.5 0.28 NW 55

N8 Waderhatti 13.7 3.73 NE 55

N9 Hanumapura 11 2.31 NW 55

Fig 4.1 Isopleths showing noise levels during Construction Phase


The workers exposed to the high noise areas will be provided with PPEs

like ear muffs / ear plugs etc.,




Selection of low noise generating machinery/equipment.

The high noise zones at site will be demarcated and provided with

enclosures & barriers

4.1.5 Hydrology and Geology


Geology: The formation of pits and blasting adopted for rock breaking

and excavation of top soil for formation of pits for foundation. Collapse of

top soil and weathered portion and fly rock due to blasting anticipated.

Impact on natural drainage: The proposed project has no streams within

the core zone – There is no impact.

Impact on Surface Water: There are no surface water tanks nearby hence,

no impact.

Impact on groundwater: No pumping of groundwater for the proposed

project during construction and operational phases.


The collapse can be avoided by formation of benches of 1.5 m to 3.0 m

height for working conveniently and making access to sub surface levels

for pit formation.

Five Recharge pits at favorable places to be constructed with dimensions 6

m X 5 m X 3m depth to recharge the aquifer as part of social

responsibility.

The groundwater & Surface water Quality to be monitored twice a year at

the locations mapped on EMP map.

4.1.6 Water Environment

4.1.6.1 Anticipated Impacts during construction phase

Impact on water quality during the construction phase will be mainly due

to sewage generated from the labour camp. Oil spillage from vehicles and

machines like DG sets used at the construction site.

During construction activities, runoff from the construction site may

contain more eroded soil and loose materials that may contaminate the

surface water.

Increase in the water demand due to activities such as site preparation,

dust spraying, curing, domestic and another water requirement for labour

and onsite staff.

Improper sanitary conditions and unscientific treatment and disposal of

sewage from labour camps (50 no’s) area will lead to sub-surface soil

pollution and also contaminate groundwater due to infiltration. Thereby,

the groundwater quality of the region may get affected. Further, this may

create anaesthetic conditions in the site, attracts mosquitoes/flies, thereby




chances of deteriorating the health of the workers due to unhygienic

conditions.

Improper collection, handling & disposal of solid wastes (organic solid

waste) from labour camps will result in the formation of leachate during

rainy days and thereby indirectly affects the groundwater quality of the

region due to percolation of leachate.


Labour camp and the surrounding area will be maintained clean & tidy by

the proper drainage system, raw sewage collection tank, etc.

The DG Sets used as backup power will generate a small quantity of used

oil & oil-soaked cotton waste which will be stored at an identified place, in

a leak-proof barrel & disposed of to KSPCB Authorized vendors as per

HWM Rule 2016. MoU has been made with Shanthadurga Petrochemicals

for disposal of Hazardous waste and used oil.

By segregating the construction area and construction of concrete drains

for storm water, contamination will be prevented

The generated sewage from labour camps will be treated in domestic

sewage generated will be treated in a Distillery ETP of capacity 1700 KLD.

4.1.7 Biological Environment


Noise and other disturbance to birds and other wild animals: A different variety of

bird species were recorded in the project area as well as study area due to the

removal of trees birds’ habitat will be disturbed, during construction phase vehicular

movement leads to the disturbance to the birds, were in no schedule species were

recorded in the project area but removal of key stone species will leads to the habitat

loss to many bird species resident in the project site. During the studies one bird

species Shikra and the butterfly Crimson rose in Project site and 4 species of birds

such as Indian peafowl, Black Shouldered Kite, Black Kite and Shikra and 2 butterfly

species like Crimson rose and Common Crow in the study area falls under schedule –

I of Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. All the species belongs to Least Concern category

of IUCN status.


Awareness to the local farmers and people about the importance of

wildlife.

Educating the local farmers about the impact of pesticides and herbicides

on food chain and food web of Indian Peafowl and others species.


species.

Awards or certificates from KFD to people/staff who rescue wildlife around

the reserve forest.




Awareness about importance of wildlife and Forest area.

Awareness of Environmental education and importance of conservation of

faunal and avifaunal species belonging to schedule and RET category.

Awareness programs in villages around the reserve forest to replace the

exotic plant species with the native plant species which are beneficial for

wildlife and to maintain the forest ecosystem.

Tall trees plantation in Black-shouldered kites and Shikra species located

area/Forest

Shrubs Plantation in Indian Peafowl, species located area/Forest.

4.1.8 Socio-economic Environment


Table 4.3 Predicted Impacts

Sl.

No. Impact Area

Predicted Impacts

Positive Negative

1

Natural

Resource

Sustainability

No shifts in land use patterns

would occur. Nil

2 Land No Land Acquisition Nil

2 Human

Settlement No Involuntary Displacement Nil

3 Livelihoods

No loss of existing livelihoods in

the area is expected to occur.

Additional non-farm livelihood

opportunities are expected directly

and as spinoffs.

Increased influx of people during

the project construction phase.

4 Employment

Creation of employment

opportunities for about 100 local

skilled & semi-skilled workers

during the operation phase.

Employment generation to about

100 to 120 unskilled & semi-skilled

workers during construction,

operation phase.

Nil

5 Economic

Development

Improvements in the annual

incomes of about 10% p.a in the

surrounding areas

Development of ancillary industrial

products and other business

activities in this region

Nil

6 Physical

Infrastructure

Road and power networks in the

area may get strengthened.

Increased vehicle traffic leads to

the probable higher incidence of

accidents.

7 Social Improvement to dwellings, Increased pressure on residential




Sl.

No. Impact Area

Predicted Impacts

Positive Negative

Infrastructure educational facilities and healthcare

facilities in the surrounding Taluks.

accommodation, water supply

and sanitation in the

neighbourhood.

8 Community

Aesthetics

Building plans and quality of

construction in the area are

expected to improve in the years to

go as a sequel to industrial

development.

There are no heritage precincts and

archaeological monuments in the

project site vicinity that would be

adversely impacted.

Nil

9 Air pollution Nil

An increase in ambient air

pollution will cause adverse

health impacts on humans &

domestic animals. Also has the

potential to cause crop damage.

A high concentration of

particulate matter pollutants can

cause breathing difficulties.

4.2 Operation Phase



In the proposed establishment of TMT Bars manufacturing all the raw material and

waste material will be stored in a liner made impervious platform so it will not be in

contact with soil. As the pollutants have been found to have low concentration,

hence chances of contamination of agricultural fields will be rare. Solid waste

generated from the operation of will be handled as shown below:

Table 4.4 Handling of solid waste from the operation phase

SL.

No Solid Waste

Quantity

TPD

Mitigation Measures

Method of

Storage Mode of Disposal

1 End cuttings from

CCM 5.7

Storage

yard Will be recycled to the SMS

2 End cuttings from

Rolling Mill 6

Storage

yard

2 Slag 9.3 Storage

yard

Will be crushed in the slag crusher and

the recovered metal will be recycled in

the SMS. Remaining waste will be used

as construction material.




4.2.2 Solid and Hazardous Waste generation


Solid waste will be generated mainly in the form of end cuts from CCM &

Rolling Mill and slag.

Improper handling of solid waste generated will lead to soil deterioration

of soil/land environment and in turn ground water pollution.

Improper handling of used oil will also affect the soil and ground water.


As per Table 4.4



The source of air pollution sources are:

Induction Furnace –2Nos X 8T and 2 No’s X 10T

DG Set – 1 x 2500 KVA

The major sources of fugitive emissions are as detailed below:

Loading / unloading at project site.

Transportation from port to plant.

Movement of vehicles

Raw material handling area.

4.2.3.2 Prediction of GLC by using AERMOD cloud Model

AERMOD cloud is a US- EPA approved model to predict the ground level

concentration s and dispersion of air pollutants. The model input features are as

follows:

Table 4.5 Model Input for Existing Sugar Plant

SI.

No Parameter Units

60 TPH

Boiler

130 TPH

Boiler

90 TPH

Boiler

1 Stack Height m 80 80 80

2 Stack Diameter m 3.5 4.2 3.5

3 Stack gas temperature 0C 146 142 148

4 Stack exit gas velocity m/s 7.87 7.96 7.84

5 Fuel Type - Bagasse Bagasse Bagasse

6

Concentration g/sec

PM g/sec 1.28 2.36 1.34

SO2 g/sec 0.700 1.44 0.697

NO2 g/sec 0.487 1.25 0.501

7 Air Pollution Control

Device - Scrubber ESP ESP




Table 4.6 Model Input for Existing Distillery Plant

SI.

No Parameter Units 12 TPH Boiler

1 Stack Height m 32

2 Stack Diameter m 1.8

3 Stack gas temperature 0C 134

4 Stack exit gas velocity m/s 7.69

5 Fuel Type - Bagasse

6 Concentration g/sec

PM g/sec 0.648

SO2 g/sec 0.168

NO2 g/sec 0.205

7 Air Pollution Control Device - Scrubber

Table 4.7 Model Input for Proposed Induction Furnace along with Stack details

SI.

No Parameter Units Induction Furnace

1 Stack Height m 30

2 Stack Diameter m 1.8

3 Stack gas temperature 0C 450C

4 Stack exit gas velocity m/s 8

5 Fuel Type - Electricity

6

Concentration g/sec Without APC With APC

PM g/sec 11.24 0.12

SO2 g/sec - -

NO2 g/sec - -

7 Air Pollution Control Device - Bag Filters – 4 No’s

1 x 2500 KVA DG set will be used with 30 m AGL chimney. Since the operation of DG

is very limited, for the prediction of Ground level concentration, the same is not

considered. The model results are as follows and the Isopleths drawn for particulate

matter is given below and for So & NOx, are given below..




Fig 4.2 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 60

TPH

Maximum concentration predicted is 0.5 µg/m3 at a distance of 600 m towards ESE.




Fig 4.3 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 90

TPH





Fig 4.4 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant –

130TPH





Fig 4.5 Isopleths drawn for PM with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant –

12TPH





Fig 4.6 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 60

TPH





Fig 4.7 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant – 90

TPH





Fig 4.8 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant –

130 TPH





Fig 4.9 Isopleths drawn for SO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant –

12 TPH





Fig 4.10 Isopleths drawn for NO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Sugar Plant –

60 TPH






90 TPH






130 TPH





Fig 4.13 Isopleths drawn for NO2 with mitigation measures for Existing Distillery Plant

– 12 TPH

Maximum concentration predicted is 0.49 µg/m3 at a distance of 300 m towards W.




Table 4.9 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH

SL.

No Villages

Predicted Values

PM SO2 NO2

1 Project Site 0 0 0

2 Hunshyal 0.09 0.03 0.02

3 Kalloli 0.07 0.04 0.03

4 Musaguppi 0.12 0.05 0.04

5 Arabhavi 0.08 0.04 0.03

Table 4.8 Air Quality Index for Predicted Air Quality – With Mitigation Measures for

Existing Sugar Plant – 60 TPH

Location

PM10,

g/m3

Percentile

PM10,

g/m3

Model

Total AQI Remarks

SO2,

g/m3

Percentile

SO2,

g/m3

Modell

Total AQI Remarks

A1 61.14 0.0 61.14 61.14 Satisfactory 5.63 0.0 5.63 7.04 Good








Continued….

NO2,

g/m3

Percentile

NO2,

g/m3

Modelling values

Total AQI Remarks

16.88 0.0 16.88 21.10 Good

19.79 0.0 19.79 24.74 Good

16.67 0.0 16.67 20.84 Good

15.44 0.03 15.47 19.34 Good

15.24 0.0 15.24 19.05 Good

16.21 0.03 16.24 20.30 Good

14.91 0.0 14.91 18.64 Good

15.67 0.04 15.71 19.64 Good





SL.

No Villages

Predicted Values

PM SO2 NO2


2 Hunshyal 0.06 0.03 0.02

3 Kalloli 0.07 0.04 0.03

4 Musaguppi 0.12 0.06 0.05

5 Arabhavi 0.08 0.04 0.03



Location

PM10,

g/m3

Percentile

PM10,

g/m3

Modelling

Values

Total AQI Remarks

SO2,

g/m3

Percentil

e

SO2,

g/m3

Model

Values

Total AQI Remarks









Continued….

NO2, g/m3

Percentile

NO2, g/m3

Modelling

values

Total AQI Remarks

16.88 0.0 16.88 21.10 Good

19.79 0.0 19.79 24.74 Good

16.67 0.0 16.67 20.84 Good

15.44 0.03 15.47 19.34 Good

15.24 0.0 15.24 19.05 Good

16.21 0.03 16.24 20.30 Good

14.91 0.0 14.91 14.91 Good

15.67 0.05 15.72 19.65 Good




Table 4.11 Predicted Values with mitigation measures – Existing Sugar Plant – 130

TPH

SL.

No Villages

Predicted Values

PM SO2 NO2


2 Hunshyal 0.11 0.06 0.05

3 Kalloli 0.12 0.07 0.06

4 Musaguppi 0.22 0.12 0.1

5 Arabhavi 0.15 0.08 0.06



Location

PM10,

g/m3

Percentile

PM10,

g/m3

Model

Value

Total AQI Remarks SO2, g/m3

Percentile

SO2,

g/m3

Model

Value

Total AQI Remarks









Continued….

NO2,

g/m3

Percentile

NO2, g/m3

Modelling

values

Total AQI Remarks

16.88 0.0 16.88 21.10 Good

19.79 0.0 19.79 24.74 Good

16.67 0.0 16.67 20.84 Good

15.44 0.06 15.5 19.38 Good

15.24 0.0 15.24 19.05 Good

16.21 0.03 16.24 20.30 Good

14.91 0.0 14.91 18.64 Good

15.67 0.1 15.77 19.71 Good





SL.

No Villages

Predicted Values

PM SO2 NO2

1 Project Site 0.13 0.03 0.04

2 Hunshyal 0.06 0.01 0.02

3 Kalloli 0.05 0.01 0.01

4 Musaguppi 0.13 0.03 0.04

5 Arabhavi 0.11 0.08 0.03



Location

PM10,

g/m3

Percentile

PM10,

g/m3

Modelling

Values

Total AQI Remarks SO2, g/m3

Percentile

SO2,

g/m3

Model

Value

Total AQI Remarks









Continued….

NO2,

g/m3

Percentile

NO2,

g/m3

Model values

Total AQI Remarks

16.88 0.04 16.88 21.10 Good

19.79 0.0 19.79 24.74 Good

16.67 0.0 16.67 20.84 Good

15.44 0.0 15.44 19.30 Good

15.24 0.0 15.24 19.05 Good

16.21 0.03 16.24 20.30 Good

14.91 0.0 14.91 18.64 Good

15.67 0.04 15.71 19.64 Good




Fig 4.14 Isopleths drawn for PM without mitigation measures for Proposed TMT Plant

Maximum concentration predicted is 135.36 µg/m3 at a distance of 300 m towards

W.

Table 4.15 Predicted Values without mitigation measures for TMT Plant

SL. No Villages PM

1 Project Site 21.08

2 Hunshyal 7.33

3 Kalloli 3.41

4 Musaguppi 10.17

5 Arabhavi 11.61




Table 4.16 Air Quality Index for Predicted Air Quality – Without Mitigation Measures

TMT Plant

4.2.3.3 Air Pollution Control Equipment

Table 4.17 Technical Specification of Bag Filter

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 No. of bag filter system 4 No. ( One for each 8 & 10 TPH furnace )

2 Type Pulse jet

3 Quantity 2

4 Gas volume 20,000 Am3/Hr.

5 Gas temp. 100 - 110 °C

6 Inlet dust load 1.0 - 1.5 gm/Nm3

7 Filter bag material Polyester needle felt wt. 500 Gm/m2

8 Max design temp. 130 °C

9 Treatment for bags Anti - adhesive silicon treatment

10 Emission guarantee 100 Mg/Nm3

11 Air to cloth ratio 1.54 m3/m2/min

12 No. of bag 120 No’s

13 Dia of bag 160 mm

14 Length of bag 3600 mm

15 Motor 35 Hp

16 Compressor 10 Hp

17 Induced draft fan volume 20,000 M3/Hr.

18 Total pressure of fan 250 mm w.g

19 Size of solenoids (mm) 50

20 Type of solenoids Pilot operated

21 Timer EAPL M9

22 Rotary air lock 160 mm

Location PM10, g/m3

Percentile

PM10, g/m3

Model Value Total AQI Remarks

A1 61.14 21.08 82.22 82 Moderate

A2 68.17 0.0 68.17 67.17 Satisfactory

A3 59.83 00 59.83 59.83 Satisfactory

A4 58.50 3.41 61.91 62 Satisfactory

A5 57.33 0.0 57.33 57.33 Satisfactory

A6 59.21 11.61 70.82 71 Satisfactory

A7 56.79 0.0 56.79 56.79 Satisfactory

A8 58.29 10.17 68.46 68.46 Satisfactory




Fig 4.15 Isopleths drawn for PM without mitigation measures for Proposed TMT Plant

Maximum concentration predicted is 97.25 µg/m3 at a distance of 300 m towards W.

Table 4.18 Predicted Values with mitigation measures for TMT Plant

SL. No Villages PM

1 Project Site 15.52

2 Hunshyal 5.25

3 Kalloli 2.43

4 Musaguppi 7.13

5 Arabhavi 7.96




Table 4.19 Air Quality Index for Predicted Air Quality – With Mitigation Measures

TMT Plant

Location PM10, g/m3

Percentile

PM10, g/m3

Modelling

Values

Total AQI Remarks

A1 61.14 15.52 76.66 77 Satisfactory

A2 68.17 0.0 68.17 68 Satisfactory

A3 59.83 00 59.83 60 Satisfactory

A4 58.50 2.43 60.93 61 Satisfactory

A5 57.33 0.0 57.33 57.33 Satisfactory

A6 59.21 7.96 67.17 67.17 Satisfactory

A7 56.79 0.0 56.79 56.79 Satisfactory

A8 58.29 7.13 65.42 65 Satisfactory

Table 4.20 Cumulative Impact of PM by Existing Sugar Plant, Distillery Plant and

Proposed TMT Plant

Location AQI for Existing

Sugar Plant

AQI for Distillery

Sugar Plant

AQI for Proposed

TMT Plant Average Remarks

A1 61.14 61.14 77 66.42 Satisfactory

A2 68.17 68.17 68 68.11 Satisfactory

A3 59.83 59.83 60 59.88 Satisfactory

A4 56.62 58.55 61 58.72 Satisfactory

A5 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 Satisfactory

A6 59.36 59.32 67.17 61.95 Satisfactory

A7 56.79 56.79 56.79 56.79 Satisfactory

A8 58.71 58.42 65 60.71 Satisfactory


The Induction Furnace (2Nos X 8T & 2Nos X 10T) will be connected to Bag

Filters to mitigate the air pollution. The efficiency of Bag Filters will be

99%. Clean air will be let out through 30m height chimney.

The Reheating furnace is eliminated in the process, for which 95Kg coal /

60Kg of the Furnace oil had to be used and which would be the source of

air pollution.

Water sprinkling will be carried out thrice a day to reduce dust.

Vehicles used for transportation of raw materials will be ensured with PUC.

Green belt will be developed all along the periphery of the industry to

mitigate air pollution.

All internal roads will be asphalted to control particulate emissions.

Regular maintenance of air pollution control equipment will be undertaken

to mitigate air pollution.




4.2.4 Noise environment

4.2.4.1 Anticipated impacts

During Operation phase Noise will be generated by raw material transporting

vehicles, unloading, raw material carrying conveyer belts, crushing units, movement

of billets to Re-rolling Mill, final product TMT Bars while bundling for cooling at

atmospheric temperature, cutting of ends & while loading the final product for

dispatch, apart from these all the other source of noise is DG sets which will be

installed on anti-vibrating mountings & acoustic enclosures.

The operation of industry will produce noise levels during day and night time. The

equipment generating noises are as tabulated below and the predicted noise

modelling results for with and without barrier conditions are also given below:

Table 4.21 Sources of noise pollution in the industry.

Sl No Source of Noise Noise Level dB(A)

1 Induction Furnace 85

2 Ladle Refining Furnace (LRF) 90

3 Continuous Casting Machine (CCM) 85

4 Rolling Mill 90

5 Air compressor 95

6 Raw material transfer points 80

7 Fume Exhaust System (FES) Cooling System 80

8 D.G set 95

9 Transportation 85

Fig 4.16 Isopleths showing noise levels during Operation Phase (Without barrier)




Table 4.22 Noise Model results during Operation Phase

Sl.

No.

Name of the

Receptors

Model

noise level

in dB(A)

without

Barrier

Model

noise

level in

dB(A)

with

Barrier

Distance

from

Nearest

Point

Source in

km

Direction

from the

project

site

CPCB

Standards

in dB(A)

for Day

time

N4 Back side of Sugar

complex 36.7 28.2 0.38 NE 75

N5 Road connecting

towards SH 44 39.7 30.3 0.33 NE 75

N6 Hunshyal Village 22.6 13.2 0.29 NW 55

N7 Adjacent

settlements 32.5 23.3 0.28 NW 55

N8 Waderhatti 18.5 9.2 3.73 NE 55

N9 Hanumapura 15.4 7.7 2.31 NW 55

Fig 4.17 Isopleths showing noise levels during Operation Phase (With barrier)




Based on the model results, the noise levels during operation phase is

within CPCB standards with respect to nearest socially sensitive receptors.

Prolonged / long term exposure to noise levels within the industrial

premises will have psychological / social disturbances like speech

interference, annoyance, lack of concentration and sleep interference and

mental health.

Various equipment’s will create vibration along with noise as noise are

generated due to vibration also. Hence, the impact on vibration is mainly

on health of workers who are exposing to machine vibrations.

4.2.4.2 Mitigation measures

Noise level can be reduced by stopping leakages from various steam lines,

compressed air lines and other high pressure equipment;

Noise generating equipment will be provided with proper sound proof

enclosures.

The air compressor, process air blower, pneumatic valves should be

provided with acoustic enclosure.

Design control measures will be adhering to reduce the noise level.

Use of lagging with attenuation properties on plant components /

installation of sound attenuation panels around the equipment.

The workers in the plant premises will be provided with proper PPEs which

include ear muff and ear plugs.

Rubber padding’s and proper support to the ground with thick blankets

(Min. 10 mm thick) of rubber mats are preferred before bolting to absorb

vibration.

To avoid continuous exposure of noise and vibration, working shifts will be

planned to mitigate the same.

4.2.5 Water Environment


The industry ensures the Zero liquid discharge and water recirculation will

be planned to minimize the fresh water demands.

Surface run off during rainy season will be resulting in polluting the

adjacent nala and surface water bodies. This would reduce the DO levels

and increase the iron concentration in water bodies.


There is no waste water generation from the proposed project, water is

subjected to recirculation. Hence, water contamination is not anticipated.

Generated Sewage from labors of will be treated in domestic sewage

generated will be treated in a Distillery ETP of capacity 1700 KLD.

Garland drains will be provided all along the periphery to collect Surface

run off to drain out into a pit to settle the suspended solids.




4.2.6 Biological Environment


The avifauna may experience disturbance due to the noise generated from various

industrial activities.


Awareness will be provided to the staff about Conservation of birds

4.2.7 Socio-Economic Environment


Sl.

No Impact Area

Predicted Impacts

Positive Negative

1 Physical

Infrastructure

Road and power network in the area

may get strengthened.

.

Increased vehicle traffic leading to

probable higher incidence of

accidents.

2 Social

Infrastructure

Improvement to dwellings,

educational facilities and healthcare

facilities in the surrounding Taluks’.

Increased pressure on residential

accommodation, water supply and

sanitation in neighborhood.

3 Community

Aesthetics

Building plans and quality of

construction in the area is expected

to improve in the years to go as a

sequel to industrial development.

Nil

4 Air pollution Nil

Increase in ambient air pollution

will cause adverse health impact

on human & domestic animals.

Also has the potential to cause

crop damage.

High concentration of particulate

matter pollutants can cause

breathing difficulties.

4.2.7.2 Mitigation Measures for adverse impacts

The proposed project would be required to initiate the following measures to

minimize the possible negative impacts, as a consequence of the proposed

establishment SSL on the surrounding socio-economic environment:

Installing appropriate effluent treatment facility to ensure pollutants levels

are within the standards and check groundwater pollution.

Organizing monthly health camps in the area to check the occurrence of

any respiratory and other related disorders.

Adopting Government schools and Primary Health Centres in the impact

zone to reinforce and improve education and healthcare infrastructure

Basic amenities need to be improved and social, physical infrastructure to

be developed.




Proper care should be taken to minimize the traffic congestion during

construction and Operation phase.

4.3 Evaluation of Impacts

Leopold Matrix method20 is the widely used tool to identify the cause effect

relationships. In this method magnitude of interaction will be assigned using a value

ranging from 1 to 5 and scale of importance from 1-10 will also be assigned. It’s a

valuable tool for assessing the impacts during the project life cycle. Severity criteria

of magnitude of impact adopted is given in table below and score ranges of impact

evaluation based on matrix score is given below in. Impact evaluation matrix is given

below.

Table 4.23 Severity criteria

Sl.

No Category Description

Impacts

Adverse Beneficial

1 No impact 0 0

2 No appreciable impact Short term, reversible -1 1

3 Significant impact Long term, reversible -2 2

4 Major impact Irreversible but lesser extent -3 3

5 High impact Irreversible but medium extent -4 4

6 Permanent impact Irreversible severe impact -5 5

Table 4.24 Score ranges

Sl. No Total Score Outcome

1 +ve / -ve Beneficial impact/ adverse impact

2 0-300 No appreciable beneficial impact / adverse impact

3 300-600 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact – mitigation measures are

needed

4 600-900 Significant adverse impacts, most of the impacts are reversible. Mitigation

measures are crucial

5 900-1200 Major adverse impacts, most of the impacts are reversible. Alternative site

selection to be considered

6 >1200 Permanent irreversible adverse impact, alternatives to the project need to

be explored.

20

Environmental Impact Assessment, A practical guide for Professional practice, 2016, A K A Rathi, Pp 50-53




Table 4.25 Evaluation of impacts

Pre-

Construction Construction phase Operation phase

Site Clearing

Transportati

on of

materials /

equipments

Plant

Erection

activities

Industrial

operations

Transportat

ion of raw

materials

and

finished

products

Industrial

waste

generation

Occupatio

nal Health

and

Safety

Magnitude 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5

Impact

Importance score

Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High Low High

Physical

Air quality 6 -1 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -72

Noise Levels 5 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -65

Water quality 2.5 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -15

Soil 2.5 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -20

Solid waste 4.5 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 -3 -3 -58.5

Hydrology 2 -1 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -6

Risk & hazards 8 -1 -2 -2 -3 -2 -2 -3 -120

Biological Flora & fauna 5 -1 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1 0 -40

Social

Crop Loss 4 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -8

Employment

opportunities 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 45

Total -359.5

Based on the evaluation of impacts, the project score is -359.5 and categorized under ‘Appreciable but reversible adverse impact –

mitigation measures are needed (300-600)’.




Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site)

5.1 Technology

5.1.1 Use of Coreless Induction Furnace

A coreless Induction Furnace is an efficient periodic action melting plant. The use of

refractories per tonne of steel produced is at a minimum in these types of furnaces21.

From the description of the pollution potential from Induction Furnaces, it may be

observed that volume, quantity and harmful emissions in particulate matter and

gaseous form are fairly low compared to Electric Arc Furnace (EAF). M/s. Satish

Sugars Ltd. (SSL) – TMT plant is proposed to use coreless induction furnace which is

fired with electric power from existing co-gen unit of M/s. SSL for melting sponge

iron, metal scrap and alloying elements.

An important index of furnace operation is the use of electric energy. The power

supplied to a medium frequency furnace producing carbon steel may be distributed

as follows:

Table 5.1 Heat Distribution in Induction Furnace

Losses in converter 12-28%

Losses in Capacitor and wiring 5-6%

Losses in inductor 11-16%

Radiant heat losses 8-10%

Heating of metal & slag 52-62%

The advantages of Coreless Induction Furnace are as follows:

Since there are no electrodes, it is possible to melt steels very low in

carbon

The absence of arcs ensures that the metal is very low in gasses

Alloying additions are oxidized only insignificantly and the furnace

productivity is high

Temperature of the process can be controlled quite accurately

5.1.2 Best practices to be adopted by the industry 22

Efficient operation of coreless induction furnace depends primarily on

implementation of good/best operating practices. Best operating practices under

each of stages are elaborated in following sections.

21

IL & FS - Technical EIA Guidance Manual for Induction, Electric Arc And Cupola Furnaces prepared for The

Ministry Of Environment and Forests, Government of India

22 Bureau Of Energy efficiency – Best operating practices – Belagavi Foundry Cluster




5.1.2.1 Charge preparation and charging

The raw material must be weighed and arranged on melt floor near to

furnace before starting the melting.

Charge must be free from sand, dirt and oil/grease. Rusty scrap not only

takes more time to melt but also contains less metal per charging. For

every 1% slag formed at 1500 °C energy loss is 10 kWh per tons.

The foundry return i.e. runner and risers must be tum blasted or shot

blasted to remove the sand adhering to it. Typically runner and risers

consists of 2 to 5 % sand by weight.

Keeping exact weight of alloys ready, as alloys are very expensive proper

handling will not only reduce wastage but also reduce time lost in alloying.

The maximum size of single piece of metal/scrap should not be more than

⅓ of diameter of furnace crucible. It avoids problem of bridging. Moreover,

each charge should be about 10% of crucible volume.

There should be no or less sharp edges, particularly in case of heavy and

bulky scrap, as this may damage the refractory.

Furnace should never be charged beyond the coil level, i.e. charging the

furnace to its capacity. It should be noted that as furnace lining wears out

the charging may slightly increase.

Proper charge sequence must be followed. Bigger size metal first followed

by smaller size and gaps must be filled by turnings and boring.

Limit the use of baled steel scrap and loose borings (machining chips).

Avoid introduction of wet or damp metal in melt, this may cause

explosion.

Use charge driers and pre-heaters to remove moisture and pre-heat the

charge. Vibro feeders for furnace are equipped with vibrating medium and

they could be fuel fired to pre-heat charge and remove oil/grease.

5.1.2.2 Melting and making melt ready

Always run the furnace with full power. This not only reduces batch

duration but also improves energy efficiency. E.g. 500 kg, 550 kW furnace,

when run at full power, then melt may be ready in 35 minutes but if not at

full it may take over 45 minutes.

Use lid mechanism for furnace crucible, radiation heat loss accounts for 4 –

6 % input energy. E.g. 500 kg crucible melting at 1450 °C with no lid cover

leads to radiation heat loss of up to 25 kWh per tons.

Avoid build-up of slag on furnace walls. Typical slag build-up occurs near

neck, above coil level where agitation effect is less. Quantity of flux used

for slag removal is important. Typically flux consumption should be less

than 1 kg per tons of metal.




Proper tools must be used for de-slagging. Use tools with flat head

instead of rod or bar for de-slagging; it is more effective and takes very

less time.

Process control through melt processor leads to less interruptions.

Typically reduce interruptions by 2 to 4 minutes. Spectro-testing lab must

be located near to melt shop to avoid waiting time for chemical analysis.

Avoid un-necessary super-heating of metal. Superheating by 50°C can

increase furnace specific energy consumption by 25 kWh per tons.

5.1.2.3 Emptying the furnace

Plant layout plays an important role in determining distance travelled by

molten metal in ladle and the temperature drop.

Optimize of the ladle size to minimize the heat losses and empty the

furnace in the shortest time.

Plan melting according to moulding capacity. Metal should never wait for

mould rather mould should be ready before metal.

Use ladle pre-heater. Using molten metal to pre-heat ladle is quite energy

intensive and expensive.

Quantity of liquid metal returned to furnace must be as low as possible.

Glass-wool or ceramic-wool cover for pouring ladle to minimize

temperature drop. Minimize plant breakdown by implementing a planned

maintenance schedule.

5.1.2.4 Furnace lining

Select the correct lining material.

Do not increase lining thickness at bottom or sidewalls. Increase in lining

means reducing capacity of furnace and increase power consumption.

Do not allow furnace to cool very slow. Forced air cooling helps in

developing cracks of lower depth, this helps in faster cold start cycle. Cold

start cycle time should be ideally not more than 120% of normal cycle

time.

While performing lining ensures that each layer is not more than 50mm.

Compaction is better with smaller layer.

Consider use of pre-formed linings.

Monitor lining performance.

5.1.2.5 Energy monitoring and data analysis

Energy monitoring is the first step for achieving energy saving.

Separate energy meter for furnace must be installed.

Monitor energy consumption on heat by heat basis. Analyze them in

correlation with production data to arrive at specific energy consumption

of furnace on daily basis.




Any peak or valley in data must be studied and investigated in conjuncture

with tapping temperature and quantity of metal tapped.

5.1.2.6 Others

Effective raw material storage is important for optimum performance of

the furnace. E.g. bundled scrap is stored on mud floor, thus it will lead to

dust and moisture pick-up.

Coil cooling and panel cooling water’s temperature and flow rate must be

monitored. The panel must be checked on weekly basis and cleaning must

be done on monthly basis. Check the condition of fins in cooling tower,

do cleaning of fins on monthly basis

5.1.3 Site

The Proposed project will be coming up within the industrial premises of M/s Satish

Sugars Limited. Hence, it is necessary to assess the impact of the existing industry on

the surrounding area along with the upcoming project. The existing sugar industry

will run seasonally and the season favourable for running the plant is from

September to February of every year (6 months). Regular monitoring of the existing

sugar industry is being carried out and the results are as follows. The results show

that the plant is running in good condition and the Ambient Air Quality at the

existing plant is found to be good and it is within the NAAQ – 2009 standards.

Ambient noise levels are also within the CPCB standards.

Table 5.2 Results of AAQM at existing site23

Location PM10, g/m3 AQI Remarks PM2.5, g/m3 AQI Remarks

IP near ETP plant 76.7 76.20 Satisfactory 28.3 47.17 Good

Near weigh bridge 72.3 72.30 Satisfactory 20.0 33.33 Good

Near sugar godown 72.0 72.0 Satisfactory 25.7 42.83 Good

Near Main gate 75.0 75.0 Satisfactory 25.7 42.83 Good

Near ETP plant 76.5 76.50 Satisfactory 26.0 43.33 Good

Location SO2, g/m3 AQI Remarks NO2, g/m3 AQI Remarks

IP near ETP plant 5.01 6.26 Good 17.79 22.24 Good

Near weigh bridge 4.26 5.33 Good 14.21 17.76 Good

Near sugar godown 4.80 6.0 Good 16.42 20.53 Good

Near Main gate 4.80 6.0 Good 16.47 20.59 Good

Near ETP plant 3.87 6.0 Good 16.47 4.84 Good

23

Source EHSRDC Unit-II




Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program

The environmental monitoring program is an important tool to measure the effective implementation of mitigation measures and to

meet the regulatory standards. The environmental monitoring program of activities is as follows. The responsibility of environmental

monitoring lies with M/s SSL.

6.1 Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase

Sl.

No. Attribute Parameters Location

Sample

Nos. Frequency Duration Rate Cost Rs.

1. Ambient Air

Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO

Near Main Gate 2 Monthly 24 Hours 4,000/- 8,000/-

Near Construction area

2.

Ambient

Noise

Levels

Leq Day dB(A) and Leq Night dB(A)

Near Main Gate

2 Monthly 24 Hours 1,000/- 2000/- Near Construction area

3.

Ground

Water

Quality

pH, Colour, Odour, Turbidity, Total

Dissolved, Solids, Total Hardness, Ca,

Mg, SO4, F, NO3, Cl, Fe, Total

Coliform

Near to project site

1 Monthly

Once /

Grab

sampling

1,500/- 1,500/-

4 Soil quality

pH, Colour, Conductivity, Moisture

Content, Ca, Cl, Bulk Density, Mg, N,

Organic Matter, P2O5, K, SO4, B,

Texture, Zn, Mn, Cu, Salinity, Sodium,

Organic Carbon, Sodium Absorption

Ratio.

1 No

Near Labour camp 1 Monthly

Once /

Grab

sampling

2,000/- 2,000/-

Total / Month 13,500/-

Grand Total for 1 Year 1,56,000/-




6.2 Environmental Monitoring during Operation phase

Sl.

No Attribute Parameters Location

No of

samples Frequency Duration Rate Cost (Rs)

1. Stack

Monitoring

PM Steel Making Plant 1 Monthly Once / Grab

sampling 1,050/- 1,050/-

PM, SO2, NO2 DG Set 1 Monthly Once / Grab

sampling 3,150/- 3,150/-

2 Work zone

Monitoring

SO2, NOx, FeO, CO, Si,

O3, PM

Raw Material Handling,

Electric Furnace area, Rolling

mill, Casting area, Quenching

area, Bag filter and DSC area

6 Monthly Once / Grab

sampling 2,000/- 12,000/-

3 Ambient Air

Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2,

CO

Near Main gate

3 Monthly 24 Hours 4,000/- 12,000/- Processing Area

Raw Storage Area

4 Ambient

Noise Levels

Leq Day dB(A) and Leq

Night dB(A)

• Near main gate

• Near Processing

• DG Set

3 Monthly 24 Hours 1,000/- 3,000/-

5 Ground

Water Quality

pH, Colour, Odour,

Turbidity, Total

Dissolved Solids, Total

Hardness, Ca, Mg, SO4,

F, NO3, Cl, Fe, Total

Coliform

Near to the project site 1 Monthly Once / Grab

sampling 1,500/- 1,500/-

6 Soil Quality

pH, Colour, Conductivity,

Moisture Content, Ca, Cl,

Bulk Density, Mg, N,

Within the project site 1 Monthly Once / Grab

sampling 2,000/- 2,000/-




Sl.

No Attribute Parameters Location

No of

samples Frequency Duration Rate Cost (Rs)

Organic Matter, P2O5, K,

SO4, B, Texture, Zn, Mn,

Cu, Salinity, Sodium,

Organic Carbon, Sodium

Absorption Ratio.

Total per Month 34,700/-

Grand Total for 1 Year 4,16,400/-

6.3 Compliance report submissions

Six monthly compliance report will be submitted to MOEF&CC for the compliance to EC Conditions. Further, monthly environmental

monitoring reports will be submitted to Regional Office, KSPCB, Belagavi and Environmental Audit Statement will be submitted every

year to Regional Office Belagavi, KSPCB. Certified compliance report for the existing Sugar complex has been obtained and the copy

of the same is enclosed as Annexure-12.




Chapter - 7 Additional Studies – Public Consultation and Risk

Assessment

7.1 Public Consultation

During the study period and while collection of socio-economic baseline data, public

consultations were made informally. The EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendments,

mandates formal public consultation to be conducted at site. As per the procedure,

Draft EIA Report along with Executive Summary in Kannada and English will be

submitted to KSPCB for conducting Environmental Public Hearing. Further, KSPCB in

consultation with District Administration of Belagavi District finalize the date and

venue of public hearing and issue the paper notification 30 days in advance in local

and regional newspapers. As per the procedure laid down in the EIA notification,

2006, the public hearing will be conducted at site and proceedings will be issued

along with video recordings.

7.2 Risk Assessment and Hazard Management

Integrated Iron and Steel Industry inherently has many potential hazards which need

to be mitigated properly. The hazards mainly emanate from extremely high

temperature process involving liquid metal, generation of by-product gases which

are harmful and explosive constituents, large amount of material handling/

transporting and manpower intensive multi-unit operations.

Risk screening of M/s Satish Sugars Ltd (TMT Division) for the proposed

establishment of “rerolled steel” products, rerolling mill with online hot charging of

semi-finished steel (M.S. Billet) by installing induction furnace and hot charging at

rerolling mill to produce TMT bars was undertaken through data/information

provided by the unit.

The most common incidents or hazards that cause injuries, ill health and loss of

property from the proposed project along with the areas of their presence are

mentioned as follows;

Table 7.1 Type of Hazards from the proposed project

Type of Hazard/Risk anticipated Areas exposed

Inhalable agents (gases, vapours and fumes) Induction furnace area

Liquid metal/ slag (burn, explosions) Induction Furnace, Continuous casting

machine

Extreme Temperature (up to 1700 OC),

Explosion and burn hazards

Induction Furnace, Continuous casting, Rolling

mill

Electric Shock, Electrocution, Flash over All over the plant

Moving/ Rotating machines (pinch points) Moving conveyors, utility area

Working at Height Roof areas, All over the plant

Exposure to dust, noise, heat and Vibration All over the plant

Material Handling All over the plant, Overhead cranes




7.2.1 Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA)

The main objective of the Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA) study is to identify the

potential hazards, assess the effect/consequence of all probable accidental scenarios

and risk mitigating measures to reduce hazards of the proposed facilities

Hazard Identification Risk Assessment (HIRA) is a process of defining and describing

hazards by characterizing their probability, frequency, severity and evaluating

adverse consequences, including potential losses and injuries. A risk assessment that

provides the factual basis for activities proposed in the strategy to reduce losses

from identified hazards. The details of operation process, raw materials, machineries

are evaluated for its hazardous characteristics which forms the basis for identification

of hazards during storage and operational activities.

Risk is rated based on likelihood of various consequences. A risk matrix is prepared

based on findings of likelihood of an event with various consequences involved is

given below:

Table 7.2 Risk Matrix

Risk Rating =

Probability x Severity

Consequence / Severity

Insignificant

/ Negligible

Minor/

marginal Moderate

Major/

critical

Severe/

catastrophic

1 2 3 4 5

Lik

elih

oo

d/

pro

bab

ilit

y

Highly

Unlikely 1 1 2 3 4 5

Unlikely 2 2 4 6 8 10

Possible 3 3 6 9 12 15

Likely 4 4 8 12 16 20

Certain 5 5 10 15 20 25

Based on calculated risk rating, level of a risk and emergency can be defined in the

event of accident. Risk rating from 1 – 4 indicates low; 5 – 12 indicates medium; 15 –

25 indicates high risk category.

Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis is carried out for the various steps involved in

the manufacturing process is shown in below table




Table 7.3 Hazard Identification and Risk assessment for the process activities

Sl.

No Activities Risk Hazards Control measures Probability Severity Risk score

1

Movement

of heavy

transport

vehicles for

raw material

transport

Generation of

dust

Respiratory

illness

Asphalt road network shall be provided in

the whole area for truck movement to

prevent dust emission.

Use of proper PPE’s like mask (for dust

protection), hand gloves, aprons, safety

goggles shall be ensured.

Trucks used for transporting the goods shall

be covered by the tarpaulin and

overloading in truck shall be avoided to

prevent the dust and spillage of raw

material from the truck.

Water sprinkling shall be done to suppress

the dust.

3 4 12

Accidents in

blind spots

Injury to body

parts

Speed limit shall be maintained inside the

plant boundary.

Licensed and trained drivers are allowed to

drive vehicles inside and outside the

premises.

3 5 15

2

Storage and

unloading of

raw materials

such as

sponge iron

and scarp

irons

Dust

generation

during

loading

operation,

Respiratory

illness due to

Airborne

contaminants

Use of personal protective equipment’s

such as nose mask (dust protective).

Area shall be well ventilated.

4 3 12

Generation of

noise

Hearing

Impairment

Use of PPE’s like ear plugs/ear muffs,

Noise monitoring, 3 3 9




Sl.


interference in

communication

and fatigue.

Audiometric examination

Vibration

Muscular

disorders

Use of anti-vibration gloves, avoiding the

usage of faulty tools,

Isolate the vibrating source from the

workplace or surface to reduce exposure.

3 3 9

3

Charging of

raw materials

Metal splash

due to wet

charge of

materials.

Dropping

heavy charge

into molten

bath

Sealed scrap

addition to

molten bath

Severe burn

injuries,

explosion

Scrap drying and preheating systems shall

be incorporated in design.

Remote charging system shall be used.


shall be ensured.

Protective barriers shall be made.

3 4 12

Explosion

due to the

developing of

bridging

condition

Severe burn

injuries

Using proper charge material with different

sized material are added correctly.

Deployment of trained operators.

Power shall be turned off immediately if

bridging occurs

3 5 15

Generation of

noise

Hearing

Impairment

interference in

communication

Issue of PPE like ear plug and ear muff,

Noise monitoring, Audiometric examination 3 3 9




Sl.


and fatigue.

4

Operation of

induction

furnace/ladle

/ CCM

Explosion of

furnace due

to

inadequate

cooling,

accumulation

of dirt,

minerals and

scale

formation

blocking

cooling water

passages

Severe burn

injuries

Daily pre-check inspection shall be carried

out for water pump performance.

Back-up cooling system shall put up in

place.

Water temperature and flow shall be

interlocked with furnace operation.

2 4 8

Heat

Stress

High

temperature

Humidity

Heat resistant clothing, rotation of job for

workers, cold drinking water, salt to worker,

safety distance of 4 mtr from the delivery

spout will be suggested while working

near molten metal

2 3 6

Exposure to

radiation --

Mask / face shield, heat resistant body suit

shall be provided. 3 3 9

Inhalation of

Gas, vapour,

dust, fumes

Respiratory

illness

Use of airtight respirators with filters,

installation of On-line Gas monitor at

strategic locations & use of Portable “CO”

monitors to detect and monitor gas leakage

3 3 9

Molten metal

may leak

Severe burn

injuries

Continuous monitoring of furnace shell will

be done to maintain and observe proper 2 4 8




Sl.


causing

splash of hot

metal in case

of crack in

furnace

temperature. Movement of staff and labour

is not permitted near the furnace. Heat

zone signage shall be displayed near the

furnace.

Safety shoes, safety goggles, hand gloves,

apron and safety helmet will be provided to

the workers.

Slip, Trip and

fall hazards.

Material

falling from

height

Injury to body

parts

Ensure proper housekeeping.

Prevent materials or objects from falling.

Uses of appropriate PPEs, such as helmets,

gloves, aprons and safety shoes.

2 4 8

Exposed to

hot flames

and hot

billets/

ingots

Burn injury

hazards


such as heat resistant clothing, gloves, face

shield.

3 3 9

5

Operation of

EOT cranes

for material

handling

Fall of

material on

personnel

Fatal accidents

Prohibition of people movement under the

suspended load and nearby areas.

Periodic inspection of lifting equipment by

competent person, Frequent checking of

rope and other load bearing material

before lifting the material.

3 5 15

6 Material

handling

Manual

carrying and

lifting of

large, bulky

Ergonomic

hazard, Potential

to cause back

pain, hernias,

Material handling equipment’s such as

crane hoist, moving conveyors shall be

provided to handle the heavy materials,

3 3 9




Sl.


and /or

Heavy

objects.

and tendon and

ligament injury

to the workers.

7 Rolling mill

operation

Nip points in

moving

conveyors,

roller table

and trapping

between the

rolls

Injury to body

parts and severe

burn injuries

All conveyors shall be provided with proper

guards.

Maintenance activity will be performed

while conveyor is not in operation.

Use of loose clothing, long hair, jewelry and

other loose items near conveyor is

prohibited. Emergency "shut-off" devices

shall be provided.

Use of lock-out/tag-out procedures during

maintenance shall be followed.

3 3 9

Emission of

gas

Respiratory

illness

Gas detectors (CO) shall be installed with

buzzer alarm to detect gas leakage 3 4 12

Exposure

to hot flames

and hot

billets

Burn injury

hazards,

Use of appropriate PPE hand gloves, gum

boots, Face shield, dust mask, goggles by

persons working on stands and handling

hot materials.

Proper pathways shall be provided for the

safe movement of workers.

Proper guards to be provided to avoid

material coming in the way of workmen.

3 3 9

8

Moving

ladles, tilting

furnace etc.

Accidental

spillage of

hot molten

metal due to

Severe burn

injuries

Warning alarm shall be provided to alert

during movement of the ladle, furnace.

Self-restraining anti-tipping arrangement /

device shall be installed. Locking devices on

2 3 6




Sl.


tipping casting and transport ladles should be

engaged prior to filling, to prevent

accidental spillage; they should only be

released just before tipping the ladles.

The ladle hook arm and wire rope shall be

periodically inspected and tested for rigidity

Structures shall be periodically inspected

and tested.

9 Heat treating

Exposure to

high

temperature

Burn injuries Use of appropriate PPE hand gloves, gum

boots, Face shield, dust mask and goggles 3 3 9

Exposure to

gases during

annealing

including

nitrogen,

hydrogen

and carbon

monoxide

Asphyxiation

hazard

Area shall be well ventilated with local and

general ventilation

3 3 9

10

Storage of

diesel for DG

sets

Spill or leak

from diesel

storage tanks

Fire hazard

Emergency response plan to handle diesel

spills shall be prepared and trained.

Spill handling kits shall be provided.

Secondary containment / bunding shall be

provided to the storage tank.

2 5 10

11 Operation of

DG sets

Mechanical

Hazard. Body injury

Machine guarding shall be provided for the

rotating parts.

Use of PPEs like - gloves, eye protection

3 4 12




Sl.


goggles shall be ensured

Electrocution

Death, burns,

serious

injury

No cables shall be unplugged with running

unit.

Access to unit shall be restricted.

Qualified and trained person shall be

deployed to work

3 5 15

Emission of

noise

Hearing

Impairment

interference in

communication

fatigue.

Audiometric examination,

Noise monitoring, issue of PPE, like ear

plug, installation of acoustic booth shall be

done

2 3 6

This entire process of Rolling is associated with various safety hazards like hit / entanglement with moving stock, burns, slip & fall,

exposure to dust, noise, heat & gas etc. Most hazards in rolling process arise from coming in contact with moving hot material,

falling etc. Also, emissions from reheating furnaces which contain gases such as carbon monoxide, Sulphur dioxide, NOx etc. The

recommendations based on the outcome of Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment carried out for the proposed establishments

of rerolled steel from Satish Sugars Ltd (TMT Division) are as follows




7.2.2 Recommendation on outcome of HIRA

7.2.2.1 Preventing exposure to heat stress and radiation

Use of protective clothing against hazardous substances, thereby increasing

the risk of heat stress.

Increasing the number of rest periods and job rotation to minimize exposure

to the hazardous substances so that there is less need for protective clothing;

reduced in hot conditions.

Facilities of drinking water facilities and dietary requirements, providing intake

of salt and potassium (electrolytes).

Insulating the surfaces of high temperature operating machines shall be done

to reduce the temperature of the surface.

Use of radiation barriers to maintain the distance between operator and high

temperature workplace, and remote controlling operations shall be deployed

wherever possible.

Use of personal protection equipment’s like protective/insulated clothing with

reflective surfaces shall be deployed.

Ultraviolet (UV) and/or infrared light-resistant goggles or face shields shall be

provided where there is a requirement for the authorized visual inspection of

furnaces.

7.2.2.2 Preventing exposure to Inhalable agents (gases, vapours and dusts)

Periodic training shall be given to the workers to make them aware of the

technical means of prevention, safe working procedures, protective

equipment and emergency procedures necessary to eliminate exposure to

harmful gases, vapours and dusts.

Local and general ventilation systems shall be ensured to isolate processes

that generate such airborne contaminants.

Gas detectors shall be installed to provide early warning of raised levels of

dangerous gases

Respiratory protection equipment’s like half face piece respirators, mask shall

be made available.

7.2.2.3 Preventing falling objects

Following measures shall be adopted to protect people where there is a danger of injury

that may be caused by falling material

All the areas shall be maintained in clean, in good working order and well

maintained to prevent the accumulation of process materials that could

subsequently fall;




Ensure the walkways are designed in such a way that no such activities

causing falling objects shall occur.

Ensure that access to the area having the risk of falling objects is prevented

by cordoning off all areas

Display of awareness signage’s indicating the potential risk from falling

objects and providing warning signs;

Personnel working in such areas are provided with hard hats, fall arrester and

life line system. The use of such equipment shall be mandatory.

7.2.2.4 Preventing exposure to noise

Periodic monitoring of workplace noise level and duration of exposure of

workers shall be carried out and the results shall compare with exposure

limits to assess the need both for engineering noise prevention and control,

and for other appropriate measures and their effective implementation.

Periodic audiometric test shall be carried out for the workers who shall be

exposed to noise.

Ensure that workers who may be exposed to significant levels of noise are

trained in for effective use of hearing-protection devices.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided for all the noise producing processes

and equipment.

7.2.2.5 Preventing ergonomic hazards

Work procedures, work stations, tools and machinery shall be designed to a

possible extent to minimize ergonomic problems

Workers shall be made aware of hazards related to physical work postures,

repetitive movements and lifting and carrying loads

Deployment of material handling equipment’s to avoid lifting of manual

carrying and lifting of large, bulky and/or heavy objects

7.2.2.6 Safe operation of furnace

Ensure the furnace is not operated if any safety devices are bypassed.

Protective barriers shall be made to identify as safety lines to stand away from

trapping situation, against heat and splash.

Safety interlocks shall be ensured to avoid coming in contact with electrical

conductors or coming in contact with incompletely discharged capacitors,

causing electric shock or electrocution.

Personnel working in proximity to molten metal must wear primary protective

clothing to avoid severe burns due to molten metal. Aluminized coats, gloves

and legging shall be provided to protect workers from both metal splash and

radiated heat. Head and face protection with lace less boot shall also be

provided.




Appropriate respiratory protection shall be while carrying out preventive

maintenance, since the materials used releases fumes considered to be a

hazardous.

People working in and around the furnace and oven areas shall be provided

with suitable PPE’s to protect them against molten metal burns, noise, and

physical and chemical hazards. Primary protective equipment shall be wear

over secondary protective equipment to avoid significant exposure to heat,

molten metal splash and flame. Use of PPE’s shall be ensured during the

activities like charging, sampling, slagging, pouring or whenever there is close

proximity to molten metal.

PPE’s shall be of molten metal standard for casters and others exposed to

molten metal, specific PPE should include, but not be limited to: molten metal

resistant jackets and trousers, face shields or vented goggles, molten metal

resistant gloves, safety footwear insulated against heat, respiratory protective

equipment, protective helmets, hearing protection and eye protection.

7.2.3 Onsite and Offsite Disaster preparedness

Industrial units have to face various kinds of emergencies, which may be due to natural

disasters as well as manmade disasters. Natural disasters may be due to flood, cyclone,

earthquake, lightening etc. whereas man-made disasters include major fire, explosion,

leakage of chemicals/gases, civil work collapse, sabotage etc. This disaster may cause

loss of human lives and property as well as damage to production and environment.

To control emergency, it will require prompt action by the operating staff, the staff of

various agencies, emergency teams and outsiders when called for. Minimizing the effect

on people may be achieved by prompt communication, rescue, evacuation etc. The

onsite emergency plan helps to channelize the system so as to minimize the losses in

terms of human lives, plant assets and environmental damage and to resume the

working condition as early as possible.

7.2.3.1 Statutory requirement for on-site emergency plan

The Factory which is covered under section 2 as hazardous process has to prepare the

Onsite emergency plan, under the section 7(A) (2) & 41(B) under the Factory Act 1948.

Again under provision of Rule 13 of the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules 1989, the occupier shall prepare and keep up to date On-site

Emergency plan containing details how major accidents will be dealt with on the site on

which the industrial activity is carried on and that plan shall include the name of the

persons who is responsible for safety on the site and names of those who are authorized

to take action in accordance with the plan in case of emergency.




7.2.3.2 Identification of Hazards

Hazard analysis is a qualitative technique which involves a disciplined analysis of the

event sequences which could transform a potential hazard into an accident. In this

technique, the possible undesirable events are identified first and then analysed

separately. For each undesirable events or hazards, possible improvements, or

preventive measures are then formulated.

7.2.3.3 Natural disasters

As per district disaster management plan, floods and drought are the major natural

disasters observed in the district recently (DDMP, 2019). Since there is no any major river

flowing near to the proposed plant, there is no chance of flood occurrence.

7.2.3.4 Process hazards

Based on the detailed study of the process carried out in the proposed plant, following

hazards are predicted which results in to the disaster. The major potential hazardous

areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area has been enlisted

Table 7.4 List of hazardous areas and likely accidents

Hazardous Area Likely Accident

Process hazard

lighting furnaces, handling molten metal and slag Explosion, severe burn injuries

Electrical hazards

Electrical LT panel rooms, transformer area Fire and electrocution

Other hazards

Exposure to Iron oxides and Carbon mono oxide Respiratory illness

Structural collapse Life threatening injuries up to fatal

accidents

Working at height Fall hazard

Preventing fire and explosion in furnace

Fires and explosions in furnaces most often result from water coming into

contact with molten metal. The water may be present in scrap material, damp

mould, from leaks in the furnace cooling systems or leaks in the building

Possibility of water/molten metal explosion shall be avoided by careful

monitoring and inspection of the condition of the materials being charged for

wetness and for any residual moisture. Storage of raw material shall be under

roof cover. Use of reliable technologies like charge dryers or preheaters shall

be used.

Bundled scrap or bailed scrap shall be dried to eliminate trapped moisture

before adding to melt.




Remote charging system and computer controls are incorporated in the

design to permit the operator to be away from furnace or hearing protective

barriers during charging.

Ensure there shall be not be the use of sealed containers to use as charge

materials into the furnace or preheaters.

Refractories (e.g. crucibles, troughs, ladles) and tools shall be preheated and

dried before use to minimize the risk of explosion. Refractory linings should

be regularly inspected for wear.

Preventing measure for molten metal spillage

The free flowing spilled molten metal form the furnace shall flow across the floor

endangering workers, damaging equipment and structures and could also produce

devastating fires and explosions. To accomplish this, following standards shall be

incorporated in the design of the furnace area

Dry spill pits shall be provided under the induction furnace to contain any

metal spilled as a result of accident, run –out or dumping of the furnace in an

emergency.

The spill pits shall be have properly constructed by the qualified professionals

having knowledge on melt shop.

The area of pit under the furnace must be sloped to carry spilled metal away

from furnace.

Inverted steel drums shall set to their full depth with sand in bottom of the pit

to aid containment.

A water diversion system shall be provided to keep the pit dry.

The spill pits shall be checked daily to keep clear from debris and flammable

materials.

7.2.3.5 Storage of Diesel

Diesel is classified as a Hazardous Substance and a Non-Dangerous Good. Combustible

liquid. Diesel is less flammable than petrol, however, in high temperatures, such as a fire

– can combust/explode. A storage tank of High Speed Diesel with a capacity of 1000L is

considered for the proposed project. Fire hazard would occur in the Diesel storage area

when it got ignited due to the probability of unsafe practices such as unauthorized hot

work activities, leakage in tank, ignition source from the electrical supply unit etc.

Following measures will be taken in the HSD storage area to ensure the safe practice of

handling HSD.

Storage area will be clearly identified with warning signs, is clear of

obstructions, and is accessible only to trained and authorized personnel.




Inspection will be carried regularly for any deficiencies, including leaking or

damaged containers, expired shelf-life or poor housekeeping. All deficiencies

will be corrected as soon as possible.

Bunds or containment will be provided to retain the spill. Alternatively, the

floor can be designed to drain into drainage channels leading to an

interceptor or collection area.

Potential ignition sources shall be controlled in the storage area e.g. Naked

flames, smoking and smoking equipment, electrical lighting, mobile phones,

hot surfaces, static electricity.

To protect against electrostatic build-up, all metal (or other conducting)

components will be adequately earthed before any liquid flow begins. All

fixed equipment used to handle flammable liquids will be electrically bonded

together and adequately earthed.

Work permit system will be followed to avoid the incidents from the hot work

activities.

The storage area of HSD will be separated from other process or storage

areas by fire-resisting partitions.

Good standard of housekeeping will be maintained

A spill kit will be provided which can be readily accessed from all areas

Provision of foam, CO2 type fire extinguisher will be provided.

7.2.3.6 Electrocutions and Fire hazard from Electric room

All electrical equipment’s is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed

electrode are periodically tested and maintained.

Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the

operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant

Easy accessibility of firefighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire

alarm stations is considered

All electrical equipment’s are to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and

grease.

Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots,

tester, fuse tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated

ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.

Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and

disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered

Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented

by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection




7.2.3.7 Other hazards and control measures

While hazards of other type along with safety measures envisaged in the proposed plant

operation is given in below table:

Table 7.5 Other hazards and their control measures

Sl.no Area Hazards Effects Control measures

1

Periodic

Stack

monitoring

Fall from height due

to slippery

Exposure to smokes

and gases

Burn hazard

Fatal

accidents

Respiratory

illness,

Injury to body

parts

Safety belt, helmet, safety shoes and

height work permit will be followed.

Proper airtight respirators, safety

goggles shall be used by the

personnel performing the activity.

Heat resistant gloves and protective

cloth shall be used while performing

the activity

2

Leakages

from pipes

and ducts in

the process

Exposure to

inhalable gases and

dust

Respiratory

illness

Respirators suitable for dust

environment shall be provided.

Proper maintenance and periodic

testing of pipelines, selection of

material for pipelines, training on

environment emergency

preparedness and safety measures

shall be provide periodically

3

Conveyor

line

operations

Material fall hazard

on pedestrians Fatal accident

Permissible loads are maintained on

conveyor for material movement.

Area under will be restricted for

personnel movement

4 Maintenance

area

Fire hazard due to

welding operation

and used of gas

cylinders

Burn hazard

due to

explosion of

cylinders

Hydrostatic tested cylinder shall be

used. Hot work permit system is

followed. Cylinders are moved in

dedicated trolleys

7.2.4 Noise Exposure

High sound levels may be generated from the equipment used in the manufacturing

and utilities (e.g. compressed air, blower areas, etc.). Irrespective of the enclosed design

and anti-vibration control measures in the work place modules, the workers located

close to the machines during manufacturing are exposed to noise.

Mitigation measures

Acoustic enclosures will be adopted for highly noise generating equipment’s.




The rotation of employees in shift should be followed so as to reduce their

exposure to noise sources for longer period.

Hearing protective devices in the form of ear muff and plug should be used

to reduce employee’s exposure to high noise levels.

Comprehensive audit shall be carried out to identify noise sources and its

prevention/control.

Noise monitoring and medical surveillance should be carried out at regular

intervals so as to assess the worker’s exposures to noise and corrective

measures.

7.2.5 Structural collapse

Industrial structures are subjected to multiple stresses and sources of wear and tear due

to the temperature excursions, chemical attack, and wind loading and seismic events.

Hence it is crucial to evaluate the properties of material, component, structure of a

system for characteristic differences for productivity and safety reasons.

Following measures shall be followed to ensure the plant structural integrity are

maintained to know its functional performance, preventing future accidents and

determining any measures that can be taken for life extension

Weekly inspection shall be carried out for heavy steel structures like furnace

tanks, chimneys to look for cracks, heat damage and distortion.

Non-destructive evaluation testing methods shall be performed by

experienced technicians in case of any crack has been identified in visual

inspection.

7.2.6 Fall hazard during work at height

Adequate precautions shall be taken out while working at height on the areas of roof

areas, stacks, conveyors, kiln etc.

Providing a fall arrest equipment’s such as lifeline shall be provided in roof

areas

Appropriate harness equipment’s such as double lanyard safety belts, safety

helmets and safety shoes shall be provided to wear by the person performing

work at height.

Ensure to use proper scaffolding and tilt able ladders to perform the repair

and maintenance at height.

Personnel performing work at height shall be trained before deploying to

work.

Staircase shall be provided to all the equipment’s to access the height with

handrails and proper working platform.




All works performed at above 4.5 feet of height shall be done only after

obtaining the approval for work permit

7.2.7 Disaster or Emergency Control Plan

M/s SSL shall carry a systematic approach to identify hazards and control risks

while maintaining assurance that the risk controls are effective. The overall

management system will include appropriate organizational structure,

planning activities, responsibilities, practices, procedures, processes and

resources for developing, implementing, achieving, reviewing and

maintaining the workplace health and safety policy, and so managing the

risks associated with the business of the organization.

The organizational arrangement of the emergency operations requires that all

personnel of a given shift are familiarized beforehand with their duties in case

of an accident, fire or explosion. All firefighting and emergency response

tools and other equipment need to be prepared in advance to ensure the

timely response to the situation.

To get the maximum advantage of the emergency organization, the roles and

responsibilities of various officers / workers shall be assigned in the following

manner.

7.2.7.1 about declaration of emergency and distribution of duties

When the incident is observed by any person in the plant, shift in-charge will be

informed immediately to take the control of the situation. If the situation goes beyond

the control, then the shift in-charge is responsible to inform the crisis management

responsible persons which consists of Incident Controller (IC), Site Controller (SC) and

supporting teams such as fire fighters, first aiders, rescue team, electricians etc. In case

of minor incident, the shift in-charge can continue with the operations after sorting the.

Essential workers will be called at the site of event to follow the emergency action as per

the guidance of Incident Controller to deal with the emergency.

7.2.7.2 Responsibility of Incident controller (IC)

Considering the extent of emergency, the Incident controller will take the charge of Site

Controller till the site controller arrives. The declarer of emergency after ascertaining the

gravity of the situation and analysing the requirement for announcement of emergency

will give directions to blow the siren. Operating the electrical siren waxing & waning, for

two minutes continuously will mean the declaration of emergency at the site.

Generally, the plant manager is designated as Work Incident Controller. In

case of emergency, IC shall rush to the place of occurrence and take overall

charge and report to the site Controller by personnel communication system




like cell phones or walky-talky and inform about the magnitude of

emergency.

IC will assess the situation and considering the magnitude of emergency, IC

will give direction to stop all operations within the affected area.

IC will take the charge of main Site Controller till the Site Controller arrives.

IC will order for shutdown and evacuation of workers and staffs from affected

area.

IC will inform all key personnel and all outside agency for help. He will inform

security, fire officers and State Fire Services.

IC will ensure that all non-essential workers/staff are evacuated to assembly

point and areas searched for casualties.

IC will report all significant development to Site Controller. Moreover, he will

advise to preserve evidence of emergency into the cause of emergency. In

case, the incident controller is not available on site, the other area Heads of

our factory/supervisor-in charge will act as Incident Controller to handle the

emergency

7.2.7.3 Responsibility of Site Controller (SC)

The General Manager/occupier of the Plant should act as Site Controller. SC duties are

to

Maintain a continuous review of possible development and assess in

consultation with work incident controller and other Key Personnel.

Liaison with Police, Fire Service, Medical Services, Factory Inspectorate and

other Govt. Agencies.

Direct and control rehabilitation of affected area after emergency.

Ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiries to be conducted by statutory

authorities.

declare emergency (if it has not done so already)

Inform mutual aid factories and seek their help if they have the required

facilities.

Arrange to get ambulances to send injured workers to hospitals, in case of

casualty.

Nominate a person to give information to the media public, and members of

families of the affected.

Take the help of outside experts, if necessary.

Inform the Chief Inspector of factories and Pollution Control Board.

Remain in touch with the Incident Controller and keep the public informed

about the status of emergency.

Give the all clear signal after the emergency has come under complete

control.




Arrange to send the evacuated workers and public back to their homes and

assist them to resettle.

If services have been cut off, inform the concerned services to restart after the

emergency is controlled.

7.2.7.4 Responsibilities of Dy. Incident controller

The Head of EHS Dept. /Engineering Dept. person will act as Dy. Incident controller and

having the following roles and responsibilities

On hearing the emergency siren/alarm he will proceed to the control center

and communicate to Work Incident Controller.

Collecting information from the emergency affected area and send correct

message to Incident controller for declaration of emergency.

Maintain a log book of incident.

Contact all essential internal departments (fire fighters, first aiders, rescue

team)

Communicating all information as directed by Incident Controller

7.2.7.5 Other Key Personnel and their duties

Communication Officer

The security head will act as communication officer on hearing the emergency

siren/alarm he will proceed to the control center and communicate to Work

Incident Controller.

He will collect information from the emergency affected area and send

correct message to work main controller for declaration of emergency.

He will maintain a log book of incident. He will contact all essential

departments.

He will declare the emergency by activating the siren upon the intimation

from Site controller/Incident controller/Dy. Incident controller.

He should take the attendance in safe assembly area so as to assess the

missing persons during emergency.

Ensure that records of the calls received / sent are maintained.

Ensure that one phone line kept free or sending the messages.

Ensure that the communication system works efficiently during emergency

Fire fighters

On hearing the emergency alarm/siren, they will reach the incident area.

Immediately after arrival to the emergency area, the fire fighters will act upon

the advice from the Dy. Incident controller/Incident controller

He will inform to the Incident Controller about the situation and requirement

of outside help like State Fire Service and other mutual aid members.




The security will control the visitors and the vehicle entry.

Shall take up the full responsibility of providing medical assistance during

emergency

Shall arrange for outside medical help if required.

Role of engineering department

Shut down of plant and making it safe.

Emergency engineering work e.g. Isolating equipment’s, materials, process,

providing temporary by pass, safe transfer of substance, urgent repair or

replacement, electrical work etc.

Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipment’s,

materials etc.

Ensure continuous electric supply to emergency equipment’s.

First aiders

The first aid team shall call their team members to the affected area.

The team shall bring all the first aid materials to the emergency sport.

The injured persons shall be given first aid and if required they must be

shifted nearest hospital for further course of treatment.

Should help the rescue team for safe operation of the situation

Safe assembly area

Safe assembly area shall be made available inside the plant area. All the employees were

made familiar with the emergency facilities and the plant layout is depicted near to the

entrance of the industry. The role of each employee is explained to assist the key

personnel in case of emergencies. The emergency preparedness is ensured all round the

clock.

The plant workers, contract workers and visitors should assemble in assembly point after

hearing the emergency siren and assist for head count in the safe assembly area

Emergency Control Centre

The security room located at main gate acts as Emergency Control Centre. Telephone

and other facilities required with required documents shall display near the emergency

control center for ready reference. Incident Controller will operate from Emergency

Control Centre.

Firefighting arrangements

Adequate fire fighting equipment’s, personal protective equipment’s and respiratory

equipment shall be made available in plant premises. They shall be regularly inspected

for their working conditions to utilize in emergency. Essential workers and other

personnel are regularly trained to use both fire fighting and personal protective




equipment’s.

About medical arrangements

Occupation health centre shall be provided with a bed facility to handle the medical

emergency. One qualified visiting Medical Officer shall be made available at dispensary

in the plant for fixed hours. First Aid boxes shall be provided in the prominent locations

of the plant. These boxes shall be equipped with all required first aid facilities like

bandages, antidotes, antiseptics to deal with minor injuries and help in major exposure,

until the victim is transferred to the occupational health centre or until the doctor

arrives.

About Use of External Authorities

Belagavi fire Service Station / Fire Tender is located within 26.5 kms distance

from the plant

Experts on safety, health, pollution control special technicians will be

contacted and their skills will be utilized. Communications of such technicians

shall be kept ready in emergency control center for its easy access and

utilisation.

Police, District Collector, Factory Inspector, Pollution Control Board Experts,

Health and Medical Officer etc. will be contacted for help.

7.2.8 Off Site Emergency Plan

The Off-site emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and

Environment outside the premises. The off-site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the

co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the specific

hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main purposes of the

plan are as under:

To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the

basic information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to

appraise them of the consequences and the protection / prevention measures

and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in

case of major emergency.

To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for

the district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other

fully aware about this aspect.

The function of the offsite plans is as under. Structure of the off-site emergency plan

includes the following.

Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel,

etc.




Incident controller will manage the activities for off-site emergency plan

under the guidance of Site controller who will be contact with emergency co-

ordination officer of the area. Fire fighters, security team, production staff and

key personnel (first aiders) will work in co-ordination with outsides available

help under the instruction of site main controller

Table 7.6 Organizational setup for handling emergency

A Site controller Managing Director

B Incident controller Plant Manager

Communication facilities - List of important telephones

Telephone Operator at reception room will operate the communication system by

referring the emergency contact details which are displayed nearby.

Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment

For the purpose of handling emergency, the area near security office will be identified as

Emergency Control Centre. The ECC shall be kept fully equipped with following:

Emergency Preparedness Plan.

List of Fire and Rescue Squad Members

Plant layout indicating storage of hazardous materials

List Fire Extinguisher

Fire extinguishers

Sirens,

Torch lights

Walky talky,

First aid kit,

Stretchers,

Ladders,

Respirators, gum boots, safety helmets,

Gas measuring equipment’s,

MSDS

List of important telephone numbers

Residential address of all the employees.

Mega phone

Self-contained breathing apparatus

Specialized Knowledge - Trained people

Supervisor of EHS, Engineering and production dept., shall be used to make available

during an emergency. Besides these, the industry will also maintain the availability of

trained fire fighters and first aiders.




Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc.

The data pertaining to the meteorological information will be obtained from the local

meteorological department.

Table 7.7 Details of off-site emergency contact

Sl.

No Name/Designation Service Contact No’s

1 Fire station Fire 08332-225011, 101

2

Hospitals

GH, Gokak

KLE Hospital

Medical

08332-225083

0831- 2473777

3 Rotary Blood Bank

Belagavi Blood Bank

Medical 08332-225300

0831 2425835

4 District collector office Law and order 0831-2407290

5 Dy. Superintendent of police, Gokak Law and order 08332-226339

6 Police station- Gokak Rural Police 08332-225333, 100

7 Department of factories, Department of

factories and boilers

0831-2421292

8 Karnataka State Pollution Control

board

Pollution control

board

0831-2459721

9 HESCOM, electric supply Electric supply 0831-2470351

Operations in the steel industry may expose workers to a various types of hazards in

workplace activities or conditions that could cause incidents, injury, death, ill health or

diseases. Details of occupations and safety hazards in the plant are envisaged as follows

Table 7.8 List of occupational and safety hazards in the plant

Sl.

No Occupational Hazards Occupational Health Impacts

1

Exposure to inhalable agents of dusts and

gases (COx, Hydrocarbons, particulate

matters, iron oxides etc.)

Damage to the respiratory system,

giving rise to Pneumoconiosis or

silicosis

2 Liquid metal/ slag (burn) from furnace,

Continuous casting Sever burn injuries

3 Extreme Temperature (-180°C to 1700°C) in

furnace, continuous casting, rolling mill

workers are exposed to high

radiant heat

4

Exposure to noise near compressor, crusher

areas, screening areas, conveyor movements,

DG set areas

Hearing loss, high stress level

7.2.9 Exposure to inhalable agents:

The production of steel involves the generation of inhalable agents such as gases,




vapours, dusts, smokes and aerosols. The production of iron and steel involves the

consumption and generation of a variety of inhalable agents including, but not limited

to, gases, vapours, dusts, fumes, smokes and aerosols. The pulmonary system (lungs)

can be affected by exposure to harmful agents through acute (short-term) injury to lung

tissue, the development of pneumoconiosis, pulmonary dysfunction and the

development of lung cancer. Silica dust is most harmful to lungs and causes silicosis.

Specific agents that may be found in the iron and steel industry include heavy metals

(e.g. lead, chromium, zinc, nickel and manganese) in the form of fumes, particulates and

adsorbents on inert dust particles (Ministry of Steel, 2019). If appropriate preventive

measures are not implemented exposure can occur during handling, storing, processing,

and transporting activities. The main sources of air contaminants in the process area are

as follows and details of permissible limits for the dust and gases emitted in the process

is shown below;

Loading and casting areas

Charging of raw materials and pig iron in furnace

Electric arc furnace

Rolling mill

Quenching area

Table 7.9 Details of permissible limits for the dust and gases emitted in the process

Sl.

No

Dusts and

gases

Permissible

level (TWA) Standard Hazards

1 SO2

2 mg/m3 – 8

hours

5 mg/m3 – 15

min, STEL

ACGIH – TLV TWA

5ppm for an exposure

period of 15min (Short

term exposure limit,

STEL)

High doses or

long exposure times may result

in lung damage and death

2 NOx

3 mg/m3 – 8

hours

5 mg/m3 – 15

min, STEL

ACGIH – TLV TWA

High doses or

long exposure times may result

in lung damage and death

3 Iron oxide 10 mg/m3 NIOSH PEL

Can cause metal fume fever, flu

like symptoms aches, chest

tightness and cough

4

Carbon

mono

oxide

50 mg/m3 OSHA PEL

Pose significant health

hazards such as headache,

dizziness, nausea, and

vomiting which could lead to

collapse, coma and eventual

death




Sl.

No

Dusts and

gases

Permissible

level (TWA) Standard Hazards

5 Silica

0.05mg/m3

(respirable

dust)

NIOSH REL – TWA

Increased risk of developing

serious silica-related diseases,

including Silicosis

6 Ozone 0.1 ppm OSHA PEL

Irritation of individual’s

respiratory system,

uncomfortable breathing,

reduce lung function,

inflame and damage cells that

line your lungs, and

permanent lung damage

7 Particulates 3mg/m3 ACGIH TLV - TWA damage to the small airways of

the lung

To ensure the exposure level of contaminants is below Permissible Exposure Level (PEL)

for the personnel working in the plant, following occupational safety measures shall be

implemented and followed

Periodic awareness training shall be provided to the workers to make them

aware of the technical means of prevention, safe working procedures,

protective equipment and emergency procedures necessary to eliminate

exposure.

Use of local and general ventilation systems shall be ensured to avoid the

exposure to the harmful gases and dusts. If required, minimizing the length of

time that workers are potentially exposed to inhalable agents shall be done.

Forced ventilation driven by inlet and exhaust fans shall be provided in the

dust emission areas, where general ventilation is not possible.

Measures shall be taken to arrange the workplace for the workers to be

present on the ‘clean’ side to ensure the contaminants should be directed

away from the workers’ breathing zones.

Unloading of raw materials by trucks should be carried out with proper care

avoiding dropping of the materials from height.

Leaks from lids and other equipment shall be eliminated through a periodic

operation and maintenance program.

A respiratory protection programme shall be instituted for workers in

regulated areas.

Lunchrooms and break rooms should be provided with facilities for washing,

and clean air.

Use of wet methods, such as wetting down dusty materials, water spraying at

points of dust generation shall be adopted in considered in dust extraction

methods and work surfaces.




Local de- dusting facility (collection hood and suction arrangements followed

by de-dusting unit provided with HEPA filters or equally effective method)

shall be provided in the dust generation area.

Measures shall be taken to change the worker aprons, clothes routinely. The

soiled clothes shall never be allowed to carry to their homes. Laundry facilities

shall be provided by the plant.

Adequate cleansing agent shall be provided at appropriate place to wash the

hands.

Housekeeping in the workplace shall be given a high priority to ensure the

workplace is kept as clean as possible. Leaks or spills shall be attended on

utmost priority to reduce air contamination.

The employees shall be subjected to regular medical surveillance. The workers

should be diagnosed for respiratory functions at periodic intervals and during

specific complaints for lung function test, sputum test, X-ray test, etc.

Workplace air quality monitoring shall be carried out as detailed in Chapter-6.

The results of the monitoring and assessment, or a summary of the results,

are provided to the workers and their representatives without undue delay;

Portable CO gas detectors with alarming facility shall be used in confined

space area before carrying the activity.

Following are the locations below shall be identified to carry out workplace air quality

monitoring from the external third party MoEF&CC and NABL certified laboratory

Sl. No Locations

1 Raw material handling area

2 Electric furnace area

3 Rolling mill area

4 Casting area

5 Quenching area

6 Electro static precipitator/ Bag lifter area

and dust settled chamber area

7.2.10 Noise hazard

Exposure to noise levels exceeding those set by the competent authorities may result in

noise -induced hearing loss. Exposure to high noise levels may also interfere with

communication and may result in nervous fatigue with an increased risk of occupational

injury.

In order to prevent adverse effects of noise on workers, following measures shall be

followed in the plant

Identify the sources of noise and the tasks that give rise to exposure;

Identify the exposed workers




Implementing the engineering noise prevention and control measures such as

acoustic enclosures, periodic maintenance activities and for other appropriate

measures.

Evaluate the effectiveness of existing noise prevention and control measures.

Workplace noise monitoring shall be done periodically (once in 3 months)

from the external MoEF&CC and NABL certified laboratory

Conducting periodic audiometric testing (once in every 6 months) of the

workers exposed to noise levels.

Ensure that workers exposed to significant noise level are trained in the

effective use of hearing-protection devices;

Ensure that workers in noisy environments are informed of the results of their

audiometric tests;

7.2.11 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)

First Aid boxes shall be provided at all prominent locations in the plant. These

boxes shall be equipped with all required first aid facilities like bandages,

antidotes, antiseptics to deal with minor injuries and help in major exposure,

until the victim is transferred to the Occupational Health Centre (OHC)

present inside the plant. The OHC shall be equipped with a bed and provided

with various medical equipment’s such as examination table, stretcher,

medical oxygen kit, glucometer, BP monitoring device, antiseptics, bandages

etc.,

One qualified Medical Officer shall be made available at dispensary in the

plant for fixed hours. For emergency we have arrangements for calling the

medical officer immediately. Also, essential workers and other employees

shall be trained for first aid procedures from the competent agency. A formal

agreement shall be made with nearby hospital having facilities to attend

emergency arising out of accidents/ disasters, if any.

7.2.11.1 Details on evaluation of worker

The proposed plant frames a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health

status evaluation of workers. Employees will be checked for physical fitness with special

reference to the possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being

expected to work before being employed for that purpose. Complete medical

examinations including PFT, Urine and Blood examination, Liver Function tests, chest X-

ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing, ECG, etc. will be carried out. The medical

examination to determine the exposure specific health status evaluation will be carried

out as per the following schedule;

Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person. No person

shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness.




During employment, once in a period of 12 months, to ascertain physical

fitness of the person.

For the workers engaged in hazardous process (dust generation area), the

health status evaluation shall be once in 6 months, to ascertain the health

status of all the workers in respect of occupational health hazards to which

they are exposed in particular to the job.

In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked as per the

format shown in Annexure 11. All the records of certifying fitness for employment will

be maintained as per Factories Act guidelines.

The plant shall allocate a separate budget plan to implement the Health, Safety and

Environment protection measures at work place. Also, management shall allot enough

funds to ensure the occupational Health & Safety of all categories of workers.

All the requirements needed to ensure the occupational health and safety of

contract/casual workers shall be borne by the company and the funds are allocated on

need basis.

Periodic training shall be imparted to all the employees on Health, Safety and

Environment related topics

Appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment’s shall be provided to all

category of employees

Occupational health surveillance for all the employees shall be undertaken on

periodic basis.

Nearest hospital shall be identified and tied up to handle the medical

emergency from any work related injuries




Chapter 8: Project Benefits

The project will not only improve the socio-economic status of the people but will also

increase the state government earning in the way of excise duty. By increase in the

crushing capacity, the cane growers have to travel less distance and can utilise the

facility. Following are some of the other benefits of the proposed project.

8.1 Employment opportunity

The company’s management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled workers of about 235

No’s from the nearby villages, thereby improving in the social status of the villagers. It

creates employment opportunities to 235 No's directly & 1000 No's indirectly for

existing complex and 100 No’s of employees will be hired for TMT division.

8.2 Infrastructural development

Further, the management will support the local administration and provide other form

of assistance for the development of public amenities viz., water distribution, building of

school rooms, health centres, Education programme, Health camps, Agricultural

programmes & sponsorships to meritorious students.

8.3 Greenbelt

Green belt will be developed within the plant premises and also in the buffer zone. This

will not only help to create healthy environment in the area but also acts as pollution

sink. Further avi-fauna population of the area will increase.

8.4 Socio economics

With the implementation of the total project, the socio-economic status of the local

people will improve and infrastructure facilities like roads, communication systems,

drinking water, etc. will also develop. The land rates in the area will escalate due to the

project. This will help in upliftment of the social status of the people in the area.

Educational institutions will also come-up and will lead to improvement of educational

status of the people in the area. Medical facilities will certainly develop due to the

project.

SSL will financially contribute to some social organizations who conduct mass marriages,

etc.., Contributions will also be made to various temples and special organizations for

assisting the social activities of the public in nearby villages. SSL also extend donations

for assisting the educational institutions, by contributing towards construction cost of

school buildings.

SSL will undertake the following social welfare measures

Employment: Preference is given for locals for employment based on

qualifications & requirement & the same will be continued.


of 99000 TPA at Hudli village, Belagavi Taluk & District


Medical facilities: Medical facilities are provided for all the employees & the

same will be continued.

Educational facilities: Basic educational and vocational facilities are provided

for the children of employees as well as nearby villagers & the same will be

continued.

Infrastructure facilities: Approach roads will be developed at par with plant

roads

8.5 Techno-economic benefits

The use of preheating furnace is eliminated in the technology adopted for

production of TMT Rolls, which in turn eliminates the source of pollution and

also eliminates usage of coal or Furnace oil.

The waste generated in the process is 100% recyclable.

The product manufactured is of quality 500D & 550D, which is the seismic

grade (Earthquake resistant grade)




Chapter-9 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental management plan is helps to proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts of both

Construction and operation Stages of the project. It is tool of ensure a safe and clean environment. The base line settings of

different relevant environmental components in the study area are predicted potential impacts on those components due to the

proposed project are documented. The EMP for the project is given below. The responsibility of implementation of EMP is lies with

M/s. Satish Sugars Limited.

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Plan

Sl.

No

Environmental

Attributes Impacts Mitigation Measures

A. Construction Phase

1. Air Pollution

Increase in Particulate matter due to

movement of vehicles and use of DG sets

for construction activities.

Water sprinkling will be done in all the dust generating

activities like site clearing, leveling, excavation, material

handling etc to suppress the dust.

Ensure Vehicle movement only during day time.

The vehicle speed limit will be restricted to 15 kmph within the

construction site.

The DG set will be used during Backup power failure. Sufficient

stack height of 10 m AGL will be provided to DG set. Regular

stack monitoring will be carried out to ensure that the

emissions are well within the norms.

2. Noise Levels

Increased noise level will have impact on

the health of the laborers & tranquility of

surrounding.

Noise generated equipment will be provided with proper

sound proofs. Periodic maintenance will be carried out for all

high noise generating machinery / equipment. It will be also

ensured that all such machineries / equipment are of recent

vintage and installed on anti-vibrating mountings & with

acoustic enclosures.




Sl.

No

Environmental


Internal speed limit for vehicles carrying construction materials

will be maintained with 15 kmph.

The workers in the plant premises it will be provided with

proper PPEs which include ear muff, ear plugs and mask.

3. Water quality

Stagnated water in construction sites &

labour camp will result in creation of

mosquitoes breeding ground and impact is

anticipated on health of the workers

affecting their performance due to

infections spread by disease vectors and

also causes unhygienic environment

Construction equipment requiring minimum water for cooling

and operation for optimum effectiveness will be chosen.

Water harvesting measures would be taken.

Appropriate sanitation facilities, septic tank and soak pits will

be provided for the workers onsite and offsite to reduce

impact on water resources. Regular maintenance will be done

during the entire life cycle.

Efforts will be made for reuse of water and its conservation.

4. Soil

There is no impact on land use since the

establishment of the industry is within the

existing industrial premises. However,

temporary displacement of soil may be

envisaged.

The excavated top soil will be removed in advance and reused

for greenery development.

Garland drains shall be constructed to arrest the surface run

off and soil erosion. The drains shall be frequently desilted for

free flow of water.

5. Ecology and

Biodiversity

Slight impact on EB due to construction

activity, displacement of habitat, tree

cutting or transplantation etc.,

Green belt will be developed along with periphery of the

project site and it planned to compensate the impact on EB.

Native species of trees will be proposed to be planted all along

the periphery.

6. Hydrology &

geology No Impacts Rainwater harvesting will be done to reduce fresh water demand

and Ground water recharge.




Sl.

No

Environmental


7. Traffic

Management

Increase in dust due to fast movement of

vehicles, also due to rise in dust chances of

low visibility may result in accidents

Speed restriction on vehicles <15 KMPH same will be ensured

by trained securities,

Vehicular movement will be in a staggered manner.

Water sprinkling will be carried out to mitigate dust pollution.

Asphalting of internal roads within the project site will further

minimize the dust emission.

8.

Solid & Hazardous

Waste

Management

The solid waste generated during

construction will be debris, metal scrap,

empty paint cans, etc. The municipal solid

waste generated from labors colony creates

unhygienic conditions in the vicinity and

improper storage will generate leachate and

in turn this would affect surface water

quality.

The solid waste generated during construction will be debris,

metal scrap, empty paint cans, etc., this will be segregated – debris

will be utilized for levelling of land formation of roads etc., metal

scrap will be stored separately & used as raw material, empty cans

will be handed over to authorized recyclers. The municipal solid

waste will be segregated in to organic & inorganic, organic will be

composted & in-organic will be handed over to KSPCB

authorization.

B. Operation Phase

1. Air Pollution

Emissions from Induction furnace and

the vehicular emission add to the air

pollution.

Fugitive emissions from handling of

sponge iron & other raw materials,

crushing of slag etc., adds to air

pollution & causes breathing

discomforts, lung infections and other

health disorders in the vicinity

Induction furnace will be connected with the Bag Filters to

mitigate the air pollution. The efficiency of the Bag filters is

99%. Clean air will be let out from the chimney of height 50 M

AGL.

Water sprinkling will be carried out thrice a day for

suppression of dust.

Green belt will be developed all along the periphery of the

industry to mitigate air/Noise pollution.

All the internal roads will be asphalted to control particulate

emissions.




Sl.

No

Environmental


Regular maintenance of air pollution control equipment will be

carried out to ensure proper & effective performance.

Complete barricades will be installed all around the periphery

2. Noise Levels

Prolonged exposure will lead to hearing

difficulty, sleep deprivation, fatigue, stress,

poor concentration, performance losses in

the workplace

The workers in the plant premises will be provided with proper

PPEs which include earmuffs / earplug and mask.

Noise generated equipment will be installed on anti-vibrating

mountings & with acoustic enclosures.

Vehicle maintenance, proper lubrication to machinery & traffic

management measures will be carried out.

3. Water quality

Total water requirement for the project is

95 KLD for startup. Use of water is limited

only for cooling purpose; this is inclusive of

5 KLD for domestic purpose.

There is no wastewater generation from the process; water is

being used for cooling purpose same water will be collected in

a sump and is subjected to recirculation, there may be slight

water requirement for top up. Thus minimizes the fresh water

demands.

Domestic sewage generated will be treated in a Distillery ETP

of capacity 1700 KLD.

4. Ecology and

Biodiversity Positive Impact Green belt will be developed around the periphery of the industry.

5. Solid waste

Cut ends of finished TMT Bars, Round

rods etc.,

Slag

Used batteries,

Used Oil,

Oil Soaked Cotton Waste

Empty Barrels/Containers

Cut ends of finished TMT Bars, Round rods etc., will be

recycled as raw material

Slag will be crushed in the slag crusher and the recovered

metal will be recycled in the SMS. Remaining waste will be

used as construction material.

Batteries will be given back to battery manufacturers.

Used oil & Oil soaked cotton waste will be stored at an




Sl.

No

Environmental


identified place in a leak proof containers & will be disposed

to KSPCB authorized dealers. MoU has been made with

Shanthadurga Petrochemicals for disposal of Hazardous waste

and used oil.

Municipal Solid waste will be segregated into organic & in-

organic, organic waste will be composted in earth pits using

wormy composting method and inorganic waste will be

handed over to Belagavi Municipal Corporation.

6. Risk & hazards Health impacts on employees workers and

surrounding villagers

Medical examinations periodically as per the Factories act 1948

and Karnataka Factory rules 1969

Personnel Protection equipment (safety shoes, goggles,

respirators/ masks, Aprons etc.)

Maintenance of Occupational Health center and First aid kits

Training to workers on firefighting, use of PPE’s, emergency

preparedness and first aid

Visual signage and posters display to create awareness on

health and safety topics

Environment monitoring in the workplace (Indoor air

monitoring, Particulate matter, VOC’s etc.)

7. Hydrology &

geology Positive Impact

Rain water Harvesting plan will be implemented scientifically. Roof

run off & surface runoff will be segregated & collected in separate

sumps. Roof runoff will be used for non-potable purposes &

surface runoff will be connected to ground water recharge pits.

Garland drainage arrangements will be made around Project site

to avoid stagnation of water. The channelized water will be




Sl.

No

Environmental


collected in catch pit & will be used for dust suppression within

the construction site

8. Socio-economic

Environment

Positive impact

Due to expansion project local people will get permanent jobs,

The process of development will have maximum impact on the

lifestyle of the local people.

Business opportunity for small vendors will further improve the

economic status

Conducting health camps for the employees & their

dependents, improvement of school infrastructure and

provisions of water purifiers for drinking to surrounding

schools.

9.

Energy

Conservation

measures

Positive impact due to use of solar energy Provision of Solar lighting will be made in the industrial premises.




9.1 Green Belt Development Plan

9.1.1 Conservation Plan for Schedule-I species and RET Status

During the studies one bird species Shikra and the butterfly Crimson rose in Project

site and 4 species of birds such as Indian peafowl, Black Shouldered Kite, Black Kite

and Shikra and 2 butterfly species like Crimson rose and Common Crow in the study

area falls under schedule – I of Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. All the species belongs

to Least Concern category of IUCN status.

Sl.

No. Location Species

IUCN

Conservation

Status, 2021

Schedule of Wildlife

(Protection) Act,

1972

1

Project Site

Indian Peafowl (Avifauna) Least Concern I

2 Black Kite (Avifauna) Least Concern I

3 Brahminy kite (Avifauna) Least Concern I

4 Indian grey hornbill (Avifauna) Least Concern I

5 Shikra (Avifauna) Least Concern I

6 Crimson Rose (Butterfly) Least Concern I

7 Common Crow (Butterfly) Least Concern I

8 Danid Eggfly (Butterfly) Least Concern I

1 Study area Indian Peafowl (Avifauna) Least Concern I


wildlife.

Educating the local farmers about the impact of pesticides and herbicides

on food chain and food web of Indian Peafowl and others species.


species.

Awards or certificates from KFD to people/staff who rescue wildlife around

the reserve forest.

Awareness about importance of wildlife and Forest area.

Awareness of Environmental education and importance of conservation of

faunal and avifaunal species belonging to schedule and RET category.

Awareness programs in villages around the reserve forest to replace the

exotic plant species with the native plant species which are beneficial for

wildlife and to maintain the forest ecosystem.

Tall trees plantation in Black-shouldered kites and Shikra species located

area/Forest

Shrubs Plantation in Indian Peafowl, species located area/Forest.

9.1.2 Green belt development

9.1.2.1 Guidelines for plantation

As part of green belt development programme, reducing pollution, improving the

local biodiversity and aesthetic values at the industrial premises, native trees with




broad leaved, Air Pollution Tolerance index will be selected for planting. The planting

techniques and monitoring plan is given below;

The pit size for planting trees will be maintained at 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm.

Top soil removed from the project area shall be used for filling the pit will

be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure in the range of 2.0– 3.0

kg.

The filling of soil will be completed at least 7 days prior to the plantation.

Seedlings with good condition shall be identified and opted for plantation.

The distance between the trees shall be maintained at 2 m and underneath

shrubs and herbs can be grown.

The plantation needs to be monitored regularly by watering, weeding,

application of manure and impart proper protection.

Dead species will be replaced immediately. 33 % of green belt will be

developed & maintained by the industry.

Table 9.2 Details of Green belt development plan

Proposed

area for green

belt

Procurement

of seedlings

Responsibility &

Monitoring Agency

No. of seedlings

for plantation

Cost in Rs.

Proposed:

2.92Acres

(33%)

Karnataka

Forest Dept.,

Nursery,

Gokak

M/s. Satish Sugars

Ltd (TMT division)

600/acre x 2.92

acres = 1,752

saplings

100/- per tree x

1,752 saplings = Rs.

1,75,200/-

Watch & ward for 3

years (Lump sum) =

Rs 10,95,000

c) Maintenance of

Green belt per year

(fourth year

onwards) =Rs

38,400/-

Table 9.3 Green belt development planning and time frame

Years No. of rows Area No. of saplings Cost of saplings (Rs./-)

2021-2022 3 All along the

periphery

All along the

periphery

All along the

periphery

584 58,400/-

2022-2023 3 584 58,400/-

2023-2024 3 584 58,400/-

Total 1752 1,75,200/-

9.2 Environmental Management Cell

The most important component of the Environment is to fix the responsibility of

implementation of the EMP, for which there should be an organizational set-up i.e.,




Environmental Management Cell (EMC). Existing Environmental Management cell will

render their services for TMT Division also.

Managing

Director

Overview and implementation of Environmental management plan

Sugar plant In-

charge

Monitoring and implementation related to Health, Safety and

Environment (HSE) aspects of the sugar plant

Cogen plant In-

charge


Environment (HSE) aspects of the Cogen plant

Distillery in

charge


Environment (HSE) aspects of the distillery

Health and

Safety Manager

Reporting the Managing Director, Safety Committee and the Board, on

matters regarding HSE performance, HSE Management System

performance and the HSE risk position in the Industry

Environmental

Engineer

Providing technical advice on implementation of HSE management

plan.

Environmental

Chemist

Collecting and analysing the samples and developing remediation’s

programs.

Safety Officer

To develop and implement occupational health and safety policy,

program and procedure and relevant timely CAPA.

To increase health and safety awareness at all levels within the

organizations

Fig 9.1. Environmental Management Cell




Table 9.4 List of tree species recommended for Green Belt Development

Sl No Scientific name Common Name Family Uses Height (m) Crown shape^ numbers APTI

1 Annona squamosa Seethaphala Annonaceae Fruiting 7 Round 50 8.86 ×

2 Azhadirachta indica Neem Fabaceae Fruiting 12 Round 100 8.84 ×

3 Ficus glomerata Atti, clustertree Moraceae Fruiting 20 Round 25 9.72×

4 Gliricidia sepium Gobbarada gida Fabaceae Manure 7 Oblong 100 9.36 ×

5 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fabaceae Shade 20 Round 75 18.2+

6 Madhuca indica Hippe Sapotaceae Fruiting 8 Round 100 8.57 ×

7 Mangifera indica Mavu Anacardiaceae Fruiting 12 Round 200 9.85 ×

8 Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae Fruiting 12 Round 100 8.54β

9 Michaelia champaca Sampige Magnoliaceae Flowering 13 Round 100 16.16+

10 Millingtonia hortensis Akasha Mallige Bignoniaceae Flowering 20 Conical 50 13.0+

11 Muntingia calabura Gasagase Muntingaceae Fruiting 5 Round 12 7.12 ×

12 Peltophorum pterocarpum Copperpod Fabaceae Flowering 15 Round 150 9.05 ×

13 Pithecolobium dulce Sihihunase Fabaceae Fruiting 12 Round 150 7.5µ

14 Pongamia pinnata Honge Leguminosae Flowering 10 Round 250 9.92 ×

15 Samanea saman Rain Tree Fabaceae Flowering 15 Round 75 9.86 ×

16 Simarouba glauca Paradise tree Simaroubaceae Fruiting 13 Round 75 --

17 Syzygium cumini Nerale Myrtacecae Fruiting 15 Round 70 11.26 ×

18 Tamarindus indica Hunse, Tamarin Fabaceae Fruiting 18 Round 70 9.54 ×

* G. Buchchi Babu, 2013, ^Krishnaveni. M, 2012, $M. Govindaraju, 2011, @ Navjot Singh Kaler, 2017, ! Asmita Rai, 2020, &- Aasawari a. Tak, #- G. Buchchi

Babu, %- R.N. Lohe, + Begum, 2010




9.2 Traffic management

Traffic Management Schemes and Recommendations

Road sign & sinages (No overtaking, drive safely, Major road ahead for the

vehicles coming out from the project before joining to highway), direction

boards, Speed limit boards (30 kmph) shall be installed.

For an internal approach road, sign boards like speed limit (15 kmph), No

horn, drive slowly boards etc., must be installed.

There is a need to revise the main entry and exit to the building with bell

mouth shape and quick inspection of vehicles by camera and sensor

technology.

Road marking have to be paint, Sign & sinages have to be installed along

SH-44

Safe assembly zone / points to be created for emergency.

Loading & unloading points informatory boards needs to be installed.

The internal entry point gate is manned with efficient security who can guide

the entry and exit of vehicles.

Similarly the material entry and exit gate also can be widened with adequate

turning radius from road for entry as well as for exit for empty vehicles.

If required at the gates at entry and exit, the pavement of the road width can

be widened and taken upto the security gate and beyond for smooth

operation of loaded vehicles, in the same way made for the other vehicular

gate.

In order to prevent the queue and its development along the road as well as

the through vehicle to be free from the loaded standing vehicles, very quick

disposal of these vehicles is very essential so that the roads can remains free.

Sufficient illumination with high mast lights can be installed for better

illumination including parking area provide at the opposite side of the plant.

The low lying protruded tree branches must be pruned periodically has these

may hit the loaded trucks which are coming to the plant.

As far as TMT plant is concerned, it does not have any negative impact with

respect to traffic and transportation management and also number of

employees working in the TMT plant are also less as compared to Sugar plant.

However, for impact assessment both these activities are considered and

which is not detrimental.

Based on the contour plan, the rainwater from the area drains into the pond located situated at the lowest counter within the plant area.




9.3 Storm Water Management & Rainwater Harvesting

Two Rainwater Harvesting Tanks of dimensions 30 m X 30 M X 5 m depth are proposed

to collect the storm water during the monsoon period and put to use for the industry

process after primary treatment that reduces the water drawl from Ghataprabha River.

Four Percolation pits at favourable places to be constructed with dimensions 3 m X 3 m

X 3m depth to recharge the aquifer as part of social responsibility.

The percolation pits will be filled in a sequential way with 100 -200 mm boulders

followed by 40 mm metal and 5-10 mm chips covered with sand for easy percolation.

The cross section of the Recharge pit is depicted on Fig 9.1.

Fig 9.2 Industrial layout showing locations of Percolation pits and recharge pits.

9.3 Summary of Cost estimates for implementation of EMP

The total cost of the project is Rs 15.22 crores. The capital cost for implementation of

EMP is worked out to be 238.41 Lakhs for Construction phase and Recurring cost of EMP

is worked out to be 39.11 lakhs for operation phase and 12.40 Lakhs for operation phase

recurring cost.

Table 9.5 EMP cost during Construction Phase- Capital Cost

Sl. No Particulars Cost in Lakh Rs.

1 Air Pollution Control Equipment such as Fume extraction

system with bag filters and stack arrangements

106.60

2 Installation of air cooled condensers 14.00

3 Continuous online monitoring for stack emissions 25.00

4 Rain Water harvesting 29.00





5 Stack arrangements for DG set 2.00

6 Traffic management and asphalting of internal roads 28.00

7 Solid & hazardous waste management 0.60

8 Green belt development 8.50

9 Conservation Plan for Schedule-I Species 0.75

10 Provision of garland drains and catch pit 6.00

11 Provision of PPEs for workers, enclosures and barriers for

attenuation of noise

13.00

12 Provision of solar lighting as part of Energy Conservation

measures

4.00

13 Environmental Monitoring during construction phase 1.56

Total 238.41

Table 9.6 EMP cost during Operation Phase- Capital Cost


1 Environmental Monitoring during Operation phase 4.16

2 Solid & hazardous waste management 0.90

3 Occupational Health and Safety 12.50

4 Socio-economic improvement activities 8.00

5 Preparation of social need assessment report 0.50

6 Operation & Maintenance of Air Pollution Control Systems 5.00

7 Operation & Maintenance of Water Treatment facility 1.50

8 Operation & Maintenance of online monitoring 1.50

9 Maintenance of Green Belt development 1.75

10 DG Set maintenance 0.80

11 Operation & Maintenance of garland drains, solar lights,

internal roads 2.50

Total 39.11

Table 9.7 EMP cost during Operation Phase- Recurring Cost

Sl.

No. Description Cost in Lakhs

1 O&M of DG Sets 2.50

2 O&M of Rainwater harvesting sumps and recharge pits 1.60

3 Maintenance of Greenery Development 3.33

4 O&M of Energy conservation measures 1.50

5 O&M of Traffic Management measures 0.50

6 Environment Monitoring Services 3.00

Total cost 12.40




Chapter 10 Summary & Conclusion

M/s. SSL has proposed the Establishment of “Rerolled Steel” Products Round,

Structure and TMT Bars etc. Rerolling Mill with online hot charging of semi-

finished steel (M.S. Billet) of capacity 99000 TPA by installing induction

furnace of 8MT × 2 No’s with 10MT × 2 No’s CCM (Continuous Casting

Machine) and hot charging at re-rolling mill to produce TMT bars within the

premises of Existing Sugar unit.

The project site is meeting the CREP siting guidelines.

The industry proposed to install necessary Air Pollution Control Equipment

such as Bag Filter with ID fan having 99% efficiency to control air pollution.

Sufficient Stack height will be provided for letting out clean air.

Rain water Harvesting is planned within the project premises.

The industry is proposing to utilize the best available technologies to

minimize the GHG emissions.

The baseline data of present environmental status in and around the industry

is found to be good.

Mitigation measures for air, noise and water pollution, and solid and

hazardous waste management are crucial for the industry during operation

phase. Therefore strict implementation of mitigation measures are must.

There are no protected areas, ecologically sensitive areas, wildlife sanctuaries,

Eco sensitive zones within 10 Km radius of the industry. It is proposed to

develop 33% of the total plot area as a green belt area within the industry to

improve biological environment.

As per the discussion with the villagers, industrial development is very much

necessary which will help in creating jobs and also help in improving socio-

economic status of the area. As needed by the villagers, health checkup

camps, development of Govt. School infrastructure and drinking water

purifiers will be supplied in a phased manner.

Risks and Hazards have been identified for the industry. Accordingly,

implementation of emergency preparedness plan and establishment of

Occupation Health Centre is mandatory to mitigate the health impacts.

The industry is helpful for creating direct and indirect jobs in the surrounding

area. The industry is also contributing to growing steel sector of the nation

and thus contributing revenue to the country.

Environmental Management Plan shall be implanted in right spirit. Cost of Rs.

238.41 Lakhs as capital cost and Rs. 39.11 Lakhs as recurring cost will be spent

on implementation of EMP.




Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultants

M/s. Environmental Health and Safety Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (EHSCPL) is located in

Rajajinagar Industrial Town, Bengaluru – 560 010. EHSCPL is involved in obtaining

Environment Clearance for various EIA attracted industries & developmental projects

from the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi

since 2002.

In accordance with the orders and notifications of the MoEF&CC, Govt. of India, the

organization is ISO 9001:2015 certified and accredited as ‘A’ category organization from

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) for nine sectors viz.

River valley, Hydel, Drainage and Irrigation projects, Thermal Power plant, Metallurgical

industries, Distilleries, Sugar industry, Highways, Synthetic organic chemicals and

Pharmaceuticals, Building and large construction projects and Townships and area

development projects.

The company comprises of highly dynamic and well qualified team of Environmental

Engineers and subject experts, both in-house and empaneled experts in various fields

such as Air pollution, Air quality modelling, Water pollution, Solid & Hazardous waste,

Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio-economics, Soil Conservation, Land Use studies,

Hydrology, Geology, Risk Assessments, Noise & vibrations etc.

The organization has tie up with state of art external Environmental Laboratories in

Bengaluru and Belagavi both are capable of conducting all types field studies, sampling,

monitoring and analysis related to Air, Water, Noise and Soil. Both Bengaluru & Belagavi

laboratories namely Environmental Health & Safety Research & Development Centre

(EHSRDC & Unit –II respectively) are recognized from MoEF&CC under the E(P) Act,

1986 and also certified for ISO 9001:2015, 14001:2015 and 45001. For the present

project baseline data collection, services of EHSRDC, Bengaluru has been utilized and

their MoEF&CC recognition is valid from 09.02.2017 to 08.02.2022.




Chapter 12: Compliance to ToRs

Sl.

No. TORs

Compliance with respect to Final EIA

Report

A.STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1 Executive summary of the project Complied, Page No. 1 to 16

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation

Complied chapter – 11, Page No. 195

ii. Information about the project proponent Complied Section 1.2 Page No.1

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Complied. Section 1.3 Page No.2-3

and Chapter – 8 Page No. 179 to 180

3 Project description

i. Cost of project and time of completion. Complied Section 2.9.5, Page No. 24

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project Complied Section 2.7.1, Page No. 19 to

20

iii.

If expansion project, details of existing products

with capacities and whether adequate land is

available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if

any.

Nil, further the industrial complex

comprising of 120 KLPD Distillery units,

15000 TCD Sugar cane crushing and 80

MW Co-generation Power Plant & 4

MW power from installation of spent

wash Incineration Boiler.

Environmental clearance has been

obtained for the complex from Ministry

of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change, New Delhi and SEIAA,

Karnataka.

iv List of raw materials required and their source

along with mode of transportation. Complied Section 2.7., Page No. 19 to

20 and Annexure-5 depicts Technical

specifications of the equipments. v Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management. Complied Section 2.9, Page No.23 to 24

vii

Requirement of water, power, with source of

supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,

man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Complied Section 2.5 & 2.8, Page No 23

& 33

viii

Process description along with major equipment’s

and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative)

from raw material to products to be provided

Complied Section 2.6, Page No 10

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety systems.

Complied in Chapter- 7, Page No. 151

to 177.

x Expansion/modernization proposals: TMT Division within the premises of M/s




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

SSL by utilizing surplus land and Co-gen

power for the TMT bar manufacturing

unit.

a.

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments there to obtain for the

project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring

Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th

May, 2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the existing

environmental clearances including Amendments

shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance

of Consent to Operate for the on-going I existing

operation of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Environmental Clearances obtained for

the entire complex is enclosed as

Annexure-1 and latest Certified

Compliance report is enclosed as

Annexure-12.

b.

In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC

under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994

and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.

Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to

the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.

Environmental Clearances obtained for

the entire complex is enclosed as

Annexure-1.

4. Site Details

i.

Location of the project site covering village,

Taluk/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for

selecting the site, whether other sites were

considered.

Complied Section 2.3, Page No. 5

ii.

A Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km

and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and

environmentally sensitive places)

Complied Section 2.3, Page No.5

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Complied. Table 2.4, Page No.10

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the

site Complied. Table 2.2, Page No. 10.




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Complied Section 2.3, Page No. 21

vi.

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

Complied Fig 2.5 and 2.6, Page No. 12 &

13

vii.

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs

of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Complied Section 2.3 & 2.4, Page No. 5

to 9

viii.

Land use break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired), government/private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for

industrial area)

Complied Section 2.3 & 2.4, Page No. 5

to 9

ix.

A list of major industries with name and type within

study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated.

Land use details of the study area.

There are no TMT manufacturing

industries within the study area of 10

Km Radius from the proposed project

site

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of

the study area shall be included. Complied Section 3.5.5, Page No. 55

xi.

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius

of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood

Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level

of the river shall also be provided. (mega green

field projects)

Ghataprabha River-3.10Km, South and

Hirehalla stream- 0.86 Km, North

xii.

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the acquisition process and

expected time of complete possession of the land.

Industrial Complex Survey Nos. 366,

367, 368, 369, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375,

376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 385,

389, 390, 391 & parts thereof of

Beerangaddi Village and 85, 86/ 1+3/A,

86/ 1+3/B, 86/ 1+3/K, 86/2+4/A,

86/2+4/ B, 86/2+4/K, 86/2+4/D,

88/1/ABK/ 2AB, 90/ 1A, 90/ 1B, 90/

1K, 90/ 2A, 90/ 2B, 90/3, 90/4A, 90/4B,

90/4K, 98/ 1A, 98/ 1B, 98/ 1K, 98/




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

2+3A,98/ 2+3B,98/ 4,99/

1,99/2,99/3,99/4, 100/2, 100/3, 100/4,

101/ 1+2+3A, 101/4A, 101/4B, 101/5,

102/3+4A, 102/4B, 102/4K+5, 104, 109,

119, 120/ 1 & parts thereof Hunshyal PG

Village, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi District,

Karnataka State

Out of which Proposed TMT plant Sy.

No. 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373,

374, 375, 376 and 377 of Beerangaddi &

Hunshyal P.G. villages of Gokak Taluk,

Belagavi District, Karnataka. Land is

already owned by M/s. Satish Sugars

Limited.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state

Government policy

Land is already owned by M/s. Satish

Sugars Limited.

5 Forest and Wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i.

Permission and approval for the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations

of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA

ii.

Land use map based on High resolution satellite

imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the

forestland (in case of projects involving forest land

more than 40 ha)

iii.

Status of Application submitted for obtaining the

stage I forestry clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

iv.

The projects to be located within 10 km of the

National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project

proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated

by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features

vis-à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the Chief

Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v.

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by

the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government

for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in

the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under

the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6 Environmental Status

i.

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site and site-specific micro-meteorological

data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Complied section 3.5.2.3,Page No.42

ii

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for

PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be collected. The

monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines

and take into account the pre-dominant wind

direction, population zone and sensitive receptors

including reserved forests.

Complied Section 3.5.2.4, Page No.45

iii

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of

all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max.,

average and 98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be

provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Complied Annexure - 6

iv

Surface water quality of nearby River (100m

upstream and downstream of discharge point) and

other surface drains at eight locations as per

CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Complied Section 3.5.6, Page No 65

v

Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of

river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give

details.

No

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8

locations shall be included. Complied Section 3.5.6, Page No 65

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the

study area. Complied Section 3.5.4, Page No.52

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Complied section 3.5.1.3, Page No. 32

ix

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency

of vehicles for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Complied section 3.5.3, Page No. 47

x

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial

and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be

given with special reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found

within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and furnished.

Complied section 3.6 Page No. 80-88

Flora Section 3.6.5.1 & 3.6.5.5 , Page

No.83 & 92

Fauna Section No 3.6.5.2 & 3.6.5.5, Page

No. 85 & 87.




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Complied Section 3.7, Page No.89 to

102

7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

i.

Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-

specific meteorological features. In case the project

is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling

shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the potential

impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative

impact of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be

assessed. Details of the model used and the input

data used for modelling shall also be provided. The

air quality contours shall be plotted on a location

map showing the location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Complied section 4.2.5, Page No. 139

ii. Water Quality modelling – in case, of discharge in

water body. NA

iii.

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and

end products on the surrounding environment

shall be assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials and finished

products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or

rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail

transport shall be examined.

Mode of Transportation is by road only.

iv.

A note on treatment of wastewater from different

plant operations, extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Use of water is only for cooling purpose.

Same water will be collected in a sump

and used or recycled for cooling

continuously.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for

control of emissions to meet standards.

Complied section 4.2.3, Table 4.8 & 4.9,

Page No. 114

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Complied section 4.2.3.1, Page No.115

vii.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management. Copies of

MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous

waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP

shall include the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy

M/s SSL’s existing unit has already

entered in an MOU with KSPCB

authorized reprocessor. Copy attached

as Annexure – 14.




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii.

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per

Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action

shall be provided.

Not applicable

ix.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in

33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included.

The green belt shall be around the project

boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads

used for the project shall also be incorporated.


x.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at

plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater

from the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to use for the

various activities at the project site to conserve

fresh water and reduce the water requirement from

other sources.

Complied Section 3.5.5 page No.55

xi.

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall be

included.

Complied Chapter - 9

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring shall be submitted. Complied Chapter - 6

xiii.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-

made) Preparedness and Emergency Management

Plan including Risk Assessment and damage

control. Disaster management plan should be

linked with District Disaster Management Plan.


8. Occupational Health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual workers. Complied Chapter - 9

ii.

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation

of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated

by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision,

colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG,

during pre-placement and periodical examinations

give the details of the same. Details regarding last

month analysed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.





Sl.

No. TORs


Report

iii.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards.

What are the exposure levels of above mentioned

hazards and whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has adopted to keep

them within PEL so that health of the workers can

be preserved,

iv

Annual report of health status of workers with

special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

9. Corporate Environmental Policy

i.

Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes it is included in Chapter 9

ii.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process/procedures to bring into focus

any infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes EMS policy implementation will be

strictly followed and it will be governed

by Environment Management cell.

iii.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance

with the environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Environment Management cell with

hierarchical system is part of

environment policy and same is

included in Chapter 9

iv.

Does the company have system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA

report

Yes all EMS policy complies and Non

compliances will be recorded and same

will be governed by Environment

Management Cell.

10.

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well as to the

casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

Same is detailed in Chapter 4 Section

4.1.6.2 and Section 4.2.5.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC):

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues

and item-wise details along with time bound action

plan shall be included. Socio-economic

Same will be accepted and

implemented in a right spirit. Public

hearing issues and item wise details

along with time bound action plan will

be included in final EIA report.




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

development activities need to be elaborated

upon.

12

Any litigation pending against the project and/or

any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall also

be included. Has the unit received any notice under

the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,

details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s)

and present status of the case.

NIL

13. A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs. Complied Chapter 12

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES

(FERROUS & NON FERROUS)

1.

Complete process flow diagram describing each

unit, its processes and operations, along with

material and energy inputs & output (material and

energy balance).


2.

Details on blast furnace/ open hearth furnace/

basic oxygen furnace/ ladle refining, casting and

rolling plants etc.

Complied Annexure – 5.

3. Details on installation / activation of opacity meters

with recording with proper calibration system. Complied Chapter - 9

4. Details on toxic metals including mercury, arsenic

and fluoride emissions

No such emissions from the proposed

process.

5. Details on stack height requirement for integrated

steel

30 m height stack will be provided for

Induction Furnace.

6. Details on ash disposal and management – Non-

ferrous metal

Dust from Bag Filters will be given to

KSPCB authorized Recyclers.

7. Complete process flow diagram describing

production of lead/ zinc/ copper/ aluminium etc. NA

8.

Raw materials substitution or elimination Raw Material Substitution for Pet coke /

Met coke is scrap metal, which is highly

economical.

9. Details on smelting, thermal refining, melting, slag

fuming, and Waelz kiln operation NA

10.

Details on Holding and de-gassing of molten metal

from primary and secondary aluminium, materials

pre-treatment, and from melting and smelting of

secondary aluminium

Steel will be hold in Ladle Furnace and

the Degassing will be done using Argon

gas.

11. Details on solvent recycling NA




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

12. Details on precious metals recovery 10% Metal will be recovered from Slag.

13.

Details on composition, generation and utilization

of waste / flue gases from coke oven plant and

their utilization.

NA, as there is no coke oven plant.

14.

Details on toxic metal content in the waste material

and its composition and end use (particularly of

slag).

Refer Table 2.15, Page No. 23

15. Trace metals Mercury, arsenic and fluoride

emissions in the raw material NA

16. Trace metals in waste material especially slag. NA

17. Plan for trace metal recovery NA

18. Trace metals in water NA

C. ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCES FOR INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT

1.

Iron ore / coal linkage documents along with the

status of environmental clearance of iron ore and

coal mines.

NA

2.

Quantum of production of coal and iron ore from

coal & iron ore mines and the projects they cater

to. Mode of transportation to the plant and its

impact.

3.

For Large ISPs, a 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital

Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from

the proposal site. MRL details of project site and RL

of nearby sources of water will be indicated.

4.

Recent land-use map based on satellite imagery.

High-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m

spatial resolution like quick bird, Ikonos, IRS P-6

pan sharpened etc. for the 10 Km radius area from

proposed site. The same will be used for land

used/land-cover mapping of the area.

5.

Respirable Suspended particulate matter (RSPM)

present in the ambient air must be analysed for

source analysis - natural dust/RSPM generated

from plant operations (trace elements). The RSPM

shall also be analysed for presence of poly-

aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble

fraction, where applicable. Chemical

characterization of RSPM and incorporating of

RSPM data.

6. All stock piles will have to be on top of a stable

liner to avoid leaching of materials to ground




Sl.

No. TORs


Report

water.

7.

Plan for the implementation of the

recommendations made for the steel plants in the

CREP guidelines.

8. Plan for slag utilization.

NA 9.

Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke

oven, blast furnace).

10. System of coke quenching adopted with

justification.

D. ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE:

1.

Certified compliances to earlier ECs issued for

Sugar, Distillery and Co-generation unit.

Certified compliance received from

Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Bengaluru is

enclosed as Annexure 12.

2.

Mitigative measures and permission from Irrigation

Dept., since the Ghataprabha canal flowing within

the project site.

MoU has been made with KNNL to draw

water from Ghataprabha River and the

same is enclosed as Annexure-13.

3. Cumulative impact study should be detailed and

submitted.

Details of the same are enclosed in

Chapter 3 & 4.

4.

Ghataprabha river quality shall be studied and

submitted

Ghataprabha river quality has been

studied and the results of the same are

discussed in Chapter 3, section 3.5.6

page No. 65.

5.

Air dispersion modelling with respect to stationary

air pollution sources of the industry and its impact

on the surrounding sensitive receptors shall be

studied and submitted.

Air dispersion modelling has been

carried out and the output of model is

given in Chapter4, section 4.2.3 Page

No. 110 to 131.

ANNEXURE-1

No. SEIAA: 105: IND: 2008 STATE LEVEL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT

AUTHORITY, KARNATAKA (Constituted by Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government of India)

Department of Ecology & Environment, Room No.709, 7th Floor, IV-Gate,

M.S. Building, Bangalore-560 001,

Date: 17th December 2009. To

M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd., P. Box No. 03, Gokak, Sangankeri-Yadwad Road, Hunshyal P. G., Gokak Taluk, Belgaum District.

Sir,

Sub: Expansion of sugar factory capacity from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD and Co-generation capacity from 20 MW to 45 MW at Sy. No. 90, 92 & part, Hunshyal P. G. Village, Sangankeri –Yadwad Road, Gokak Taluk, Belgaum District by M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd –Issue of Environment Clearance – reg.

* * * * * *

This has reference to your applications No. SSL/Admin/2008-09/1081 dated 30.10.2008 addressed to the SEIAA, Karnataka and subsequent letters addressed to SEIAA/SEAC seeking prior environmental clearance for the above project under the EIA Notification, 2006. The proposal has been appraised as per prescribed procedure in the light of the provisions under the EIA Notification, 2006 on the basis of the mandatory documents enclosed with the application viz., the Form 1, EMP and the additional clarifications furnished in response to the observations of the SEAC, Karnataka. SEAC has recommended for issue of environmental clearance in its meetings held on 25.04.2009, 18.07.2009, 20 & 21.08.2009. 2. The proposal is for expansion of sugar factory capacity from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD and Co-generation capacity from 20 MW to 45 MW at Sy. No. 90, 92 & part there of Hunshyal P. G. Village, Sangankeri –Yadwad Road, Gokak Taluk, Belgaum District. The total land area is 62.72 ha and no additional land is required for expansion. The water requirement is 207 m3/day, which will be obtained from Ghataprabha River. Only Baggase & Biomass will be used as fuel. It is proposed to install 130 TPH capacity boilers. The total investment of the project is Rs. 145 Crores.

SEIAA 105 IND 2008 Expansion of sugar plant capacity to 10,000 TCD & co-gen plant of 45 MW Project of M/s. Satish Sugars Ltd

2

3. The proposal has been considered by SEIAA in its meeting held on 09.09.2009 & 07.11.2009 and decided to issue environmental clearance to the said project under the provisions of Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 subject to implementation of the following terms and conditions:-

1. Suitable Air Pollution Monitoring System (ESP) and stacks of appropriate height as per the CPCB guidelines shall be provided to control emissions from various sources and shall ensure emissions levels below the KSPCB prescribed standards. Separate electric meters should be provided to the Air pollution Monitoring System and a separate log book maintained for the daily meter readings and monthly report submitted to concerned Regional Officer, KSPCB & Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum. The production process should be interlocked with the Air Pollution control systems.

2. ETP treated water shall not be let out of the industry’s premises and should be used for farming/gardening within.

3. Ash generated should be mixed with press mud and composted and used or given to farmers as manure. 100% utilization of ash should be ensured from the date of operation of the plant. The project authorities shall adhere to the provision stipulated in the flyash notification of September, 1999 and as amended in August, 2003 in regard to flyash utilisation.

4. All the conditions stipulated in CFE/CFO issued by Karnataka State Pollution Control Board shall be strictly implemented.

5. Only bagasse/biomass should be used as fuel. Not to use wood logs, coal as fuel & no other fuels should be used.

6. No ground water shall be drawn at any stage. Treated effluents shall be used for sugar cane seed farm/green belt development. There should be no wastewater discharge from the plant.

7. For controlling fugitive dust inside and outside the plant premises and vulnerable areas of the plant, dust extraction and suppression system and water sprinklers shall be ensured.

8. Noise level shall be limited to 75 dBA. For people working in high noise area, requisite personal protective equipment like earplugs etc. shall be provided.

9. Minimum 33 % green area should be developed in the project area. Planting should done with tree density of about 1111 trees per ha. i.e. at an espacement of 3mX3m and cover with suitable local perennial tree species.

10. The gaseous emissions (SO2, NOx) and particulate matter from Boilers, D.G. sets and other processes shall conform to the standards prescribed by the concerned authorities from time to time. At no time, the emissions shall exceed the prescribed limits. In the event of failure of any pollution control system adopted by the unit, the unit shall be immediately put out of operation under intimation to the Regional Officer, KSPCB & Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment,


3

Government of Karnataka, Belgaum and shall not be restarted until the desired efficiency has been achieved.

11. The Project authorities shall develop separate drain for storm and wastewater so that during rains, wastewater is not mixed with the stromwater. The wastewater drains shall be provided with V-notch for monitoring the quantity of wastewater and the wastewater quantity shall be limited to the extent of permission of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board.

12. The company shall take adequate steps to avoid odour nuisance from disposal of press mud and ETP sludge. The transportation of these shall be in covered means.

13. The company shall develop covered storage areas for lime, sulphur, and Phosphoric acid to avoid mixing of the same with the rainwater for the existing sugarcane plant.

14. Regular monitoring of the air and water quality should be carried out in and around the plant and records be maintained. Six monthly reports shall be submitted to the SEIAA Karnataka, MOEF Regional Office, Bangalore, Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka and Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum.

15. Adequate numbers of ground water quality monitoring stations shall be set up around the green belt area. These monitoring stations will be provided with piezometers. The company shall monitor six monthly, the soil and ground water quality in the plant and green belt area to ensure that there shall not be ground water pollution and reports submitted to Ministry’s Regional Office/ SPCB/CPCB, Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka, Bangalore and the Regional Director (Environment) Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum.

16. The project proponent shall advertise at least in two local newspapers widely circulated in the region around the project, one of which shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned, informing that the project has been accorded environmental clearance and copies of clearance letter are available with the Karnataka State Pollution Control Board and Authority website at http://seiaa.kar.nic.in.

17. A separate environment and safety management cell with qualified staff shall be set up with a representative from co-generation before commission of construction activities and shall be maintained through out the lifetime of the industry, for implementation of the stipulated environmental safeguards.

18. Half yearly report on the status of implementation of the stipulated conditions and environmental safeguards shall be submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka / Regional Office of Ministry of Environment & Forests, Bangalore /CPCB/KSPCB, Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka and Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum.


4

19. Karnataka SEIAA/Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests located at Bangalore/ Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka and the Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment¸ Government of Karnataka, Belgaum will monitor the implementation of the stipulated conditions. Complete set of Environmental Impact Assessment Report and Environment Management Plan along with the additional information submitted from time to time shall be forwarded to the Regional Office of MOEF Bangalore/ SEIAA, Karnataka /Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka and the Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum for their use during monitoring.

20. Separate funds should be allocated for implementation of Environmental protection measures along with item-wise break-up. These cost shall be included as part of the project cost. The funds earmarked for the environment protection measures shall not be diverted for other purposes and year-wise expenditure should be reported to the, SEIAA Karnataka, MOEF regional Office, Bangalore, Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka and Regional Director, (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum.

21. The project authorities should inform the SEIAA, Karnataka/ Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka/ Regional Director, (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum/ Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests regarding the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the dates of start of land development work and commissioning of plant.

22. The project Authorities shall provide proper rain water harvesting and ground water recharge facilities and report be submitted.

23. Application of solar energy should be incorporated for illumination of common areas, lighting for gardens and street lighting in addition to provision for solar water heating. A hybrid system or fully solar system for lighting and heating should be provided. Details in this regard should be submitted to the SEIAA.

24. Full cooperation should be extended to the Scientists/ Officers from the Ministry/ Regional office of the Ministry at Bangalore/ the CPCB / the KSPCB/ the Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka/ Regional Director (Environment), Department of Ecology and Environment, Government of Karnataka, Belgaum who would be monitoring the compliance of conditions.

25. A master plan for social commitment giving details of proposed works /activities and expenditure year wise to be prepared and submitted to SEIAA and shall be implemented strictly.


5

26. The project proponent shall undertake the medical check up camps, education & sports facilities, conducting cultural activities, plantation of saplings in Govt. Schools etc., in the nearby villages viz. Kallolli, Waderatti, Balobal, Hunshyal, Fulgaddi & Kulgod Villages towards the corporate social commitment made vide letter dated 18.11.2009 with a budget not less than 12.20 lakhs as committed and report be submitted to the Authority.

27. The project proponent should display the conditions prominently at the entrance of the project on a big panel board for the information of the public.

28. The infrastructure of transport roads linking to the nearest main road shall be improved and maintained by the proponent.

29. The SEIAA reserves the right to revoke the clearance if conditions stipulated are not implemented to the satisfaction of the Ministry.

30. The environmental clearance accorded shall be valid for a period of 5 years or date of commencement of operation of the power plant, which ever is earlier. In case, the project authorities fail to do so within this stipulated period, this environmental clearance shall stand lapsed automatically.

31. No further expansion or modifications in the plant shall be carried out without prior approval from the SEIAA Karnataka. In case of any deviation or alteration in the project proposed from those submitted to this SEIAA for clearance, a fresh reference should be made to the SEIAA to assess the adequacy of the conditions imposed and to add additional conditions for environmental protection required, if any.

32. The above stipulations would be enforced among others under the Water (prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (Prevention and Control of 3Pollution) Act, 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and its amendments, the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and its amendments, the Environment Impact Assessment Notification of January, 2006 and their subsequent manufacture, storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 amendments.

33. The issue of Environment Clearance doesn’t confer any right to the project proponent to operate / run the project without obtaining statutory clearances / sanctions form all other concerned Authorities.

34. Concealing factual data or submission of false/fabricated data and failure to comply with any of the conditions mentioned above may result in withdrawal of this clearance and attract action under the provisions of Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986.

35. Any Appeal against this environmental clearance shall lie with the National Environment Appellate Authority, if preferred, within a period of 30 days as prescribed under Section 11 of the National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997.


6

Yours Faithfully,

Sd/- (KANWERPAL)

Member Secretary, SEIAA.

Copy to: 1) The Secretary, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government

of India, Paryavaran Bhavan, CGO Complex, Lodi Road, New Delhi-110003.

2) The Special Secretary, Department of Environment and Ecology, Government of Karnataka, Bangalore.

3) The Member Secretary, Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, Bangalore.

4) The CCF, Regional Office, Ministry of Environment & Forests (SZ), Kendriya Sadan, 5th Floor, E & F wings, 17th Main Road, Koramangala II Block, Bangalore-560 034, Bangalore.

5) Regional Director (Environment), Ecology and Environment Department, Belgaum.

6) Guard File.

Government of IndiaMinistry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(Impact Assessment Division)

To,

The Satish Sugars LimitedSATISH SUGARS LIMITEDSatish Sugars Limited Hunshyal Village Gokak taluk BelagaviDistrict,,Belgaum,Karnataka-591224

Subject: Grant of Environmental Clearance (EC) to the proposed Project Activityunder the provision of EIA Notification 2006-regarding

Sir/Madam, This is in reference to your application for Environmental Clearance (EC)in respect of project submitted to the Ministry vide proposal numberIA/KA/IND2/220067/2012 dated 21 Aug 2021. The particulars of the environmentalclearance granted to the project are as below.

1. EC Identification No. EC21A022KA1106062. File No. J-11011/341/2012-IA.II(I)3. Project Type Expansion4. Category A5. Project/Activity including

Schedule No.5(g) Distilleries

6. Name of Project Expansion of the Existing Distillery from90 KLPD to dual feed 300 KLPD underEBP Scheme at Sangankeri YadwadRoad, Hunshyal P.G., Gokak Taluk,Belgaum District, Karnataka State. Pin:591 224 by M/s

7. Name of Company/Organization SATISH SUGARS LIMITED8. Location of Project Karnataka9. TOR Date 30 Apr 2013

The project details along with terms and conditions are appended herewith from pageno 2 onwards.

Date: 26/10/2021

(e-signed)A.K Pateshwary

DirectorIA - (Industrial Projects - 2 sector)

Note: A valid environmental clearance shall be one that has EC identificationnumber & E-Sign generated from PARIVESH.Please quote identificationnumber in all future correspondence.

This is a computer generated cover page.

EC Identification No. - EC21A022KA110606 File No. - J-11011/341/2012-IA.II(I) Date of Issue EC - 26/10/2021 Page 1 of 10

This has reference to your online proposal no. IA/KA/IND2/220067/2012,

dated 21st August, 2021 for environmental clearance to the above mentioned project.

2. The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has examined the project for Expansion of the Existing Distillery from 90 KLPD to dual feed 300 KLPD under EBP Scheme by M/s. Satish Sugars Limited (SSL) located at Sangankeri Yadwad Road, Hunshyal P.G., Gokak Taluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka. 3. All Distillery projects are listed at S. No. 5 (g) of Schedule of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and as per as per the EIA Notification 2006 and amendment vide Notification S.O 2339(E) dated 16.06.2021 the proposal is to be appraised as B2 category and appraised at Central Level by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) with condition that the project proponent shall file a notarized affidavit that ethanol produced from proposed project shall be used completely for EBP Programme.

4. Standard ToR and public Hearing conduction is not applicable as the project falls under category B2 as per OM dated 2nd March, 2021 & 16th June, 2021. It was informed that no litigation is pending against the project. 5. Ministry had issued EC earlier vide letter no F. No. J-11011/341/2012-IA II(I) dated 07.07.2021 to the existing Molasses based distillery unit capacity from 60 to 120 KLPD, the industry is proposed to expand the Distillery from 90 KLPD (though EC obtained for 120 KLPD, installed capacity is 90KLPD) to 300 KLPD under EBP programme of MOEF&CC as B2 Category Project in favour of M/s. Satish Sugars Limited (SSL). 6. The details of products and capacity are as under: -

S. No

Product Details

Existing Quantity

Proposed Quantity Total Quantity

1

Production details

existing and proposed

90 KLD from “B” Heavy Molasses

210 KLD 210 KLD for 120 days

from Cane Syrup. 210 KLD for 210 days

from Grains Total 330 Days

300 KLD

7. Existing land area is 159.30 Acres, out of which 7 acres 6 guntas is earmarked for Distillery for expansion activity. Industry has already developed / will develop greenbelt in an area of 33 % i.e., 52 acres out of total area of the project. The total investment for the existing project is Rs 691. 96 Crores which is inclusive of Rs 83.70 Crores estimated cost for expansion. Total capital cost earmarked towards environmental pollution control measures is Rs 35.68 lakhs and the Recurring cost (operation and maintenance) will be about Rs 27.05 lakhs per annum. Total Employment will


be 200 persons as direct & 35 persons indirect after expansion. Industry proposes to allocate Rs 40,00,000/- @ of 2.5% towards Corporate Social Responsibility.

8. There is Ghataprabha bird sanctuary located at a distance of 8.42 Km from Eco Sensitive Zone boundary and 8.83 Km from Sanctuary boundary. Ghataprabha River is flowing from West to East with respect to Project Site & is at a distance of 3.45 kms in south direction to the project site & Hire Halla is located at 0.81 kms in East. 9. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at 5 locations during November, 2020 to March, 2021 and the baseline data indicates the ranges of concentrations as: PM10 (72- 76.7µg/m3), PM2.5 (20-28.3 µg/m3), SO2 (3.87-5.01µg/m3) and NO2 (14.21-17.79 µg/m3). AAQ modeling study for point source emissions indicates that the maximum incremental GLCs after the proposed project would be 0.38 µg/m3, 0.11µg/m3 and 0.17 µg/m3 with respect to PM10, SOx and NOx. The resultant concentrations are within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). 10. Total water requirement is 2245 m3/day of which fresh water requirement of 1288 m3/day will be met from Ghataprabha River. Effluent quantity of 1700 m3/day will be treated through (02 Nos. of ETP having 850 KLD capacity each) and Condensate polishing unit of 1250 KLD will be implemented to treat the spent lees, cooling tower and boiler blow down. Achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) at distillery unit by adopting evaporation, concentration and incineration. 11. Power requirement after expansion will be met from 110 TPD bagasse fired boilers of capacities 60 TPH, 90 TPH & 130 TPH. Along with this existing DG Sets of 650 kVA & 1000 kVA at Sugar & Co-gen unit & 250 kVA DG set at Distillery unit will be used as backup power only during power failure. Stack (height 30m AGL) has been provided as per CPCB norms to all DG sets. ESP and wet scrubbers with a stack of height of 80 m AGL will be used for

controlling the particulate emissions within the statutory limit of 150 mg/Nm3

for the proposed boilers. 12. Details of process emissions generation and its management:

SI. No. Parameter Unit Boiler 130 TPH Boiler 60 TPH + 90

TPH 1 Stack Height m 80 32 m + 80 m 2 Stack Diameter m 4.2 3.5

3 Stack gas temperature

0C 137 139

4 Stack exit gas

velocity m/s 7.82 7.55

5 Fuel Type - Bagasse Bagasse

6 Concentration g/sec

PM g/sec 4.1 2.25


SO2 g/sec 0.87 0.71 NO2 g/sec 1.33 0.98

7 APCE - ESP Wet scrubber + ESP 13. Details of Solid waste/Hazardous waste generation and its management:

Sl. No.

Solid waste

Quantity TPD

Method of collection

Mitigation measures Method of Storage Mode of disposal

Solid waste

1 Bagasse 4500 Mechanical conveyor

Bagasse storage yard

Sent to cogeneration unit to use as fuel as boiler

2

Boiler- Ash from co-gen

unit

28

Mechanical conveyor

into common silo for further disposal

Storage yard

Disposed to farmers

to use as soil conditioning

3 Press mud

600

Mechanical conveyor

into common silo for further disposal

Storage yard

4 ETP Sludge

3.0 Sludge drying beds

Storage yard Used as manure for

greenbelt development

5 Domestic

solid waste

0.065 Collection bins

Handed over to nearby

Gram Panchayat.

Nearby municipal agencies & recyclers.

Distillery

1 Yeast Sludge 12 Mechanical

conveyor Storage yard Dried and sold as cattle feed

Hazardous waste

1 Used oil from DG

sets 200lts

Stored in leak proof

sealed barrels

Hazardous waste storage

area

Used as lubricants within the industry

and excess disposed to KSPCB approved recyclers

14. Certified compliance report submitted by Deputy Director of MoEF&CC, Regional Office, Bangalore with respect to the earlier EC conditions indicate that the Status of compliance is ‘Satisfactory’ vide letter No. EP/12.1/505/KER & EP/12.1/2019-2020/7/KAR /437 dated 18th August, 2021.


15. As per OM dated 16th June, 2021, PP has submitted self-certification in the form of affidavit declaring that the proposed capacity from 90 KLPD to 300 KLPD will be for manufacturing of fuel ethanol only. 16. During presentation PP has stated that Ghataprabha Bird Sanctuary notified S.O. 2029(E) vide dated 27th June, 2017.The Eco-sensitive Zone lies between the North Latitudes N 16º 10’29.22 to 16º 10’26.62 and East longitudes between E 74º 48’49.32’ E to 74º 48’44.62 and North Latitudes N 16º 11’11.36 N to 16º 11’06.88 and East longitudes between E 74º 41’28.08 to 74º 41’33.15 and spread over an geographical area of 22.66 square kilometers with an extent of 300 meters all around the boundary of Ghataprabha Bird Sanctuary. Accordingly, EAC noted that the proposed project shall not attract NBWL clearance. 17. Further, EAC found the CER proposed is low. Therefore, EAC directed that PP shall allocate Rs. 2.0 crores for CER and it shall solely be used for installation and maintenance of solar lights for the villagers. PP agreed for the above. 18. The proposal was considered by the EAC in its 40th meeting held on 14th -16th September, 2021 in the Ministry, wherein the project proponent and their consultant M/s. Environmental Health and Safety Consultants Private Limited, presented the case under B2 category. The Committee recommended the project for grant of environmental clearance. 19. The EAC, constituted under the provision of the EIA Notification, 2006 and comprising of Experts Members/domain experts in various fields, have examined the proposal submitted by the Project Proponent in desired form along with the EMP report prepared and submitted by the Consultant accredited by the QCI/ NABET on behalf of the Project Proponent. The EAC noted that the Project Proponent has given undertaking that the data and information given in the application and enclosures are true to the best of his knowledge and belief and no information has been suppressed in the report. If any part of data/information submitted is found to be false/ misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected and Environmental Clearance given, if any, will be revoked at the risk and cost of the project proponent. 20. The Committee noted that the EMP report is in compliance of the PFR. The Committee deliberated on the CER plan and found to be addressing the issues in the study area. The EAC has deliberated the proposal and has made due diligence in the process as notified under the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006, as amended from time to time and accordingly made the recommendations to the proposal. The Experts Members of the EAC have found the proposal in order and have recommended for grant of environmental clearance. 21. The environmental clearance granted to the project/activity is strictly under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments. It does not tantamount/construe to approvals/consent/ permissions etc. required to be obtained or standards/conditions to be followed under any other Acts/ Rules/ Subordinate legislations, etc., as may be applicable to the project. The project


proponent shall obtain necessary permission as mandated under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, as applicable from time to time, from the State Pollution Control Board, prior to construction & operation of the project. 22. Based on the proposal submitted by the project proponent and recommendations of the EAC (Industry-2), Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change hereby accords environmental clearance to the project for Expansion of the Existing Distillery from 90 KLPD to dual feed 300 KLPD under EBP Scheme by M/s. Satish Sugars Limited (SSL) located at Sangankeri Yadwad Road, Hunshyal P.G., Gokak Taluk, Belgaum District, Karnataka, under the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006, and the amendments therein, subject to compliance of the terms and conditions as under:- A. Specific Condition:

(i). As per OM dated 16th June, 2021, project falls in category B2 and the

proposed capacity from 90 KLPD to 300 KLPD shall be only be used for fuel ethanol manufacturing as per self-certification in form of an affidavit by the Project Proponent. Provided that subsequently if it is found that the ethanol, produced based on the EC granted as per this dispensation, is not being used completely for EBP Programme, or if ethanol is not being produced, or if the said distillery is not fulfilling the requirements based on which the project has been appraised as category B2 project, the EC shall stand cancelled.

(ii). The company shall comply with all the environmental protection measures and safeguards proposed in the documents submitted to the Ministry. All the recommendations made in the EIA/EMP in respect of environmental management, and risk mitigation measures relating to the project shall be implemented.

(iii). The project proponent will treat and reuse the treated water within the factory and no waste or treated water shall be discharged outside the premises.

(iv). Total fresh water requirement shall not exceed 1288 m3/day and will be sourced from Ghataprabha River. Prior permission shall be obtained from the concerned regulatory authority/CGWA in this regard, and renewed from time to time.

(v). The spent wash/other concentrates shall be treated by concentration followed by incineration. Bio-composting of any form shall not be allowed.


(vi). CO2 generated from the process shall be bottled/made solid ice and utilized/sold to authorized vendors.

(vii). Occupational Health Centre for surveillance of the worker’s health shall be set up. The health data shall be used in deploying the duties of the workers. All workers & employees shall be provided with required safety kits/mask for personal protection.

(viii). Training shall be imparted to all employees on safety and health aspects of chemicals handling. Safety and visual reality training shall be provided to employees.

(ix). The unit shall make the arrangement for protection of possible fire hazards during manufacturing process in material handling. Firefighting system shall be as per the norms.

(x). Process organic residue and spent carbon, if any, shall be sent to Cement other suitable industries for its incinerations. ETP sludge, process inorganic & evaporation salt shall be disposed of to the TSDF.

(xi). The company shall undertake waste minimization measures as below (a) Metering and control of quantities of active ingredients to minimize waste; (b) Reuse of by-products from the process as raw materials or as raw material substitutes in other processes. (c) Use of automated filling to minimize spillage. (d) Use of Close Feed system into batch reactors. (e) Venting equipment through vapour recovery system. (f) Use of high pressure hoses for equipment clearing to reduce wastewater generation.

(xii). The green belt of at least 5-10 m width shall be developed in nearly 33% of the total project area, mainly along the plant periphery. Selection of plant species shall be as per the CPCB guidelines in consultation with the State Forest Department. Records of tree canopy shall be monitored through remote sensing map.

(xiii). PP shall allocate Rs. 2.0 crores for CER and it shall solely be used for installation and maintenance of solar lights for the villagers.

(xiv). There shall be adequate space inside the plant premises earmarked for parking of vehicles for raw materials and finished productsas per CPCB norms and no parking to be allowed outside on public places.


(xv). Storage of raw materials shall be either stored in silos or in covered areas to prevent dust pollution and other fugitive emissions.

(xvi). Continuous online (24x7) monitoring system for stack emissions shall be installed for measurement of flue gas discharge and the pollutants concentration, and the data to be transmitted to the CPCB and SPCB server. For online continuous monitoring of effluent, the unit shall install web camera with night vision capability and flow meters in the channel/drain carrying effluent within the premises.

(xvii). A separate Environmental Management Cell (having qualified person with Environmental Science/Environmental Engineering/specialization in the project area) equipped with full-fledged laboratory facilities shall be set up to carry out the Environmental Management and Monitoring functions.

B. General Condition:

(i) No further expansion or modifications in the plant, other than mentioned in the EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendments, shall be carried out without prior approval of the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change/SEIAA, as applicable. In case of deviations or alterations in the project proposal from those submitted to this Ministry for clearance, a fresh reference shall be made to the Ministry/SEIAA, as applicable, to assess the adequacy of conditions imposed and to add additional environmental protection measures required, if any.

(ii) The energy source for lighting purpose shall be preferably LED based, or

advanced having preference in energy conservation and environment betterment.

(iii) The overall noise levels in and around the plant area shall be kept well

within the standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation. The ambient noise levels shall conform to the standards prescribed under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Rules, 1989 viz. 75 dBA (day time) and 70 dBA (night time).

(iv) The company shall undertake all relevant measures for improving the

socio-economic conditions of the surrounding area. CER activities shall be undertaken by involving local villages and administration and shall be implemented. The company shall undertake eco-developmental measures including community welfare measures in the project area for the overall improvement of the environment.

(v) The company shall earmark sufficient funds towards capital cost and

recurring cost per annum to implement the conditions stipulated by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change as well as the State Government along with the implementation schedule for all the conditions


stipulated herein. The funds so earmarked for environment management/ pollution control measures shall not be diverted for any other purpose.

(vi) A copy of the clearance letter shall be sent by the project proponent to

concerned Panchayat, Zilla Parishad/Municipal Corporation, Urban local Body and the local NGO, if any, from whom suggestions/ representations, if any, were received while processing the proposal.

(vii) The project proponent shall also submit six monthly reports on the status

of compliance of the stipulated Environmental Clearance conditions including results of monitored data (both in hard copies as well as by e-mail) to the respective Regional Office of MoEF&CC, the respective Zonal Office of CPCB and SPCB. A copy of Environmental Clearance and six monthly compliance status report shall be posted on the website of the company.

(viii) The environmental statement for each financial year ending 31st March in

Form-V as is mandated shall be submitted to the concerned State Pollution Control Board as prescribed under the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, as amended subsequently, shall also be put on the website of the company along with the status of compliance of environmental clearance conditions and shall also be sent to the respective Regional Offices of MoEF&CC by e-mail.

(ix) The project proponent shall inform the public that the project has been

accorded environmental clearance by the Ministry and copies of the clearance letter are available with the SPCB/Committee and may also be seen at Website of the Ministry and at https://parivesh.nic.in/. This shall be advertised within seven days from the date of issue of the clearance letter, at least in two local newspapers that are widely circulated in the region of which one shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned and a copy of the same shall be forwarded to the concerned Regional Office of the Ministry.

(x) The project authorities shall inform the Regional Office as well as the

Ministry, the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of start of the project.

(xi) This Environmental clearance is granted subject to final outcome of

Hon’ble Supreme Court of India, Hon’ble High Court, Hon’ble NGT and any other Court of Law, if any, as may be applicable to this project.

23. The Ministry reserves the right to stipulate additional conditions, if found necessary at subsequent stages and the project proponent shall implement all the said conditions in a time bound manner. The Ministry may revoke or suspend the environmental clearance, if implementation of any of the above conditions is not found satisfactory. 24. Concealing factual data or submission of false/fabricated data and


failure to comply with any of the conditions mentioned above may result in withdrawal of this clearance and attract action under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. 25. Any appeal against this environmental clearance shall lie with the National Green Tribunal, if preferred, within a period of 30 days as prescribed under Section 16 of the National Green Tribunal Act, 2010. 26. The above conditions will be enforced, inter-alia under the provisions of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 read with subsequent amendments therein. 27. This issues with the approval of the competent authority.

(Ashok Kr. Pateshwary) Director

Copy to: -

1. The Secretary, Department of Forest, Environment & Ecology, Government of Karnataka, Room No. 708, Gate 2, Multi Storey Building, Dr. Ambedkar Veedhi, Bangalore - 1

2. The Regional Officer, Ministry of Env., Forest and Climate Change, Integrated Regional Office, Kendriya Sadan, 4th Floor, E&F Wings, 17th Main Road, Koramangala II Block, Bangalore - 34

3. The Member Secretary, Central Pollution Control Board, Parivesh Bhawan, CBD-cum-Office Complex East Arjun Nagar, Delhi - 32

4. The Member Secretary, Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, Parisara Bhavan, #49, 4th& 5th Floor, Church Street, Bangalore -1

5. Monitoring Cell, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi

6. The District Collector, District Belgaum, Karnataka 7. Guard File/Monitoring File/Parivesh portal/Record File

(Ashok Kr. Pateshwary) Director

E-mail: [email protected] Tel. No. 24695290


ANNEXURE-2

ANNEXURE-3

ANNEXURE-4

ANNEXURE-5

Annexure – 2 Description of Major Systems- Technical features of the plant

· Capacitor RackMedium Frequency water cooled capacitors are used to form a tank circuit with the furnace coil. This presents unity power factor load to the inverter. The electrical connections to the main Bus bars are provided by water cooled tubes to ensure proper cooling at the joint. Flow monitoring switches are used to ensure proper flow in the capacitor. Colour coded PVC braided pipes are used for inlet and outlet water connection.

Item Description Total KVAR 114000

Voltage 4000 Volts Frequency 210-460 Hz

Cooling De-mineralized water, inlet temp 38°C max., total flow of cooling water 334LPM

Capacitor adjustment switch Pneumatically operated

8 Number to adjust coil impedance during lining wear-out

· D. C. ChokeElectrotherm’ s large iron core DC Choke reduces rate of rise of current to dangerous level and allows Front-End Thyristorized Convertor stop current flow within 6 - 8 milliseconds. This protection is faster than any other circuit breaking device with minimum risk of fuse blowing and Thyristor failures.

· DM Water Circulation SystemComponents of Solid State Power Supply Unit, Medium Frequency Capacitors and Interconnecting Bus bars are cooled by water. De-ionized Water is used for cooling various components in a closed loop. The de-ionized water circulation system consists of water storage tank, non-ferrous pump, plate type heat-exchanger, a mixed bed resin cartridge and inter-connecting pipelines. The conductivity of de-ionized water is continuously monitored and stops the Power Supply Unit in case exceed the pre-set level. Occasional make-up of this de-ionized water is required. A plate type heat exchanger which is much easier to maintain is used to cool de- ionized water. The plates of this heat exchanger are made out of stainless steel grade 316 for better corrosion resistance.

De-Mineralized Water Circulation System Item Description

Pumps 1100 LPM , 20 HP, Special Non-Ferrous Casing and Non Ferrous Impeller pump

Working flow and pressure 756 LPM, 4 Kg / cm2 Heat exchanger Plate type

Make up water storage tank 100 liters Operator Control Desk

Item Description

Operator control Operator Control Desk with stand consisting of On/Off push buttons, Indicators & Meters for ON / OFF and Power Control operations from Furnace Platform

ANNEXURE-5

· Melting Furnace Steel Frame Furnaces are manufactured with Ultra Efficient Coil Cradle to perform under typical harsh melt shop environment. The coil is made out of rectangular cross section electrolytic grade copper. The gap between two turns of the coil is maintained using spacers. The coils are electrically insulated by a special resin based coating. The coil is firmly secured to insulating bars equally spaced around the coil periphery. These bars provide mechanical strength against deformation during maintenance and normal operation. Furnaces Lamination Packets provides a return path to the flux. It also improves the coil efficiency and prevents overheating of the structure. In a Steel Frame Furnace Coil, Laminations Packets, Top and Bottom Ring forms a Cage Assembly,which is easily removable from the Tilting Structure in case of maintenance. For tilting the furnace two numbers single acting hydraulic cylinders are provided. For efficient cooling of the furnace coil it is divided into number of sections and connected to inlet and outlet manifold. In each path a flow regulating/control valves are provided at inlet and outlet manifold. Temperature of each path is also indicated by temperature indicator. Pre-set thermostats are used in each individual path to switch off the furnace in case of insufficient flow of water or excessive temperature.

Item Description Type (Steel Frame type) Medium Frequency Coreless Coil Ultra Efficient Coil Cradle

Coil Posts Fiber glass, impregnated with high quality resin and hardener for coil inter turn spacing and support

Flux Guide Water Cooled Laminated Steel Shunts of High Permeability and Low Loss

Water Flow 2100 LPM of Working Coil at 4 Kg/cm2 Water Temperature 38°C inlet , 55°C outlet

Water Temperature Sensor Common in Inlet Manifold and individual path in Outlet

Furnace Bottom (Permanent) Alumina Bricks and Castable Cement Top Refractory (Permanent) High Alumina Castable Cement Block

· Hydraulic System This system consists of Hydraulic power pack, hydraulic cylinders, interconnecting pipelines and direction control valves. Hydraulic cylinders are used for tilting the furnace. Required pressure and flow for tilting the furnace is generated by this hydraulic power pack which consists of motor, pump, pressure relief valves, filters and adequate capacity oil tank. Hydraulic power pack is connected to the cylinders by seamless hydraulic pipes through a direction control valve. Furnace tilting is controlled by operator using direction control valve.

Item Description Type of Furnace Tilting Hydraulic Single Acting Cylinder Operated Number of Hydraulic Cylinder per Furnace

2

Hydraulic Fluid Mineral Oil, ENCLO 68 Operating pressure 125 bar Hydraulic pressure generating pump

One Working Gear Pump 25 HP - 1 W, 67 LPM

· Furnace Change Over Switch The Furnace Change Over switches are used in case more than one furnaces are to be fed from the same Power Supply Unit. These switches are of water cooled type and can be operated manually / pneumatically. They are double poled double brake type and suitable for off-circuit/off-load applications. De-ionized water is used for cooling the switches. Auxiliary contacts are provided for inter-locking.

Item Description

Type Water Cooled, Double Pole Double Break, Off-Load Switch

Operation Manual / Pneumatic operated, Air pressure required only while operating from OFF to ON or wise versa

Number of Switch per Furnace 2 number per furnace Aux. Contact for Interlocking Potential free 1 NO / NC

· Interconnecting Bus Bars & Flexible Water Cooled Cables Water Cooled Bus Bars

Item Description Type EC Grade Hollow Copper Tube

Number of bus bars 4 number per Furnace Type of cooling Soft Water

Inter connecting bus bars between capacitors and coil carry large reactive currents. Adequately rated EC copper bus bars with tinning at the contact points are used to keep the losses minimum. Flexible cables are used to feed power to the furnace coil. The cables carry the same current as that of the bus bars and are also water cooled. Rubber hoses of the flexible cables are carbon free and are provided with braiding for preventing puncture due to accidental metal splashes. Note: The Photographs shown in the proposal are only indicative. Actual product’s design, feature and color may vary from those visible in the photographs. All Technical Parameters are given as per one set only.

High Speed Modular Caster Technical Specification For Double Strand High Speed Modular Caster

Item Description

Steel grades to be cast Plain carbon steel (low/medium/high); Low / medium alloy steel completely killed by Fe-Si or Fe-Si-Ca

Type of machine Radial with horizontal discharge Number of machines One Number of strands Two

# Basic Design limits 80 mm x 80 mm to 150 mm x 150 mm Initial machine equipped to cast 110 mm x 110 mm

Machine Radius 4 meters Number of straightening points Two (4 meters, 7 meters)

Strand distance 1300 mm

Heat weight 18 Ton Ladle type Bottom pouring with slide gate

Sequencing facility By EOT cranes Withdrawal speed range 1.0 to 6.0 meter/min

Throughput 18000 Kg / strand / per hour maximum Tundish capacity 3.5 Ton

Tundish working level 450 mm (2600 Kg) Overflow level 525 mm (3500 Kg) Tundish lining Suitable for cold lining practice

Tundish support Portal Tundish car maximum speed 20 meter/min Pouring System Open pouring with metering nozzle

Mould jacket Self-aligned, Cartridge type machined SS jacket suitable for 800 mm long mould tube, with foot rollers.

Casting practice Open stream

Mould oscillator Electromechanical, sinusoidal stroke Length 5 to 16 mm, variable in 12 steps with pneumatic dampening, long lever type (3600 mm).

Oscillation speed 60 – 225 strokes / min (adjustable) Billet cutting Manual gas cutting system

* Cut billet length 3 - 6 meters

Item Description Dummy bar Rigid dummy bar

Dummy bar disconnection Disconnection by straightener roller Dummy bar drive Positive pulled Hydraulic cylinder

Dummy bar storage Separate structure for parking dummy bar with maintenance plat form.

Discharge system

· Intermediate roller table · Discharge roller table · End stop · Skid-bank Cooling Bed for maximum 3 - 6 meter

long billets Secondary (Spray) Cooling Control valves and instruments for each Zone

Cooling bed Skid-bank Cooling bed Capacity 15 Ton each side

Automatic Control System By PLC (programmable logic control) with visual display unit for secondary cooling.

Electrical Controls The local panels will be connected to the main Distribution panels and pulpits by network cables.

Control Pulpit One each strand to control from a centralized position both automatic and manual functions.

Operator's Pulpit One each made of steel plate cover, containing the basic function push buttons in the hands of the operator when acting on manual mode.

Supervision System At casting floor- HMI - Touch screen graphical panel At Electrical room - SCADA

Environmental Temperature -5 to +40°C, humid up to 77% Altitude < 1000 meters over sea level

Electrical Supply 415 / 440 VAC 50 Hz # Section up to 160 mm x 160 mm can be provided if required at additional price.

* If billet cutting length is less than 3 meter, additional roller table can be supplied at extra price.

· Water Specification For High Speed Modular Caster

· Primary (Mould) Cooling Water Quality The mould water quality must confirm to the following specification to avoid problems of deposits on mould tubes:

Type Soft, de carbonated or demineralized water

with corrosion inhibitor Total suspended solids (TSS) max. 10 mg/l Total dissolved solids (TDS) max. 400 mg/l

Particle size max. 0.2 Mm Specific conductivity min. 30 max. 550 μS/cm

Total hardness max. 10 mg/l as CaCO3 Chloride max. 100 mg/l Sulphate max. 150 mg/l

Silica max. 40 mg/l Iron, Fe2+, total max. 0.3 mg/l

Oil, total max. 5 mg/l pH value 7.5 – 9.5 --

Inlet temperature max. 40 ˚C Temperature raise max. 10 ˚C Outlet temperature max. 50 ˚C

A treatment with corrosion inhibitor is recommended due to the corrosiveness of the circuit water. Corrosion-inhibiting agents on an inorganic basis are ideal for this purpose.

· Secondary (Spray) Cooling Water Quality

Type Industrial quality circuit water Total suspended solids (TSS) max. 10 mg/l Total dissolved solids (TDS) max. 1500 mg/l

Particle size max. 0.2 Mm

Specific conductivity min. 50 max. 2000 μS/cm Total hardness max. 400 mg/l

Carbonate hardness (m-alkalinity)

max. 125 mg/l as CaCO3 (without stabilization)

max. 250 mg/l as CaCO3 (with stabilization)

Chloride max. 300 mg/l Sulphate max. 400 mg/l

Silica max. 100 mg/l Iron, Fe2+, total max. 0.5 mg/l

Oil, total max. 20 mg/l pH value 7.5 – 8.5 --

The circuit water is contaminated by iron scale (approx. 0.3 -0.5 % by weight of cast steel) as well as oil, grease and fibers. In case of a cooling water circuit facilities for purification (settling and filtering) and cooling (cooling tower) have to be provided.

· Water quantity requirement: Primary water Secondary water including

open machinery cooling Flow Rate 3000 LPM 2000 LPM Pressure at Casting Platform 6 Kg/cm2 6 Kg/cm2 Water Loss (%) Less than 0.5% Around 3.0% Emergency Water 30,000 liters at 12m

head -

Water Tank Capacity 65,000 liters 1,00,000 liters

v Equipment Description -Mechanical · Steel Structure

Function Support of those elements of the machine located above

continuous casting machine ground level. This steel structure will be independent of any building structure.

Quantity One set

Location In steel melting shop bay

Design/construction Prefabricated steel construction consisting of column sand beams, made from rolled steel sections.

Casting platform 11meters x 6 meters

Casting plat form height + 4.5 meters General floor loading 1000 Kg / sq.meter

§ Casting area with floor plates suitable for covering with refractory lining. § Intermediate platform of civil construction with gratings at cooling chamber area. § Ladle operator’s platform of fabricated steel construction. § Support for the emergency ladle will be at the front of the machine. § It will be part of civil construction § Rails for the tundish transfer car between parking position and casting position. § Cover plates for oscillation assemblies and mould assemblies.

§ Necessary stairways, handrails, floor plates and doors for all operating levels.

· Cooling Chamber

Function Safety of the operational crew and extraction of steam generated in cooling chamber.

Quantity One set

Location Located between walls of cooling chamber and steel structure boundary of continuous casting machine.

Design/Construction

Chamber extends from ground level to the casting floor level and encloses the secondary cooling zone. The cooling chamber walls would be of bricked wall. The size of the chamber will be such as to permit satisfactory access to the secondary cooling zone for maintenance and checking. Access doors will be provided at ground level and intermediate floor level.

Size of cooling chamber

Approx. 3 x 3.2 x 4.5meters

· Emergency Slag Box

Location In front of mould jacket Quantity One no.

Function

Collecting metal or slag from the tundish in the event of diversion from the outlet of the tundish nozzles (via. launders mounted on the tundish car) or overflow of metal from tundish spout. Overflow spout is provided for overflow into emergency ladle.

Design/construction Slag through is welded steel construction suitable for lining with refractory materials.

· Cooling Chamber Exhaust System Function Removal of steam generated in the cooling chamber. Quantity One no.

Design/construction

Fixed output centrifugal fan with corrosion protected impeller. The impeller is driven through V-belt drive by a motor mounted outside the support duct. Condensate water is drained into the cooling chamber. The fan is mounted on bottom side of casting platform. Ducting from the cooling chamber to the fan inlet and ducting from fan outlet to casting platform boundary is provided. Splash plate is mounted in front of inside the cooling chamber is provided to prevent any metal /slag getting into the duct in case of breakouts. Ducting is provided till the machine boundary.

Specifications of fan

Fan: Quantity:

Conveying medium:

Axial type 1 Humid air

Air flow: 7000 CFM Air temperature: 75˚C

Humidity: 95%

Drive: AC Motor, 3 HP, 1440 RPM

· Tundish Function Distribution of hot metal from ladle to the strand. Quantity Two nos. Location Between ladle and mould assembly mounted on tundish car.

Design/construction

Rigid welded steel construction designed to serve. Two strands. Tundish body suitable for lining with: § Standard refractory bricks with a minimum cutting § Cold lining boards. § Machined trunions for support of tundish in the tundish car. § Lifting lugs for transport of the tundish by the shop crane

Liquid steel level Working level 450 mm Overflow level 525 mm

Liquid steel content Working level 2600Kg Overflow level 3500Kg

· Tundish Car

Function Transferring tundish between casting position and parking position.

Quantity One no. Location On casting platform

Long travel speed 20 meters/min

Design/ construction

§ Floor mounted car - in fabricated steel construction. § Four robust wheels mounted on steel axles. § Four wheels on one end of the car being driven by geared

motors. § Transverse adjustment of the tundish will be manual, stroke

±150 mm. § Pivoted launders for diversion of the steel stream into the

slag box. § Protection of mechanical equipment against steel splash

and heat shall be provided. § Variable frequency drive is provided for precise adjustment

over mould tube. Travel drive: AC-geared motor, 3 HP, 1440 RPM, Gear box ratio90:1

· Mould Oscillation Mechanism

Function

To support mould assembly and oscillating it along the casting arc. In order to achieve a good surface quality without longitudinal and transverse cracks, it is necessary to optimize the oscillation mode. For this purpose negative strip has to be within tolerance.

Quantity Two nos. Location On casting platform, below the tundish

Design/construction

§ Long lever arm type arrangement. § Mould table is fitted with mould jacket, securing bolts for

quick and easy removal of mould. § Inlet and outlet flexible bellow connections for cooling water

and mould lubrication. § Lever arm carrying the mould table supported by a fabricated

bracket mounted on machine structure § Deadweight is compensated by a pair of air cushion

connected to air supply system. § Adjustable guides provided on front side for maintaining

sideway deviation in the arm. Oscillation drive Push rod connection to the lever system, the push rod length is

adjustable.

· Mould Oscillation Drive

Function Generation of oscillation movement Quantity Two nos.

Location

§ Outside the cooling chamber on Intermediate platform Design/construction Electro-mechanical type for sinusoidal oscillation § A.C. motor coupled to a gear unit which, in turn, is coupled to

an eccentric unit, generating the oscillation motion. § Stroke: 5 – 16 mm, variable in 12 steps § Oscillation frequency: continuously variable 60 –225 cycles

per min, synchronized with casting speed. § Reduction gear unit coupled to an Eccentric adjusting

mechanism § Mould oscillation drive synchronized with withdrawal

speed. Drive motor: 7.5 KW, 1440 RPM, AC motor § Gear box: Ratio 6.3:1, Helical gear box § Damping: Pneumatic bellows, operating at 2.5 bar

· Mould Operator’s Control Pendant Arm

Function Support of mould operator’s pendent control panel. Quantity Two nos. Location Above casting platform, attached to steel structure.

Design/construction Swiveling arm in tubular construction with feature of easy accessibility to mould operator, which can be moved away from the casting area when not in use .

· Mould Assembly Function Primary solidification of liquid steel Quantity Two nos. Location On mould table of mould oscillation assembly

Type Curved mould Design concept § For quality reasons, mould is the most important machine

element. Surface characteristics are governed by primary cooling and mould lubrication. § Uniformity of shell growth also governs shape defects that could

occur. Mould tube wall thickness and taper are the necessary ingredients in a successful mould tube design.

Construction

§ Tapered, inside chromium plated, high conductivity copper tube, 800 mm long. § Mould jacket is ‘cartridge’ type design. This allows better

heat transfer, easy maintenance and quicker section change § Mould is fitted into fabricated steel water jacket with mould

cooling water inlet and outlet passages in mould supporting seating, thus eliminating the need to disconnect water pipe fittings when changing the mould. § Mould lubricating plate assembly fitted on top with

automatic connection on mould table. § Strand face guide (foot) rolls, bracketed from bottom flange

of the mould water jacket for alignment of strand during withdrawal.

· Strand Guide

Function Uniform cooling and supporting of hot strand Quantity Two sets Location Inside the cooling chamber along casting radius

Design/construction

§ Two guide rolls along the outer radius, oneself-aligning roll with hydraulically operated on the inner radius.

§ Supported in cooling chamber by a fixed pivot from the machine foundation at the bottom and connected at intermediate platform level to the structure.

§ Spray nozzles are included in supply.

· Withdrawal And Straightening Unit

Function Withdrawal and straightening of cast strand, as well as insertion of the dummy bar

Quantity Two sets Location Ahead of the strand guide in horizontal position

Design/ construction

Five roll unit, Two hydraulically operated top rolls, integrated part module Fixed lower frame with three rolls, integrated part of module

Rolls All rolls are fitted with self-aligning spherical roller bearings mounted in housings with sealing rings and covers Roll diameter: 295 mm

Drive Entry pairs of rolls are driven by A C motors with electromagnetic brake coupled to reduction gear unit, mounted on the top rolls. Motor: AC motor, 3.7 KW, 1440 RPM Gear box ratio: 271:1

Roll peripheral speed Approx.: 1 to 6 meters/min Cooling All rolls and frames are internally water-cooled.

· Rigid Arc Type Dummy Bar System

Function

§ At the start of a cast the dummy bar head closes the mould at the bottom for receiving first liquid metal. § After start the dummy bar leads the hot strand through the

cooling chamber and withdrawal straightening unit. Quantity Two sets Location In dummy bar storage next to withdrawal assembly.

Design/construction

§ Rigid arc type arrangement. Precisely machined and assembled in correct machine radius. § Permanent head with groove for quick removal. § Dummy bar will have a common body of 130 mm square.

Transition links and head links will be changed with section change. § This allows faster re-stranding during casting and at the end

of casting, since insertion can be performed immediately after billet leaves withdrawal and straightening unit. § Radius: 4 meters § Length: 7.1 meters (approx.)

· Dummy Bar Storage System

Function Storing of dummy bar to clear roller table Quantity Two sets Location Next to withdrawal assembly above precut off roller table.

Design/construction

Welded steel plate construction to support and guide the rigid dummy bar. Plates are mounted in the receiver frame to support the dummy bar. Dummy bar is received into receiver at the start of caster. Motion of dummy bar is monitored by withdrawal motor and dummy bar receiver motor. Dummy bar gets disconnected from first solidifying shell by lowering of exit side withdrawal (straightener) roll. After complete withdrawal of dummy bar, it is lifted by hydraulic cylinder and brought to a position where dummy bar head can be prepared for next cast in advance.

· Spray Cooling

Function Uniform and controlled cooling of strand after it emerges out of mould bottom.

Quantity Two sets Location Below mould jacket assembly

Design/construction

For better control the spray cooling is divided into three zones: Zone I (Ring zone): Just below mould Zone II Zone III Welded stainless steel pipe construction for spray cooling on all four sides of strand

Spray pipes are mounted for easy maintenance and adjustments these spray pipes are designed for a close range of section sizes. For large sections it can be changed quickly

· Strand Alignment Template Function Alignment of mould, foot roller and strand guide rollers Quantity One no.

Design/construction Aluminum bar, accurately machined to nominal billet size and casting radius. Length: 2500 mm (approx.)

· Intermediate Roller Table

Function Supporting, guiding the hot strand leaving the withdrawal unit. Quantity Two sets Location Between withdrawal unit and cutting area

Design/construction

Fabricate steel frame with approx. length of 5M Steel rolls are mounted on roller bearings. Rolls are group driven by sprocket and roller chain arrangement. Roll diameter: 280 mm Roll pitch: 1200 mm

Cooling The rolls are externally water cooled (machinery Cooling water)

· Discharge Roller Table Function Transportation and guiding of the hot billets to pusher area. Quantity Two sets. Location Behind cutting area

Construction

Fabricated steel frame of suitable length bolted to the civil foundation. Steel roll chain driven in groups. Roll diameter: 280 mm. Roll pitch: 1200mm Roller table speed will be 45 M/min max.

· Skid-Bank Cooling Bed

Function Storing and natural cooling of cut billets Quantity One no.

Location At the end of discharge roller table, right angle to casting direction

· Hydraulic Power Pack

Function

Operating hydraulic cylinders of: · Withdrawal · Straightened · Dummy bar storage · Auxiliary withdrawal · Hydraulic pusher · Strand guide

Quantity One no. Location In the hydraulic room.

Design/construction

Oil tank with a capacity of approx. 1800 liters including oil coolers and filters, operating valves, etc. Three Nos. Pumps (Two working and one standby) Safe and reliable system with equipment related groups. Fail safe function for power unit.

Fluid: Mineral oil Maximum pressure: 120 bar Overall design details: Hydraulic tank made of welded steel plates and equipped with: · Inspection door · Filling connection · Drainage connection · Venting · Level indicator · Temperature gauge Cooling of fluid through heat exchanger (water) and filtering through micro filter. All necessary pressure and temperature gauges to supervise the different circuits.

· Pneumatic System Two independent pneumatic systems are provided. § Dry air for instruments. § Air for pneumatic bellows and for caster operation..

v Equipment Description – Utility services · Utility Piping (Within Machine Boundary)

The main connection point of the below listed piping systems are to be located first. The exact location of these points will be determined within battery limits of the continuous casting plant. At these locations shut-off valves and pressure gauges and necessary control valves should be provided.

· Mould Cooling Water Circuit

Design/construction

Pipe work within machine boundary. Designed to operate at a pressure of 8.0 Kg/sq. cm at mould inlet. Flexible bellow for connection to and from the mould. All interconnecting pipes, fittings, hoses, valves etc. Within machine boundary will be provided.

· Secondary (Spray) Cooling Water Circuit

Design/construction

Pipe works within the machine boundaries up to the spray headers. Designed to operate at inlet pressure of 8 Kg/sq. cm. Designed for spray cooling of billet coming out of mould. The spray cooling is divided into three zones. All interconnecting pipes, fittings, hoses, valves and spray nozzles within machine boundary will be provided.

· Open Machinery Cooling Water Circuit

Design/construction

It is branch of secondary cooling water circuit. Designed to operate at an inlet pressure of 4 Kg/sq. cm for cooling of withdrawal straightening unit, intermediate roller table, cutting station, cooling bed and pusher. All interconnecting pipes, fittings, hoses, valves, etc. within machine boundary will be provided.

· Compressed Air piping

Design/construction Designedtooperateatapressureof6kg/sq.cm . for use with spray water system, mould oscillator, at casting floor and generally at ground floor level.

Air required

Quality: Moisture content – 1000 ppm, max. For operation of pneumatic valves for spray water automation an independent air drier is essential requires20 CFM. Pressure: 4Kg/sq. cm. All interconnecting pipes, fittings, hoses, valves ,etc. within machine boundary will be provided.

v Equipment Description - Electricals · General Conditions: Ambient:

Ambient temperature

Max40˚C

Altitude Up to 1000meters Humidity Max95%

Special conditions All equipment will be tropical zed and vermin proof A C Supply: Incoming A C 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wire system with fault current

level up to 50KA. Control voltage A C 230 volts, single phase, 50Hz. Solenoid valve voltage

24 volts D C

Voltage fluctuation ± 6% Frequency fluctuation

± 3%

Motors:

AC motors Totally enclosed, fan cooled, rated as per application, temperature rise of 65˚C in an ambient of 50˚C, having class ‘B’ insulation, in accordance with IEC frame.

Make Hindustan

Control panels and desks

Will include: § Device reference labels § Terminal boards § Drilled gland plates

· Motors The motor ratings listed hereunder are preliminary. They may be adjusted to the mechanical requirements during the design stage.

Rating(KW) RPM Type Qty Contractor logic Hydraulic system 11 1440 AC 3 Non reversible

Tundish car 2.2 1440 AC 1 Reversible Mould oscillator 7.5 1440 AC 2 V V F Drive

Withdrawal 3.75 1440 AC 4 V V F Drive Roller table 3.75 1440 AC 4 Reversible

Auxiliary withdrawal 3.75 1440 AC 2 V V F Drive Steam exhaust fan 3.75 1440 AC 1 Non reversible

· Instrumentation Sr.No. Description Qty. Remarks

1

Temperature transmitters for temperature with RTD sensors and thermos swell

5 Nos. 3 Nos. for primary 1 No. for secondary 1 No. for hydraulic

2 Flow indicator 8 Nos. 2 Nos. for primary 6 Nos. for secondary

3

Pressure gauges (glycerin filled, dial gauges) for water line 14 Nos.

4 Nos. for primary 6 Nos. for secondary 4 Nos. for machinery

4 Pressure transmitters for water with

necessary accessories 6 Nos. 4 Nos. for primary

2 Nos. for secondary 5 Pressure switches 1 Nos. 1 No. Hydraulic line 6 Flow control valves 6 Nos. 6 Nos. for secondary

7 Casting speed indicator 4 Nos. 2 Nos. at casting floor 2 Nos. at valve station

8

Molten metal temperature measurement (microprocessor type with CPU and

remote digital display) 1 No.

v Electrical Controls

Steam exhaust system-

· Controls – Two nonreversible contractor controls.

· The push buttons are mounted in MAB in general section.

· Protection and alarm – The motor is protected by thermal overload relay. If this relay trips, alarm ‘steam exhaust’ is annunciated at the MAB and the hooter come son.

Mould oscillation drive-

· Controls – All controls are provided with VVF drive. This drive takes signal from VVF drive for withdrawal for controlling speed of oscillation motor.

· One auto/manual selector switch and manual start/stop push button is fitted on MAB at casting floor.

· Interlock – The oscillation drive has to start automatically with casting start, if the main selector switch is in ‘cast’ position and ‘RTC’ signal is achieved. The motor speed for casting floor is preset by the drive.

· Protection and alarm – All protection is provided by the VVF drive and status is displayed on the drive windows on HMI. When the motor trips due to any fault, alarm ‘mould oscillator’ is annunciated at the MAB and the hooter turns on.

Mould cooling water–

· Control – Flow transmitters / indicators with digital display of water flow rates.

· Interlock – The flow of the cooling water in the mould is set. If the mould water flow is above the set value then one of the conditions for ‘RTC’ is fulfilled.

· Protection and alarm – If the water flow drops below set value, alarm ‘mould cooling’ is annunciated at the MAB and the hooter come son.

Spray cooling water

· Control – Flow indicators with digital display of water flow rates. For each strand pressure switches are provided.

· Interlock – The flow of the cooling water in the spray system is set manually/automatically. However, the line pressure sensed by the pressure switch is one of the conditions for ‘RTC’.

· Protection and alarm – If the water pressure drops below set value, alarm ‘spray cooling’ is annunciated at the MAB and the hooter come son.

Withdrawal unit

· Control – Motors are driven by individual VVF drives. For each strand the drives are interconnected to ensure speed matching. It also gives signal to oscillation motor drive for synchronizing speed.

· Interlocks – Speed controlled by potentiometer is possible only if the mode selector switch is in ‘casting’ position and ‘RTC’ is obtained. After cast start, if any one of the preconditions to get ‘RTC’ fails, the respective alarm will appear at MAB, the control on withdrawal drive must be kept alive in order to cast or to extract the strand from machine.

· In ‘Casting floor’ position, the withdrawal motor can be operated in slow inching speed from MOP.

· In ‘ICD’ position, the withdrawal motor can be operated in fast inching speed. Interlock is provided to avoid simultaneous operation from both locations.

· When selector switch is in ‘off’ position, mould oscillation and withdrawal drives are inoperable in automatic mode.

· Protection and alarm – The withdrawal motors are protected by the standard features provided by the VVF drives. In case motor fails/trips it should be displayed on the drive panel and also ‘withdrawal unit fail’ should be annunciated at the MAB for corresponding strand.

Hydraulic pump

· Controls - ‘Start’ & ‘Stop’

· These controls are provided on MCD.

· Protection and alarm – The motors are provided with thermal overload relay and when this trips, ‘hydraulic pump failure’ is annunciated at MAB and the hooter come son.

Dummy bar storage solenoid control All the controls are provided at MCD.

Pusher solenoid control

· Controls – All controls are provided at the MCD.

· Two limit switches for each strand.

· In ‘Manual’ operation mode, the pusher can be operated by the ‘Forward / Reverse’ push buttons.

· In ‘Auto’ operation mode, the pusher ‘Forward’ operation starts when the billet hits the end stop. After completing forward stroke (as sensed by the limit switch), ‘Reverse’ operation starts and is stopped after sensed by the limit switch.

· Interlock – The pusher cannot be operated while dummy bar is in operation.

Withdrawal solenoid control

· Function – Withdrawal top rollers has to be lifted up for accepting dummy bar before inching it ‘Up’. After dummy bar is on all bottom rolls the top rollers are pressed down. While inching ‘up’ dummy bar or during initial stages of casting till dummy bar is between withdrawals rolls, withdrawal pressure is set as ‘high’ and while billet is in between rolls pressure is set as ‘low’. For each strand three withdrawal stands are provided.

· Controls – All controls are provided at the MCD. Discharge roller table

· Controls – For each roller table a three position selector switch is provide – ‘Forward / Stop / Reverse’.

· Interlocks – The motor will not start immediately if the forward / reverse selection is made quickly. A time delay of 5 to 6 seconds is provided for change in direction of motor.

· Protection and alarm – All motors are protected by thermal overload relay with alarm.

v Control Panels And Desks Machine Control Center (In Electrical Room)

The MCC includes following-

· Feeder &Controls

· Incomer

· Metering and control supply

· Steam exhaust

· Withdrawal supply

· Mould oscillation

· Hydraulic pumps

· Tundish car

· Roller table

· Discharge roller table

· 24 VDC

· Hydraulic withdrawal control

· Pusher hydraulic control

· Dummy bar receiver control

· Spray cooling control

· Mould cooling control Main Alarm Board (Mab) for Instrumentation

· Sheet steel construction, accessible from onside

· Front part divided into two sections:

· Part one: Common control including:

· Control facilities for steam exhaust

· Manual control for mould oscillator

· Casting parameters during casting

· Mould water condition

· Secondary water condition

· Status of all drives

· Alarm annunciation

· ‘Ready to cast’ (RTC)indication Mould Operator’s Pendant Control Pendant:

Mould operators pendant control per strand is equipped with:

· Potentiometer for setting of withdrawal speed

· Cast start / stop pushbuttons

· Slow inching up / down pushbuttons

· Casting speed indicator

· RTC and withdrawal motor on indication

Main Control Desk at Shop Floor level Control desks (panel) per strand equipped with:

· Controls for withdrawal straightened

· Selector switch for withdrawal up / off /down

· Illuminated push buttons for high and low pressure

· Push buttons for withdrawal fast inching up /down

· Indication lamp for withdrawal drive on

· Dummy bar disconnection and insertion

· Controls for discharge equipment

· Selector switch for pusher manual /auto

· Selector switch for discharge roller table – forward / stop /reverse

· Push buttons for hydraulic pumps

· Push buttons for Pusher forward /reverse

· Push buttons for Dummy bar receiver up /down Valve Station at Intermediate platform

This control station consists of:

· Casting speed indicator

· Withdrawal fast inch – forward / reverse pushbuttons

· Withdrawal motor on indication

· Ready to cast indication v AC Drives

Voltage source DC link Variable Voltage Variable Frequency (VVVF) converters are provided for application of AC motors for variable speed drives. The units should be of pulse width modulated (PWM) transistorized / IGBT type with frequency range as required for the specific application. The converter should have digital microprocessor based regulation and control system. All functions like protection, self-diagnostics and operator interfaces as required should be included. The basic protective features like AC surge suppressor, under-voltage in supply network and DC link, over-voltage in DC link, output short circuit, earth fault, monitoring of correct phase sequence, air flow switches etc. as required should be provided. The unit should be housed in totally enclosed, floor mounted cubicle, having at least IP41 degree of protection.

BAG FILTER DESIGN DETAILS

1 No. of bag filter system 4 No. ( One for each 8 & 10 TPH furnace ) 2 Type Pulse jet 3 Quantity 2 4 Gas volume 20,000 Am3/Hr. 5 Gas temp. 100 - 110 °C 6 Inlet dust load 1.0 - 1.5 Gm/Nm3 7 Filter bag material Polyester needle felt wt. 500 Gm/m2

8 Max design temp. 130 °C 9 Treatment for bags Anti - adhesive silicon treatment

10 Emission guarantee 100 Mg/Nm3 11 Air to cloth ratio 1.54 m3/m2/min 12 No. of bag 120 Nos 13 Dia of bag 160 mm 14 Length of bag 3600 mm 15 Motor 35 Hp 16 Compressor 10 Hp 17 Induced draft fan volume 20,000 M3/Hr. 18 Total pressure of fan 250 mm w.g 19 Size of solenoids (mm) 50 20 Type of solenoids Pilot operated 21 Timer EAPL M9 22 Rotary air lock 160 mm

For the proposed Induction Furnace there will be Installation of one number of APC System Comprise of Bag Filter, Spark Arrester, ID Fan along with 30 meter column height.

ANNEXURE-6

1

Annexure-6

Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring done in a radius of 10 kms

Ambient Air Quality Status (October 2021 to December 2021)

Average – 24 Hrs

1. PM10 µg/m3

PM 10

LOCATION MAX MIN AVG SD GM PERCENTILE

98 85 50 35

A1 87 41 61.14 10.16 60.29 82.32 71.00 61.00 57.00

A2 84 51 68.17 8.91 67.60 83.08 78.00 68.50 65.00

A3 74 46 59.83 7.86 59.33 72.62 69.10 59.50 57.05

A4 75 43 58.50 9.10 57.82 74.54 67.55 58.00 54.10

A5 75 41 57.33 9.72 56.54 73.62 69.10 57.00 51.15

A6 77 44 59.21 9.25 58.51 74.24 69.00 69.00 56.10

A7 72 41 56.79 8.87 56.13 71.54 66.10 56.00 52.10

A8 76 43 58.29 10.70 57.35 75.54 70.55 57.00 52.15

2

2. PM2.5 µg/m3

PM 2.5


98 85 50 35

A1 38 12 23.55 5.89 22.81 36.00 30.00 23.00 21.00

A2 36 17 27.50 5.70 26.90 36.00 33.55 28.50 25.00

A3 34 12 23.33 5.14 22.74 32.16 28.00 23.50 22.00

A4 31 13 21.88 5.21 21.26 30.54 27.10 22.00 18.05

A5 32 14 21.71 4.79 21.21 31.08 26.55 21.50 19.05

A6 37 13 22.63 6.21 21.82 35.62 28.20 23.00 21.05

A7 29 14 20.92 4.68 20.41 29.00 26.00 21.00 18.05

A8 35 13 22.17 6.01 21.38 33.16 28.55 21.50 20.00

3. SO2 µg/m3

SO2


98 85 50 35

A1 9.79 3.16 5.63 1.46 5.44 8.61 7.21 5.53 4.84

A2 8.68 3.95 6.44 1.47 6.27 8.63 8.07 6.58 5.40

A3 8.13 3.21 5.69 1.36 5.53 7.92 6.95 5.85 5.27

A4 7.21 3.37 5.37 1.40 5.19 7.16 7.05 5.36 4.26

A5 7.74 3.16 5.16 1.25 5.02 7.67 6.54 4.90 4.48

A6 7.95 3.16 5.37 1.41 5.20 7.83 7.83 7.21 4.49

A7 7.05 3.21 4.93 1.10 4.81 6.78 6.21 4.92 4.38

A8 7.89 3.53 5.32 1.30 5.17 7.58 6.85 4.92 4.57

3

4. NO2 µg/m3

NO2


98 85 50 35

A1 28.68 8.42 16.88 4.44 16.29 26.16 21.95 16.36 14.87

A2 27.1 10.13 19.79 4.58 19.21 26.70 24.04 20.20 18.56

A3 24.78 8.79 16.67 3.95 16.18 23.88 19.72 17.64 15.64

A4 21.12 10.13 15.44 3.60 15.04 20.95 19.85 15.01 12.84

A5 22.82 9.15 15.24 3.43 14.85 21.19 18.83 14.89 13.71

A6 24.53 9.78 16.21 4.46 15.63 24.08 21.41 15.47 14.43

A7 20.99 8.42 14.91 3.54 14.49 20.70 18.97 15.07 13.34

A8 23.5 10.62 15.67 3.64 15.28 23.02 19.34 15.44 13.60

5. CO mg/m3

CO


98 85 50 35

A1 1.84 0.14 0.78 0.33 0.71 1.6 1.122 0.73 0.634

A2 1.84 0.37 0.95 0.39 0.88 1.77 1.36 0.90 0.77

A3 1.29 0.14 0.75 0.27 0.69 1.23 0.96 0.80 0.72

A4 1.42 0.22 0.74 0.34 0.66 1.38 1.22 0.64 0.55

A5 1.11 0.24 0.70 0.24 0.65 1.11 0.88 0.70 0.65

A6 1.69 0.31 0.78 0.39 0.70 1.58 1.34 0.67 0.58

A7 1.21 0.30 0.66 0.25 0.61 1.14 0.90 0.65 0.52

A8 1.2 0.24 0.71 0.23 0.67 1.17 0.88 0.73 0.61

4

6. NH3 µg/m3

NH3


98 85 50 35

A1 9.12 0.77 5.54 1.46 5.33 8.26 7.15 5.53 4.76

A2 9.12 3.76 6.33 1.56 6.14 8.72 8.04 5.93 5.63

A3 7.9 3.32 5.61 1.29 5.46 7.83 6.86 5.89 5.24

A4 7.49 3.38 5.32 1.26 5.17 7.31 6.70 5.29 4.47

A5 8.03 3.71 5.19 1.15 5.08 7.72 6.16 4.82 4.41

A6 8.18 0.77 5.18 1.78 4.76 8.11 7.09 5.08 4.64

A7 6.87 2.91 4.88 1.18 4.74 6.67 6.14 4.85 4.34

A8 6.98 3.05 5.18 1.21 5.04 6.88 6.56 5.15 4.47

7. O3 µg/m3

O3


98 85 50 35

A1 2.47 0.35 1.45 0.48 1.36 2.35 2.00 1.46 1.27

A2 2.47 0.64 1.68 0.51 1.59 2.42 2.21 1.68 1.55

A3 2.08 0.46 1.44 0.46 1.34 2.02 1.83 1.60 1.45

A4 2.02 0.35 1.40 0.46 1.30 1.99 1.88 1.48 1.26

A5 2.05 0.58 1.32 0.40 1.25 2.04 1.67 1.30 1.20

A6 2.41 0.52 1.44 0.51 1.34 2.34 2.04 1.39 1.23

A7 2.06 0.57 1.27 0.46 1.18 2.05 1.78 1.24 1.11

A8 2.17 0.54 1.37 0.37 1.32 2.11 1.76 1.34 1.24

5

Summary of Air Monitoring Station

LOCATION PM 10,

g/m3

PM2.5,

g/m3

SO2,

g/m3

NO2,

g/m3

CO,

mg/m3

NH3,

g/m3

O3,

g/m3

A1 61.14 23.55 5.63 16.88 0.78 5.54 1.45

A2 68.17 27.50 6.44 19.79 0.95 6.33 1.68

A3 59.83 23.33 5.69 16.67 0.75 5.61 1.44

A4 58.50 21.88 5.37 15.44 0.74 5.32 1.40

A5 57.33 21.71 5.16 15.24 0.70 5.19 1.32

A6 59.21 22.63 5.37 16.21 0.78 5.18 1.44

A7 56.79 20.92 4.93 14.91 0.66 4.88 1.27

A8 58.29 22.17 5.32 15.67 0.71 5.18 1.37

ANNEXURE-7

Annexure-7

Soil Quality Analysis of Satish Sugars (TMT Division)

SL.

No Parameters Units

Project

Site-

North

Project

Site-

West

Project

Site-

East

Project

Site-

South

Kolhalli Gudalhatti Tukanhatti Musaguppi Arabhavi

1 pH - 8.1 8.63 8.1 7.9 7.9 8.1 8.1 7.8 7.8

2 Colour - Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

Reddish

Brown

3 Texture - Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

4 Bulk Density g/cc 1.14 1.89 1.98 1.73 1.36 1.19 1.21 1.09 1.34

5 Electrical

Conductivity µs/ cm 301 254 257 160.1 153.1 230 168.7 222 149.1

6 Magnesium as

Mg meq/L 6 10.2 5.6 11.2 12 18.2 10.2 11.2 19.6

7 Calcium as Ca meq/L 180 169.8 97 161 144 142.4 140.4 85 68

8 Sodium

Absorption Ratio - 0.89 0.39 1.18 0.37 0.89 1.93 0.43 1.91 1.11

9 Organic matter Percent 0.91 0.91 2.12 1.7 0.7 0.5 1.41 1.41 0.81

10 Sodium as Na mg/100gm 19.95 8.58 19.56 8.18 18.36 39.91 8.78 30.73 17.16

11 Organic Carbon Percent 0.83 1.52 1.7 0.38 0.41 0.8 0.82 1.4 1.47

12 Available

Potassium as K kg/ha 148 302.05 302.05 228.1 228.1 146 146 147.15 147.15

13 Available kg/ha 17.88 9.3 9.3 39.09 39.09 19.39 19.36 29.39 29.39

SL.

No Parameters Units

Project

Site-

North

Project

Site-

West

Project

Site-

East

Project

Site-

South


Phosphorus as

P2O5

14 Sand Percent 78.4 66.4 74.4 70.4 76.4 62.4 70.4 56.4 80.4

15 Available

Nitrogen as N kg/ha 297.77 356.18 393.38 216.08 225.15 229.29 229.29 418.27 263.68

16 Silt Percent 12 24 16 16 24 28 4 34 8

17 Clay Percent 9.6 9.6 9.6 13.6 7.6 9.6 25.6 9.6 11.6

18 Boron mg/100gm 3.22 1.11 3.86 3.12 1.06 3.18 2.85 4.23 2.11

19 Sulphur mg/100gm 0.8 0.9 1.21 4.3 4.3 0.8 0.71 0.69 0.6

20 Salinity mg/100gm 339 391 300 265 259 325 269 321 252

21 Porosity mg/100gm 43 44.24 28.77 30.17 51.63 53.17 51.79 54.33 48.65

22 Moisture mg/100gm 20.84 10.27 24.2 17.89 17.79 21.2 20.48 23.58 9.23

23 Cation exchange

capacity mg/100gm 17.18 13.88 17.35 13.88 17 15.44 13.71 15.96 15.62

24 Hexavalent

Chromium mg/100gm 0.07 0.1 0.11 0.12

Not

Detected

Not

Detected

Not

Detected 0.11 0.08

25 Total Chromium mg/kg 17.2 18.9 36.1 8.6 Not

Detected

Not

Detected

Not

Detected 24.8 16.4

26 Zinc mg/kg 0.68 0.23 0.23 0.91 0.95 0.68 0.68 0.06 0.06

27 Manganese ppm 1.44 4.24 4.24 2.98 2.95 1.17 1.17 1.55 1.6

28 Copper mg/kg 0.94 0.93 0.97 0.23 0.29 0.94 0.94 2.98 2.98

SL.

No Parameters Units

Project

Site-

North

Project

Site-

West

Project

Site-

East

Project

Site-

South


29 Iron ppm 225.4 0.85 0.79 0.54 172.43 0.26 0.26 0.33 0.33

30 Lead mg/kg Not

Detected

Not

Detected 3.1 1.1

Not

Detected 0.4 0.2 0.9 0.4

31 Nickel mg/kg 50 47 39.7 44.4 39.7 42.2 43.6 29.6 32

ANNEXURE-8

A B C D E1 pH - 06-Sep 6.5 to 8.5 6 to 8.5 7.85 8.13 7.19 7.89 8.022 Temperature °C - - - - - 25.3 26.5 27.1 25 28.23 Colour Hazen - - - - - <1 <1 <1 <1 <14 Dissolve Oxygen mg/L 6 5 4 4 - 6.3 6.8 6.3 5.9 6.55 BOD (3 Days@27°C) mg/L 2 3 3 - - 2.8 4.6 3.6 3.5 36 Chemical Oxygen Demond mg/L - - - - - 12 20 17.6 16 127 Turbidity NTU - - - - - 0.63 0.58 0.54 0.5 0.678 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm - - - - 2250 576 597 1006 691 6399 Total Suspended Solids mg/L - - - - - 6 2 Not detected Not detected Not detected10 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L - - - - - 437 478 844 490 48411 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L - - - - - 370 300 510 290 19012 Oil & Grease mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected13 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L - - - - - 100 190 300 170 17014 Anionic Detergents mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected15 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L - - - - - 1.4 1.12 1.4 1.68 1.9616 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L - - - - - 36 37.42 27.75 17.37 16.4117 Chloride as Cl mg/L - - - - - 68.96 64.05 88.68 73.91 83.7618 Sulphate as SO4 mg/L - - - - - 49.31 48.69 92.23 46.28 47.9119 Total Nitrogen mg/L - - - - - 38.64 40.16 29.71 20.18 19.420 Total kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L - - - - - 1.96 1.12 1.96 2.24 2.821 Potassium as K mg/L - - - - - 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.6 0.622 Calcium as Ca mg/L - - - - - 76 56 100 56 4023 Magnesium as Mg mg/L - - - - - 43.74 38.88 63.18 36.45 21.8724 Fluoride as F mg/L - - - - - 1.2 Not detected 1.72 0.6 Not detected25 Phenolic compounds mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected26 Manganese as Mn mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected27 Residual Free Chlorine mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected28 Silver as Ag mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected29 Lead as Pb mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected30 Arsenic as As mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected31 Cadmium as Cd mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected32 Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6 mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected33 Copper as Cu mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected

Annexure-8 Water quality analysis results

Surface Water quality analysis results

Ghataprabha riverHirehalla

6.5 & 8.5

Sl.No Parameters UnitGhataprabha

canal entry pointGhataprabha canal

inside factory Ghataprabha canal

exit pointWater Quality Criteria

34 Zinc as Zn mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected35 Iron as Fe mg/L - - - - - 0.46 0.07 0.43 0.39 0.0636 Mercury as Hg mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected37 Nitrite as NO2 mg/L - - - - - 0.6 0.5 Not detected 0.57 0.1838 Carbonates as CO3 mg/L - - - - - Not detected 40 Not detected Not detected Not detected39 Bicarbonates HCO3 mg/L - - - - - 100 150 300 170 17040 Sodium as Na mg/L - - - - - 27.6 28.4 45.6 26.4 26.441 Total Phosphate as PO4 mg/L - - - - - Not detected 0.022 Not detected Not detected 0.1842 Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) mg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected43 Total Colifrom MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 540 2800 480 470 54044 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml - - - - - 17 320 150 120 32045 E-Coli MPN/100ml - - - - - 6.8 12 17 20 12

46 Aldrin µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected47 Atrazine µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected48 Alachlor µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected49 Dieldrin µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected50 Alpha HCH µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected51 Beta HCH µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected52 Delta HCH µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected53 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected54 Butachlor µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected55 Chlorpyriphos µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected56 DDT & Isomers µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected57 DDE & Isomers µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected58 DDD & Isomers µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected59 Ethion µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected60 Endosulfan µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected61 Isoproturon µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected62 Malathion µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected63 Methyl parathion µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected64 Monocrotophos µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected65 Phorate µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected66 Lindane µg/L - - - - - Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected Not detected

Note: BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand

Total Pesticides

AL PL Project site Kalloli Vaderhalli Hunshal Talkatnal Arbhavi Beerangaddi Naganur1 pH - 6.5-8.5 NR 7.23 7.62 7.53 7.47 7.24 7.07 7.76 7.472 Temperature 00C 25.3 25.3 25.3 25.3 25.4 25.3 25.3 25.33 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 1103 1826 1113 721 1683 1296 453 11504 Total Dissolved Solids, Max mg/L 500 2000 894 1127 938 546 1345 1068 334 8905 Total Hardness as CaCO3 Max mg/L 200 600 340 480 540 380 550 400 230 1506 Alkalinity as CaCO3, Max mg/L 200 600 340 430 350 230 460 360 300 4307 Total Suspended solids mg/L 1 Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected8 Oil & Grease mg/L Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected9 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 45 NR 34.33 23.37 18.76 25.71 42.89 27.14 12.16 44.5610 Total Phosphate as PO4 mg/L Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected 0.062 Not Detected Not Detected11 Chloride as Cl-Max mg/L 250 1000 128.11 216.81 103.47 54.2 172.46 167.53 34.49 68.9612 Sulphate as SO4, Max mg/L 200 400 50.16 132.17 84.1 66.24 232.74 59.72 12.27 81.3813 Total Nitrogen mg/L 37.57 52.2 50.4 28.79 44.89 49.66 13.84 46.2414 Phenolic Compounds mg/L 0.001 0.002 Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected15 Sodium as Na mg/L 72 82 30.8 20 69.6 62.4 17.6 8016 Potassium as K mg/L 3.4 1.6 2.2 0.2 1.84 1.98 0.6 1.417 Calcium as Ca mg/L 75 200 64 96 112 60 112 76 68 4018 Magnesium as Mg mg/L 30 100 43.74 58.32 63.18 55.89 65.61 51.03 14.58 12.1519 Fluoride as F mg/L 1 1.5 0.55 0.6 0.47 0.76 0.5 0.49 0.34 Not Detected20 Silica mg/L 4.67 11.35 5.088 7.44 6.16 3.15 8.36 14.2721 Residual Sodium Carbonate meq/L Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected22 Silver as Ag mg/L 0.1 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected23 Lead as Pb mg/L 0.01 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected24 Arsenic as As mg/L 0.01 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected25 Cadmium as Cd mg/L 0.003 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected26 Total Chromium as Cr mg/L 0.05 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected27 Chromium Hexavalent as Cr+6 mg/L Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected28 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.05 1.5 Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected29 Zinc as Zn mg/L 5 15 Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected30 Iron as Fe mg/L 1 NR 0.07 0.06 0.92 1.05 0.67 0.07 0.43 0.8731 Mercury as Hg mg/L 0.001 NR Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected32 Nitrite as NO2 mg/L Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected33 Carbonate as CO3 mg/L 20 40 30 Not Detected 20 Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected34 Bicarbonate as HCO3 mg/L 320 390 320 230 440 360 300 43035 E-Coli MPN/100ml <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.836 Total Colifrom MPN/100ml 33 24 14 26 14 11 <1.8 1037 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8

Not specified

Not specified

Standards IS

Not specifiedNot specified

Not specified

Not specified


Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Sl.No

Ground Water quality analysis results


ResultsParameters Unit

ANNEXURE-9

1

Annexure-9

Results of Ecology & Biodiversity Studies

1. Flora in the Project site

Table 1: Checklist of Tress recorded in the project site.

Sl.

No Scientific Name Local Name Family

IUCN

Conservation

Status-2021

RET

Status USES

NO. of

Individuals

1 Acacia auriculiformis Benth. Kadu seege Fabaceae Least Concern Common Pulp wood 2120

2 Albizia odoratissima (L.F.) BENTH. Aenu baage Fabaceae Least Concern Common Edible and Medicinal 25

3 Araucaria columnaris (J.R. Forst.)

Hook.

Christmas

tree Araucariaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental 2

4 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Bevu Meliaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal, edible and

traditional 408

5 Borasus flabellifer L. Thale Gari Arecaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and Medicinal 1

6 Cassia fistula L. Kakke mara Fabaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental and

medicinal 4

7 Cassia javanica L. Burmese

Pink Cassia Fabaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental 5

8 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sarve mara Casuriniaceae Least Concern Common Fuel, erosion control,

and as a windbreak 1

9 Cocos nucifera L. Tengu Arecaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and Medicinal 167

10 Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D.

Hill & L. A. S. Johnson Nilagiri Myrtaceae Least Concern Common Timber 1614

11 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC. Agara Fabaceae Least Concern Common Timber 14

2

Sl.


IUCN

Conservation

Status-2021

RET

Status USES

NO. of

Individuals

12 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. May tree Fabaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental 132

13 Dypsis lutescens (H. Wendl.)

Beentje & J. Dransf.

Golden Cane

Palm Arecaceae

Near

Threatened Common

Medicinal and

Ornamental 24

14 Phyllanthus emblica L. Nelli Euphorbiaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal 11

15 Ficus benghalensis L. 1753 Aladamara Moraceae Not Assessed Common Edible and Medicinal 1

16 Ficus racemosa L. Attimara Moraceae least Concern Common Medicinal 8

17 Ficus religiosa L. Arali mara Moraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal and

Traditional 3

18 Gmelina arborea Roxb. ex Sm. Shivane Lamiaceae least Concern Common Medicinal 1

19 Grevillea robusta A. Cunn. ex R. Br. Silver oak Proteaceae least Concern Common Folk 23

20 Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.)

Planch. Tabsi mara Ulmaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal 7

21 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de

Wit [1] Chigurakku Fabaceae Not Assessed Common

Fodder, fuel wood and

medicinal 39

22 Mangifera indica L. Mavina mara Anacardiaceae Data Deficient Common Edible and Fuel wood 149

23 Manilkara zapota (L.) P. Royen Sapota Sapotaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal 37

24 Muntingia calabura L. Gasagase

Mara Muntingiaceae Not Assessed Common Edible 142

25 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) K.

Heyne

Bettada

hunise Caesalpiniaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and timber 62

26 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Seeme

hunase Fabaceae Least Concern Common

Edible, medicinal and

agroforestry 1

3

Sl.


IUCN

Conservation

Status-2021

RET

Status USES

NO. of

Individuals

27 Polyalthia longifolia Sonn. B. Xue &

R.M.K. Saunders Ashoka mara Annonaceae Not Assessed Common

Ornamental and

windbreak 226

28 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Honge Fabaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal 129

29 Prosopis cineraria (L.) DRUCE Banni mara Mimosaceae Not Assessed Common Timber and Traditional 1

30 Psidium guajava L. Balehannu Myrtaceae Least Concern Common Edible and Medicinal 10

31 Roystonea regia (Kunth) O.F. Cook Gaali mara Arecaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental 76

32 Samanea saman (JACQ.) MERR. Male mara Fabaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal 38

33 Simarouba glauca DC. Simaruba Simaroubaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal 17

34 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jambunerale Myrtaceae Least Concern Common Edible and Medicinal 6

35 Tabebuia argentea (Silva Manso)

Benth. & Hook.f. ex S. Moore Tabubia Bignoniaceae Not Assessed Common Ornamental 26

36 Tamarindus indica L. Hunase mara Fabaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal 132

37 Tectona grandis L.f. Tega Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Timber 272

38 Terminalia catappa L. Badami Combertaceae Least Concern Common Edible, medicinal and

Agroforestry 18

39 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex

Corrêa Gante mara Malvaceae Least Concern Common

Ornamental and

medicinal 4

40 Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H. Hurter &

Mabb Kari jali Fabaceae Least Concern Common Timber 3

41 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Kare hannu Rhamnaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal 3

Total 5962

4

Table 2: Girth class distribution of trees at project site.

Table 3: Basal area and Carbon sequestration potential of trees

Sl.No Scientific Name BA/H Total co2 in

tonnes

1 Acacia auriculiformis Benth. 0.2004865 82.4369

2 Albizia odoratissima (L.F.)BENTH. 0.0005217 0.2473

3 Araucaria columnaris (J.R.Forst.) Hook. 0.0090044 6.1835

4 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. 0.0139335 6.2798

5 Borasus flabellifer L. 0.0001331 0.0447

6 Cassia fistula L. 0.0527659 23.8878

7 Cassia javanica L. 0.0001566 0.0685

8 Casuarina equisetifolia L. 0.0002247 0.1066

9 Cocos nucifera L. 0.0005307 0.2322

10 Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K. D. Hill & L. A. S.

Johnson

0.0000721 0.0364

11 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC. 0.0632285 24.3444

12 Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. 0.2062492 119.2334

13 Dypsis lutescens (H.Wendl.) Beentje & J.Dransf. 0.0040432 2.2099

14 Phyllanthus emblicaL. 0.0412037 19.6709

15 Ficus benghalensis L. 1753 0.0014463 0.4219

16 Ficus racemosa L. 0.0008843 0.5057

17 Ficus religiosa L. 0.0004046 0.2360

18 Gmelina arborea Roxb. ex Sm. 0.0230936 19.5519

19 Grevillea robusta A. Cunn. ex R. Br. 0.0008898 0.4156

20 Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. 0.0001680 0.0735

21 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit[1] 0.0017778 0.5904

22 Mangifera indica L. 0.0019332 0.7970

23 Manilkara zapota (L.) P.Royen 0.0050921 2.3017

24 Muntingia calabura L. 0.0119979 5.0758

25 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) K.Heyne 0.0022124 0.8067

Sl. NO. Girth class Number of Individuals Percentage

1 0-30 93 1.56

2 30-60 4916 82.46

2 60-90 714 11.98

3 90-120 229 3.84

4 120-150 8 0.13

5 150 ABOVE 2 0.03

TOTAL 5962 100.0000

5

Sl.No Scientific Name BA/H Total co2 in

tonnes

26 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.)Benth. 0.0162276 6.4550

27 Polyalthia longifolia Sonn. B.Xue &

R.M.K.Saunders

0.0223883 10.9407

28 Pongamia pinnata (L.)Pierre 0.0004508 0.2170

29 Prosopis cineraria (L.) DRUCE 0.0175395 7.6481

30 Psidium guajava L. 0.0328834 14.6495

31 Roystonea regia (Kunth) O.F.Cook 0.0003609 0.1579

32 Samanea saman (JACQ.) MERR. 0.0006784 0.2704

33 Simarouba glauca DC. 0.0164313 7.8362

34 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels 0.0017439 0.3207

35 Tabebuia argentea (Silva Manso) Benth. &

Hook.f. ex S.Moore

0.0017374 0.7602

36 Tamarindus indica L. 0.0032988 1.4682

37 Tectona grandis L.f. 0.0254411 13.8004

38 Terminalia catappa L. 0.0260358 10.4425

39 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corrêa 0.0019612 0.7437

40 Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H.Hurter & Mabb 0.0003146 0.1193

41 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. 0.0002727 0.1094

Total 0.8102195 391.6978

6

Table 4: Checklist of Herbs, Shrubs and Climbers recorded at project site.

SI NO Scientific Name Local Name Family IUCN Conservation

Status-2021

RET

Status USES

Herbs

1 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Gidutingi Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

2 Acalypha racemosa WALL. Katmauli Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

3 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttaranee Amaranthacea Not Assessed Common Medicinal

4 Aerides rosea LINDL Drupadi pushpa Orchidaceae Not Assessed Common Ornamental

5 Ageratum conyzoides L. Ooralagida Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

6 Alternanthera pungens Kunth Mirjaa mullu Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

7 Amaranthus paniculatus L Rajgiri Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and

medicinal

8 Areca concinna Thwaites Adake Arecaceae Endangered Common Medicinal

9 Argemone mexicana L. Datthoori gida Papaveraceae Not Assessed Common Edible and

medicinal

10 Brachiaria ramosa (L.) Stapf

Bennakki hullu Poaceae Least Concern Common

Fodder and

agroforestry

11 Chloris barbata SW Sevaragu Poaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

12 Chromolaena odorata (L.) R. King & H.

Rob. Kamyunist kale Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

13 Coix barbata (J.Koenig) Veldkamp Manjutti Poaceae Not Assessed Common Edible & Medicinal

14 Colocasia esculenta (L.) SCHOTT Alavi Araceae Least Concern Common Edible and

medicinal

15 Croton bonplandianum Baill. Nela bedi soppu Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

16 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Ambate Poaceae Not Assessed Common Fodder &

Medicinal

17 Cyperus compactus RETZ. Sogate hullu Cyperaceae Least Concern Common -

7


Status-2021

RET

Status USES

18 Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd. Kadu ragi hullu Poaceae Not Assessed Common Fodder

19 Eclipta alba (L.) L. Ajaagara Asteraceae Least Concern Common Medicinal, Edible

20 Euphorbia granulata FORSK. ‎Achchedida Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

21 Euphorbia helioscopia L. ‎Kempuneneyakki Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

22 Euphorbia hirta L Acchacche gida, Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

23 Malvastrum coromandelianum (O.

Kuntze) S.R. Hill Sannabindige Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

24 Mimosa pudica L. Ganda kaali Fabaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal &

ornamental

25 Oxalis corniculata L. Changeri gida Oxalidaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

26 Sida acuta Burm. fil. Bheemanakaddi Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

27 Solanum nigrum L Kaagehannina

gida Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

28 Solanum viarum Dunal. Cikkasonde Solanaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

29 Tribulus terrestris L. govina mullu Zygophyllaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

30 Tridax procumbens L. Jayanthi Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

31 Triumfetta rhomboidea JACQ. Jattoate Tiliaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and

medicinal

Shrubs

1 Acanthocereus tetragonus (L.)

Hummenlinck Kalli gida Cactaceae Least Concern Common Edible

2 Bambusa vulgaris SCHRAD. Bamboo Poaceae Not Assessed Common Folk

3 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Bili ekkada gida Asclepiadaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal and

ornamental

4 Duranta goldiana L. Huchhu aelasi Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

5 Hamelia patens Jacq. Firebush Rubiaceae Least Concern Common Edible, medicinal

8


Status-2021

RET

Status USES

6 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Daasavaala, Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Ornamental and

medicinal

7 Lantana camara L. Beli gida Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal &

ornamental

8 Melanorrhoea usitata (Wall.) Ding Hou. Aragina mara Anacardiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal and

timber

9 Nerium oleander L. Ashva maaraka Apocynaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental and

medicinal

10 Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Tulasi Lamiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

11 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Congress gida Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

12 Ricinus communis L. Aralu Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

13 Solanum virginianum L. Chikka sonde Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

14 Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth Gante hoo Bignoniaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental

15 Trema orientalis (L.) Blume Bendu mara Cannabaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

16 Waltheria indica L. Nallabenda Malvaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

17 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Kare hannu Rhamnaceae Least Concern Common Edible and

medicinal

Climbers

1 Antigonon leptopus Hook. & Arn.[1] kempu hoo Polygonaceae Not Assessed Common Edible

2 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawl. bilichita bogari Convolvulaceae Not Assessed Common Edible & Medicinal

9

Table 5: Family-wise Floristic Diversity

Sl. No. Family Trees Shrubs Herbs Climbers

1 Amaranthaceae - - 3 -

2 Anacardiaceae 149 1 - -

3 Annonaceae 226 - - -

4 Apocynaceae - 1 - -

5 Araceae - - 1 -

6 Araucariaceae 2 - - -

7 Arecaceae 268 - 1 -

8 Asclepiadaceae - 1 - -

9 Asteraceae - 1 4 -

10 Bignoniaceae 26 1 - -

11 Cactaceae - 1 - -

12 Casuriniaceae 1 - - -

13 Combertaceae 18 - - -

14 Convolvulaceae - - - 1

15 Cyperaceae - - 1 -

16 Euphorbiaceae - 1 5 -

17 Fabaceae 2688 - 1 -

18 Lamiaceae - 1 - -

19 Malvaceae 4 2 3 -

20 Meliaceae 408 - - -

21 Mimosaceae 17 - - -

22 Moraceae 12 - - -

23 Muntingaceae 107 - - -

24 Myrtaceae 1630 - - -

25 Orchidaceae - - 1 -

26 Oxalidaceae - - 1 -

27 Papaveraceae - - 1 -

28 Phyllanthaceae 11 - - -

29 Poaceae - 1 5 -

30 Polygonaceae - - - 1

31 Proteaceae 23 - - -

32 Rhamnaceae 3 1 - -

33 Rubiaceae - 1 - -

33 Sapotaceae 37 - - -

34 Simaroubaceae 17 - - -

35 Solanaceae - 1 2 -

36 Sterculiaceae - - - -

37 Tiliaceae 35 - 1 -

38 Ulmaceae 7 1 - -

39 Verbenaceae 273 2 - -

40 Zygophyllaceae - - 1 -

Total 5962 17 31 2

10

Flora of the Existing Area

Amaranthus paniculatus L

16°14'28.39"N 74°53'15.69"E

Azadirachta indica A.Juss.

16°14'27.75"N 74°53'19.81"E

Acacia auriculiformis Benth.

16°14'30.04"N 74°53'13.43"E

Lantana camara L.

16°14'31.87"N 74°53'18.52"E

Tamarindus indica L.

16°14'47.15"N 74°53'26.59"E

Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf.

16°14'27.02"N 74°53'17.52"E

Hamelia patens Jacq., 1763

16°14'29.43"N 74°53'20.31"E

Cocos nucifera L.

16°14'35.96"N 74°53'52.04"E

11

2. Flora in the Study area

Table 6: Checklist of Tress recorded in the Study Area

Sl. no Scientific Name Local Name Family IUCN Conservation

Status-2021

RET

Status USES Number

1 Albizia lebbeck (L.)Benth. Baage Fabaceae Least Concern Common Timber 16

2 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Bevu Meliaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal, edible and

traditional 17

3 Cocos nucifera L. Tengu Arecaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and Medicinal 59

4 Eucalyptus globulus Labill Nilagiri Myrtaceae Least Concern - Medicinal 9

5 Ficus religiosa L. Arali mara Moraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal and

Traditional 1

6 Mangifera indica L. Mavu Anacardiaceae Data Deficient Common Edible and Fuel wood 9

7 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Ballari jaali Fabaceae Not Assessed - Fuel wood 1

8 Senna siamea (Lam.) H.S.Irwin &

Barneby Simetangedi Fabaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal 2

9 Tamarindus indica L. Hunase mara Fabaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal 30

10 Tectona grandis L.f. Tega Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Timber 22

11 Terminalia catappa L. Badami Combertaceae Least Concern Common Edible, medicinal and

Agroforestry 4

12 Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H.Hurter &

Mabb Kari jali Fabaceae Least Concern Common Timber 21

TOTAL 191

12

Table 7: Girth class distribution of trees in the Study area

Sl. No Girth

class

Number of individual Percentage

1 0-30 3 1.57

2 30-60 71 37.17

3 60-90 76 39.79

4 90-120 38 19.90

5 120-150 2 1.05

6 150-180 0 0.00

7 180-210 1 0.52

Total 191 100.00

Table 8: Basal area and Carbon sequestration potential of Tree Species

Sl.No Scientific Name Basal Area (m2/Ha) Total CO2 in

tonnes

1 Albizia lebbeck (L.)Benth. 1.00 2.82

2 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. 0.38 0.79

3 Cocos nucifera L. 3.67 8.53

4 Eucalyptus globulus Labill 0.17 0.35

5 Ficus religiosa L. 0.05 0.15

6 Mangifera indica L. 0.71 2.33

7 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. 0.01 0.03

8 Senna siamea (Lam.) H.S.Irwin & Barneby 0.07 0.14

9 Tamarindus indica L. 0.81 2.30

10 Tectona grandis L.f. 0.51 1.17

11 Terminalia catappa L. 0.06 0.09

12 Vachellia nilotica (L.) P.J.H.Hurter & Mabb 0.96 2.94

Total 8.40 21.64

13

Table 9: Phyto-sociological parameters of Trees in the Study Area.

Sl.No Scientific Name Number Occurrence Density Frequency BA(m2/Ha) Do RD Rdo RF IVI

1 Albizia lebbeck (L.)Benth. 16 1 1.78 11.11 0.11 0.12 8.38 11.91 3.03 23.31

2 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. 17 2 1.89 22.22 0.04 0.05 8.90 4.50 6.06 19.46

3 Cocos nucifera L. 59 6 6.56 66.67 0.41 0.44 30.89 43.72 18.18 92.79

4 Eucalyptus globulus Labill 9 3 1.00 33.33 0.02 0.02 4.71 2.02 9.09 15.82

5 Ficus religiosa L. 1 1 0.11 11.11 0.01 0.01 0.52 0.65 3.03 4.21

6 Mangifera indica L. 9 4 1.00 44.44 0.08 0.08 4.71 8.41 12.12 25.24

7 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. 1 1 0.11 11.11 0.00 0.00 0.52 0.14 3.03 3.69

8 Senna siamea (Lam.)

H.S.Irwin & Barneby 2 1 0.22 11.11 0.01 0.01 1.05 0.85 3.03 4.93

9 Tamarindus indica L. 30 5 3.33 55.56 0.09 0.10 15.71 9.68 15.15 40.54

10 Tectona grandis L.f. 22 2 2.44 22.22 0.06 0.06 11.52 6.04 6.06 23.62

11 Terminalia catappa L. 4 1 0.44 11.11 0.01 0.01 2.09 0.69 3.03 5.81

12 Vachellia nilotica (L.)

P.J.H.Hurter & Mabb 21 6 2.33 66.67 0.11 0.11 10.99 11.40 18.18 40.58

Total 191 33 21.22 366.67 0.93 1 100 100 100 300

Note: DO= Dominance, BA= Basal area, RD=Relative Density, RF= Relative Frequency, RDO= Relative dominance and IVI= Importance value

index.

15

Table 10: Checklist of Herbs, Shrubs and Climbers recorded in the Study Area

Sl. No Scientific Name Local name Family

IUCN

Conservation

status, 2021

RET

Status Uses

Herbs

1 Abutilon hirtum (Lam.) Sweet Tutti Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Edible, medicinal

2 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Gidutingi Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

3 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttaranee Amaranthacea Not Assessed Common Medicinal

4 Agave americana L. Kantala Asparagaceae Least Concern Common Edible, medicinal

5 Alternanthera pungens Kunth Mirjaa mullu Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

6 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex DC. Honganne Amaranthaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

7 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) (L.) R.Br. ex DC. honagone soppu Amaranthaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

8 Amaranthus paniculatus L Rajgiri Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal

9 Amaranthus spinosus L. ‎Mulluharivesoppu Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

10 Amaranthus viridis L. Mulluharive Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

11 Asclepias curassavica L. Hole chadaranga Asclepiadaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

12 Chloris barbata SW Sevaragu Poaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

13 Chloris virgata SW feather windmillgrass Poaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

14 Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M. King & H. Rob. Kamyunist kale Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

15 Chrozophora rottleri (Geiseler) Spreng. Lingamenasu Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

16 Crotalaria pallida Aiton Gulagitche Fabaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

17 Croton bonplandianum Baill. Nela bedi soppu Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

18 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Ambate Poaceae Not Assessed Common Fodder & Medicinal

19 Cyperus compressus L. Usumani hullu Cyperaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

20 Cyperus rotundus L. Kornari gadde Cyperaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

16


IUCN

Conservation

status, 2021

RET

Status Uses

21 Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Stapf Kanda Bathhada Hullu Poaceae Not Assessed Common Fodder

22 Erigeron bonariensis L. - Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

23 Euphorbia hirta L Acchacche gida, Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

24 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. Ganga thulasi Lamiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

25 Mitracarpus hirtus (L.) DC. - Rubiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

26 Ocimum basilicum L. Kaama kasturi Lamiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

27 Ocimum sanctum L. Tulasi Lamiaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal

28 Oxalis corniculata L. Changeri gida Oxalidaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

29 Phyllanthus niruri SCHUM. & THENN. Nela nelli Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

30 Physalis minima L. Bandula Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

31 Senna tora (L.) Roxb. Tagache Fabaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

32 Sida acuta Burm. fil. Bheemanakaddi Malvaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

33 Solanum nigrum L Kaagehannina gida Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

34 Solanum torvum Swartz Kaada kallatti Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

35 Solanum xanthocarpum Schrad & Wendl Kantakari Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal

36 Tephrosia barbatala Bosman & de Haas ‎Empali Fabaceae Data Deficient Common Medicinal

37 Tribulus terrestris L. govina mullu Zygophyllaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

38 Tridax procumbens L. Jayanthi Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

39 Typha angustata BORY Aane jondu Typhaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal

40 Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. Kaadu hoge soppu Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

41 Xanthium strumarium L. Maralumathi Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

Shrubs

17


IUCN

Conservation

status, 2021

RET

Status Uses

1 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttaranee Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

2 Amaranthus spinosus L. ‎Mulluharivesoppu Amaranthaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

3 Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Bili ekkada gida Asclepiadaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal and

ornamental

4 Calotropis procera R.BR. Bili aekka Asclepiadaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

5 Cassia auriculata L. Aavarike Caesalpiniaceae Not Assessed Common Edible and medicinal

6 Cassia occidentalis L. Link Anesogate Caesalpiniaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental

7 Cymbopogon nardus (L.) Rendle Citronella hullu Poaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal &

ornamental

8 Datura metel L. Dhattura Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

9 Duranta repens L. Huchhu aelasi Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

10 Euphorbia milii Des Moul. Crown of thorns Euphorbiaceae Least Concern Common Ornamental and

Pesticide

11 Grewia asiatica L. Buttiyudippe Malvaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal

12 Helicteres isora L Yadamuri STERCULIACEAE Not Assessed Common Medicinal

13 Lantana camara L. Beli gida Verbenaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal &

ornamental

14 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Congress gida Asteraceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

15 Phyllanthus reticulatus POIR Cippulimullu Phyllanthaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

16 Ricinus communis L. Aralu Euphorbiaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

17 Senna auriculata (L.)Roxb. Tangadi Fabaceae Not Assessed Common Ornamental &

Medicinal

18


IUCN

Conservation

status, 2021

RET

Status Uses

18 Solanum torvum Swartz Kaada kallatti Solanaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

19 Stachytarpheta indica (L.) Vahl Kaadu uttaraani Verbenaceae Least Concern Common Edible and medicinal

20 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers.

var. paucifolia Warb.

‎Empali Fabaceae Not Assessed Commom Medicinal

Climber

1 Cardiospermum halicacabum L. ‎Agnibali Sapindaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

2 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Tonde Kayi Cucurbitaceae Not Assessed Common Edible

3 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Aadama balli Menispermaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

4 Cryptolepis buchananii ROEMER Karanta Periplocaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

5 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker Gawler Bilichita bogari Convolvulaceae Not Assessed Common Edible & Medicinal

6 Ipomoea tridentata (L.) Ilikivi soppu Convolvulaceae Not Assessed Common Medicinal

7 Pergularia daemia (Forssk.) Chiov. Baelaparthi Apocynaceae Least Concern Common Medicinal

Table 11: Family-wise Floristic Diversity in the Study Area

Sl. No. Family Trees Shrubs Herbs Climbers

1 Amaranthaceae 9 2 7

2 Anacardiaceae - - - -

3 Apocynaceae 1

4 Arecaceae 59 - - -

5 Asclepiadaceae 2 1

6 Asparagaceae - - 1 -

7 Asteraceae 1 5

19

8 Caesalpiniaceae - 2 1 -

9 Combertaceae 4

10 Convolvulaceae - - - 2

11 Cucurbitaceae 1

12 Cyperaceae - - 2 -

13 Euphorbiaceae 2 4

14 Fabaceae 70 2 2 -

15 Lamiaceae 3

16 Malvaceae - 2 3 -

17 Meliaceae 17

18 Menispermaceae - - - 1

19 Moraceae 1

20 Myrtaceae 9 - - -

21 Oxalidaceae 1

22 Periplocaceae - - - 1

23 Phyllanthaceae 1

24 Poaceae - 1 4 -

25 Rubiaceae 1

26 Sapindaceae - - - 1

27 Solanaceae 2 4

28 Typhaceae - - 1 --

29 Verbenaceae 22 3

30 Zygophyllaceae - - 1 -

Total 191 20 41 7

20

Flora of the Study Area

Cocos nucifera L. at Rajapur

16°17'18.48"N 74°49'49.58"E

Mangifera indica L. at Beeranagdi village

16°13'49.26"N 74°53'26.16"E

Terminalia catappa L. at Dharmatti

16°17'46.82"N 74°56'49.49"E

Euphorbia milii Des Moul at Beeranagdi

16°13'50.34"N 74°53'28.53"E

Ocimum sanctum L. at Nagnuru

16°18'26.16"N 74°55'21.51"E

Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Dharmatti

16°17'48.51"N 74°56'44.53"E

Xanthium strumarium L. at Dharmatti

16°17'46.77"N 74°56'50.47"E

Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet at Nagnuru

16°18'25.48"N 74°55'21.50"E

21

3. Faunal Diversity in the Project Site

Table 12: Checklist of birds in the Project Site

Sl.

No. Common Name Scientific Name Family

IUCN Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A,

1972

Schedule

Migratory

Status Number

1 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis (Sykes, 1832) Cisticolidae Least Concern IV R 2

2 Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus (Linnaeus,

1758) Cuculidae Least Concern IV R 1

3 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus (Vieillot, 1817) Dicruridae Least Concern IV R 4

4 Black Kite Milvus migrans (Boddaert, 1783) Accipitridae Least Concern I R 7

5 Brahminy kite Haliastur indus (Boddaert, 1783) Accipitridae Least Concern I R 2

6 Common iora Aegithina tiphia Linnaeus, 1758 Aegithinidae Least Concern IV R 2

7 Grey heron Ardea cinerea (Linnaeus, 1758) Ardeidae Least Concern IV RM 2

8 Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis (Stephens,

1826) Phalacrocoracidae Least Concern IV RM 1

9 Indian grey hornbill Ocyceros birostris (Scopoli, 1786) Bucerotidae Least Concern I R 1

10 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus (Linnaeus, 1758) Phasianidae Least Concern I R 14

11 Indian Pond heron Ardeola grayii (Sykes, 1832) Ardeidae Least Concern IV R 5

12 Intermediate Egret Ardea intermedia (Wagler, 1829) Ardeidae Least Concern IV RM 4

13 Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach (Linnaeus, 1758) Laniidae Least Concern - R 6

14 Red vented BulBul Pycnonotus cafer (Linnaeus, 1766) Pycnonotidae Least Concern IV R 10

15 Red Wattled

Lapwing Vanellus indicus Boddaert, 1783 Charadriidae Least Concern IV R 5

16 Red-whiskered Pycnonotus jocosus (Linnaeus, 1758) Pycnonotidae Least Concern IV R 15

22

Sl.


IUCN Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A,

1972

Schedule

Migratory

Status Number

bulbul

17 River tern Sterna aurantia (Gray, 1831) Laridae Vulnerable IV R 3

18 Rock Dove Columba livia (Gmelin, 1789) Columbidae Least Concern IV R 8

19 shikra Accipiter badius (Gmelin, 1788) Accipitridae Least Concern I R 1

20 Small Bee- eater Merops orientalis (Latham, 1802) Meropidae Least Concern IV R 9

21 White Wagtail Motacilla alba (Linnaeus, 1758) Motacillidae Least Concern IV RM 8

22 White-breasted

Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis (Linnaeus, 1758) Alcedinidae Least Concern IV R 3

23 White-browed

wagtail

Motacilla maderaspatensis (Gmelin,

1789) Motacillidae Least Concern IV R 2

24 Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii (Leach, 1818) Hirundinidae Least Concern - R 18

25 Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava (Linnaeus, 1758) Motacillidae Least Concern IV RM 2

Total 135

Note: Species recorded by EHSCPL Team; WL(P)A- Wildlife (Protection) Act., R=Resident and M= Migrant.

23

Avifaunal Diversity in the Project Site

River tern

Project site

16°14'30.34"N 74°53'13.00"E

White breasted Kingfisher

Project site

16°14'27.56"N 74°53'19.24"E

Grey Hornbill

Project site

16°14'27.92"N 74°53'56.35"E

Grey heron

Project site

16°14'36.84"N 74°53'55.00"E

Little bee eater

Project site

16°14'41.42"N 74°53'27.50"E

Common iora

Project site

16°14'47.74"N 74°53'27.71"E

24

Black Drongo

Project site

16°14'31.09"N 74°53'43.79"E

Median egret

Project site

16°14'26.42"N 74°53'24.15"E

Red vented bulbul

Project site

16°14'34.53"N 74°53'39.65"E

Long tailed shrike

Project site

16°14'33.54"N 74°53'56.46"E

Yellow wagtail;

Project site

16°14'35.68"N 74°53'46.77"E

Ashy prinia

Project site

16°14'55.17"N 74°53'21.35"E

25

Table 13: Checklist of Butterfly recorded at project site

Sl.

No.

Common Name Scientific Name Family IUCN Conservation

status, 2021

W(P)A, 1972

Schedule

Number

1 Small Grass Yellow/Broad-

bordered Grass Yellow

Eurema brigitta (Stoll, 1780) Pieridae Least Concern - 8

2 Great eggfly Hypolimnas bolina (Linnaeus, 1758) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 3

3 Common Crow Euploea core (Cramer, 1780) Nymphalidae Least Concern Sch I (Part IV) 7

4 Common grass yellow Eurema hecabe (Linnaeus, 1758) Pieridae Not Assessed - 5

5 Dark evening brown Melanitis phedima (Cramer, 1780) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 1

6 Crimson rose Pachliopta hector (Linnaeus, 1758) Papilionidae Least Concern Sch I (Part IV) 6

7 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus (Linnaeus, 1758) Nymphalidae Least Concern - 2

8 Danid Eggfly Hypolimnas misippus (Linnaeus, 1764) Nymphalidae Least Concern Sch I (Part IV) 3

Total 35

26

Butterfly diversity in the Project Site

Danid Eggfly

Project site

16°14'47.74"N 74°53'27.71"E

Common Crow

Project site

16°14'34.53"N 74°53'39.65"E

Common grass yellow

Project site

16°14'30.21"N 74°53'20.21"E

Crimson rose

Project site

16°14'27.46"N 74°53'21.31"E

Plain Tiger

Project site

16°14'34.71"N 74°53'34.97"E

Small Grass Yellow

Project site

16°14'46.45"N 74°53'25.13"E

27

Table 14: Family Wise Distribution birds and butterflies

Sl. No. Family Birds Butterfly

1 Accipitridae 3 -

2 Aegithinidae 1 -

3 Alcedinidae 1 -

4 Ardeidae 3 -

5 Bucerotidae 1 -

6 Charadriidae 1 -

7 Cisticolidae 1 -

8 Columbidae 1 -

9 Cuculidae 1 -

10 Dicruridae 1 -

11 Hirundinidae 1 -

12 Laniidae 1 -

13 Laridae 1 -

14 Meropidae 1 -

15 Motacillidae 3 -

16 Nymphalidae - 5

17 Papilionidae - 1

18 Phalacrocoracidae 1 -

19 Phasianidae 1 -

20 Pieridae - 2

21 Pycnonotidae 2 -

Total 25 8

15. Amphibians, Reptiles, Mammals recorded in the Project Site

Sl.

No

Common

Name

Scientific

Name

Family IUCN

Conservatio

n status,

2020

WL(P)A,

1972

Schedul

e

Number

No Amphibians, Reptiles, Mammals were noticed during our Field Survey

28

Faunal diversity in the Study Area

Table 16: Checklist of birds recorded in the Study Area

Sl.


IUCN

Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A, 1972

Schedule

Migratory

Status

Numbe

r

1 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis (Sykes, 1832) Cisticolidae Least Concern IV R 11

2 Asian palm swift Cypsiurus balasiensis (Gray, 1829) Apodidae Least Concern IV R 6

3 Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus (Linnaeus, 1766) Ploceidae Least Concern IV R 1

4 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus (Vieillot, 1817) Dicruridae Least Concern IV R 12

5 Black headed

munia Lonchura atricapilla (Vieillot, 1807) Estrildidae Least Concern IV R 4

6 Common babbler Argya caudata (Dumont, 1823) Leiothrichidae Least Concern IV R 1

7 Common Hoopoe Upupa epops (Linnaeus, 1758) Upupidae Least Concern IV RM 1

8 Common Moorhen Gallinula chloropus (Linnaeus, 1758) Rallidae Least Concern IV RM 1

9 Common

sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Linnaeus, 1758 Scolopacidae Least Concern IV RM 4

10 Coppersmith

barbet

Psilopogon haemacephalus (Müller,

1776) Megalaimidae Least Concern IV R 4

11 Eurasian Collared

Dove

Streptopelia decaocto (Frivaldszky,

1838) Columbidae Least Concern IV R 5

12 Great Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo Linnaeus, 1758 Phalacrocoracidae Least Concern IV RM 1

13 Greater coucal Centropus sinensis (Stephens, 1815) Cuculidae Least Concern IV R 6

14 Grey heron Ardea cinerea (Linnaeus, 1758) Ardeidae Least Concern IV RM 3

15 House Crow Corvus splendens (Vieillot, 1817) Corvidae Least Concern V R 15

16 House Sparrow Passer domesticus (Linnaeus, 1758) Passeridae Least Concern IV R 9

29

Sl.


IUCN

Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A, 1972

Schedule

Migratory

Status

Numbe

r

17 House Swallow Hirundo javanica (Sparrman, 1789) Hirundinidae Least Concern - R 13

18 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus (Linnaeus, 1758) Phasianidae Least Concern I R 12

19 Indian Pond heron Ardeola grayii Sykes, 1832 Ardeidae Least Concern IV R 5

20 Indian robin Copsychus fulicatus (Linnaeus, 1766) Muscicapidae Not assessed IV R 5

22 Intermediate/Medi

an egret Ardea intermedia Wagler, 1829 Ardeidae Least Concern IV RM 15

23 Jungle Prinia Prinia sylvatica (Jerdon, 1840) Cisticolidae Least Concern IV R 3

24 Large Grey Babbler Argya malcolmi (Sykes, 1832) Leiotrichidae Least Concern IV R 5

25 Laughing Dove Spilopelia senegalensis (Linnaeus,

1766) Columbidae Least Concern IV R 6

26 Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach (Linnaeus, 1758) Laniidae Least Concern - R 3

27 Oriental Magpie-

robin Copsychus saularis (Linnaeus, 1758) Muscicapidae Least Concern IV - 8

28 Paddy field pipit Anthus rufulus Vieillot, 1818 Motacillidae Least Concern IV R 2

29 Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata (Linnaeus, 1766) Muscicapidae Least Concern IV R 4

30 Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus (Latham, 1790) Nectariniidae Least Concern IV R 2

31 Red Avadavat Amandava amandava (Linnaeus, 1758) Estrildidae Least Concern IV R 4

32 Red collared dove Streptopelia tranquebarica (Hermann,

1804) Columbidae Least Concern IV - 1

33 Red vented BulBul Pycnonotus cafer (Linnaeus, 1766) Pycnonotidae Least Concern IV R 12

34 Red Wattled

Lapwing Vanellus indicus Boddaert, 1783 Charadriidae Least Concern IV R 3

30

Sl.


IUCN

Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A, 1972

Schedule

Migratory

Status

Numbe

r

35 Red-whiskered

bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus (Linnaeus, 1758) Pycnonotidae Least Concern IV R 4

36 River tern Sterna aurantia (Gray, 1831) Laridae vulnerable IV R 10

37 Rock Dove Columba livia (Gmelin, 1789) Columbidae Least Concern IV R 8

38 Rose ringed

parakeet Psittacula krameri (Scopoli, 1769) Psittacidae Least Concern IV R 8

39 Scaly-breasted

Munia Lonchura punctulata (Linnaeus, 1758) Estrildidae Least Concern IV R 24

40 Small Bee- eater Merops orientalis (Latham, 1802) Meropidae Least Concern IV R 16

41 Small Minivet Pericrocotus cinnamomeus (Linnaeus,

1766) Campephagidae Least Concern IV R 5

42 White-breasted

Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis (Linnaeus, 1758) Alcedinidae Least Concern IV R 9

43 White-browed

wagtail

Motacilla maderaspatensis (Gmelin,

1789) Motacillidae Least Concern IV R 3

44 White-cheeked

barbet Psilopogon viridis (Boddaert, 1783) Megalaimidae Least Concern IV R 2

45 Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava (Linnaeus, 1758) Motacillidae Least Concern IV RM 5

46 Yellow-wattled

lapwing Vanellus malabaricus (Boddaert, 1783) Charadriidae Least Concern IV R 2

Total 283

Note: Species recorded by EHSCPL Team; WL (P)A- Wildlife (Protection) Act., R=Resident and M= Migrant.

31

Avi-faunal diversity in the Study Area

Yellow wagtail

Beeranagdi village

16°13'52.46"N 74°53'25.10"E

Small Bee-eater

Dharmatti

16°17'39.48"N 74°56'51.53"E

Red whiskered bulbul

Dharmatti

16°17'52.76"N 74°56'53.65"E

White wagtail

Gokak Irrigation canal

16°14'36.87"N 74°54'44.65"E

Red wattled lapwing

Phulgudi

16°14'49.06"N 74°57'23.87"E

Laughing dove

Phulgudi

16°14'19.44"N 74°57'2.72"E

32

Yellow wagtail

Phulgudi

16°14'20.99"N 74°57'17.99"E

Pied bushchat

Phulgudi

16°14'41.55"N 74°57'1.78"E

Red avadavat

Rajapur

16°17'18.83"N 74°49'45.93"E

Common sand piper

Rajapur

16°17'23.33"N 74°49'43.17"E

Rose ringed Parakeet

Rajapur

16°17'17.84"N 74°49'50.71"E

Coppersmith barbet

Rajapur

16°17'23.36"N 74°49'51.15"E

33

Table 17: Checklist of Butterfly recorded in the Study Area

Sl.

No.

Common

Name Scientific Name Family

IUCN

Conservation

Status, 2021

WL(P)A,

1972

Schedule

No

1 Chocolate

pansy

Junonia iphita

(Cramer, 1779) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 3

2 Common

Grass Yellow

Eurema

hecabe (Linnaeus, 1758) ‎Pieridae Not Assessed - 5

3 Dark evening

brown

Melanitis phedima

(Cramer, 1780) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 4

4 Large Three

Ring

Ypthima nareda (Kollar,

1844) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 2

5 Lemon pansy Junonia lemonias

(Linnaeus, 1758) Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 1

6 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus

(Linnaeus, 1758) Nymphalidae Least Concern - 5

7 Small Grass

Yellow

Eurema brigitta (Stoll,

[1780]) Pieridae Least Concern - 3

8 Tailed jay Graphium Agamemnon

(Linnaeus, 1758) Papilionidae Not Assessed - 2

9 Tawny coster

Acraea

terpsicore (Linnaeus,

1758)

Nymphalidae Not Assessed - 4

10 Yellow Pansy Junonia hierta (Fabricius,

1798) Nymphalidae Least Concern - 1

Total 30

Butterflies diversity in the Study Area

Lemon pansy at Sangankeri

16°14'4.91"N 74°52'1.40"E

Plain Tiger at Beeranagdi village

16°14'4.25"N 74°53'29.53"E

34

Small Grass Yellow

Dharmatti

16°18'0.34"N 74°56'18.83"E

Tailed jay

Gokak irrigation canal

16°14'51.97"N 74°54'53.87"E

Chocolate pansy

Dharmatti

16°17'32.63"N 74°57'13.26"E

Dark evening brown

Rajapura

16°16'54.08"N 74°49'50.91"E

Table 18: Family wise birds and butterflies recorded in the Study Area

Sl. No. Family Birds Butterfly’s

1 Alcedinidae 5 -

2 Apodidae 1 -

3 Ardeidae 7 -

4 Campephagidae 1 -

5 Charadriidae 2 -

6 Cisticolidae 6 -

7 Columbidae 7 -

8 Corvidae 1 -

9 Cuculidae 5 -

10 Dicruridae 3 -

11 Estrildidae 3 -

12 Hirundinidae 3 -

13 Laniidae 2 -

14 Laridae 1 -

35

15 Leiothrichidae 2 -

16 Megalaimidae 2 -

17 Meropidae 5 -

18 Motacillidae 3 -

19 Muscicapidae 7 -

20 Nectariniidae 2 -

21 Nymphalidae - 7

22 Papilionidae - 1

23 Passeridae 1 -

24 Phalacrocoracidae 2 -

25 Phasianidae 1 -

26 ‎Pieridae - 3

27 Ploceidae 1 -

28 Psittacidae 1 -

29 Pycnonotidae 5 -

30 Rallidae 1 -

31 Scolopacidae 1 -

32 Upupidae 1 -

Total 82 11

19. Mammals recorded at study area

Sl.


IUCN

Conserva

tion

status,

2021

W(P)A,

1972

Schedule

No.

1 Northern plains

gray langur

Semnopithecus entellus

(Dufresne, 1797) Cercopithecidae

Least

Concern II 6

Mammals at Study Area

Grey langur located at Phulgudi

16°14'56.30"N 74°57'31.59"E

36

Field Survey

GBH Measurement at Project Site

Plant Identification

Project site

GBH Measurement

Beeranagaddi village

16°13'49.66"N 74°53'27.86"E

Tree Identification

Rajapur

16°17'21.17"N 74°49'51.14"E

Bird Watching

Sangankere

16°14'25.66"N 74°50'49.45"E

ANNEXURE-10

Annexure-10

Focus Group Discussion format

ANNEXURE-11

Annexure-11

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROFORMA

Sl.No. Date:

Name Department: Age Duration of Service Sex Employee No

PERSONAL HISTORY

Diet Blood group Allergy

SMOKING ALCOHOL TOBACCO CHEWING

Quantity Duration

Type Presenting complaints:

Past History:

Family History: (Father, Mother,

Siblings)

GENERAL PHYSICAL EXAMINATION

DEFECTS/DISABILITY:

HEIGHT WEIGHT (KG)

BP

INSPIRATION/EXPIRA

TION

PULSE RATE BODY MASS INDEX

TUNING FORK TEST:

ORAL CAVITY:

LYMPH NODES:

PALLOR:

VISUAL ACUITY

DISTANT VISION NEAR

VISION COLOUR VISION

CORRECTIONS

RIGHT LEFT

SYSTEMIC EXAMINATION

RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

CARDIO - VASCULAR SYSTEM

CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM

ABDOMEN

SKIN

LUNG FUNCTION TEST - Spirometry

AUDIOMETRY

ELECTRO CARDIOGRAM (ECG)

CHEST X-RAY IMPRESSION

Lab Investigation Blood HB%

URINE Sugar/Albimun

Annexure 9B

FORM No. 16

HEALTH REGISTER

Name of the Factory : Address :

Sl. N

o

Dep

artm

ent/W

orks

Nam

e of

Wor

ker

Sex

Age

(at l

ast b

irth

day)

Dat

e of

em

ploy

men

t on

pres

ent

wor

k

Dat

e of

leav

ing

or tr

ansf

er to

ot

her w

ork-

with

reas

ons f

or

disc

harg

e or

tran

sfer

Nat

ure

of jo

b or

occ

upat

ion

Raw

mat

eria

ls p

rodu

cts o

r by-

prod

ucts

like

ly to

be

expo

sed

Dates of medical examination and the

results thereof

Sign

s and

sym

ptom

s obs

erve

d du

ring

exam

inat

ion

Nat

ure

of te

sts a

nd re

sults

ther

eof

If d

ecla

red

unfit

for w

ork,

stat

e pe

riod

of su

spen

sion

with

reas

ons

in d

etai

l

Whe

ther

cer

tific

ate

of u

nfitn

ess

issu

ed to

the

wor

ker

Re-

certi

fied

fit to

resu

me

duty

on

Sign

atur

e of

the

Cer

tifyi

ng

Surg

eon

with

dat

e

Dates Results

Fit or Unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

ANNEXURE-12

ANNEXURE-13

�

SATISH SUGARS LIMITED Growing With Farmers

P. Box No. 01, Gokak, Sangankeri-Yadwad Road, HUNSHYAL P.G. Tq. Gokak. Dist. Belgaum. Karnataka-591 224.Ph.: +91-8332-221100 Fax: +91-8332-221122. e-mail: [email protected] CIN - U15421KA2000PLC026920 GSTIN: 29AAKCS3093E1Z3

Ref: SSL/ADMIN/2021-22/

To,

The Executive Engineer

Karnataka Niravari Nigam Limited

GLBC, Division No.01

GHATAPRABHA

Sub: Payment of Water Royalty reg.

Re: Government Order No.WTD/71/NIN/05 Bangalore 27.06.2006

Sir,

Date.21.06.2021

With reference to the above sub)ect, we have made the payment of Rs.37,800/- through NEFT to

your Account maintained at State Bank of India, Hukkeri Branch vide UTR No.lDIBH21165479574

on 14.06.2021 towards Water Royalty for the period from 27.06.2021 to 26.06.2022.

Kindly confirm and acknowledge the receipt.

Thanking you,

website : www.satishsugars.com ·

Annexure-13

**TRANSLATED COPY**

Agreement Letter on Industrial activity purpose for the year of 2007-08

Subject : Agreement Letter towards water utilization by M/s Satish Sugars Limited, Hunshyal P.G, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi Dist from 2007-08 to 2016-17 towards industrial activity purpose.

1) Government Order W.R D-18/NIN-2017/Bengaluru dated 27.07.2017.2) Letter from Chief Engineer, KNNL Irrigation (North), Belagavi vide No:

CEN/PLH/M/s Satish Sugars / 2017-18/3697 dated 08.08.20173) Reply Letter from Superintending Engineer, KNNL, JLBC Circle,

Jamakandi vide No:KNN/GBC/ DB-1/2017-18/1617 dated 18.08.2017

Agreement Letter on Industrial activity purpose for the year of 2007-17

On behalf of Managing Director, Karnataka Neeravari Nigam Limited (KNNL), Bangalore, Executive Engineer, GLBC Control Division No.1, Ghataprabha have entered into an Agreeement for the post event with Administrative Officer, M/s Satish Sugars Limited, Hunshyal P. G, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi Dist, from the year 2007-08 to year of 2016-17 as below.

I, Administrative Officer of M/s Satish Sugars Limited, Hunshyal P.G, Gokak Taluk, Belgavi Dist, henceforth adhere according to the current rules of 1965 including issue of timely orders thereafter and agree to the conditions as given below.

1) The required 21.00 Mcft of water for M/s Satish Sugars Limited, HunshyalP.G, Gokak Taluk, Belagavi Dist, to be lifted from Ghataprabha Riverduring monsoon season & to be stored within their premises at their owncost for their usage.

2) KNNL will not be responsible on non-availability of water in the river.3) KNNL do not hold any responsibility for reduced availability of water if in

case, any projects are implemented in the upstream of the proposed lift pointand no compensation will be provided for the same.

4) M/s Satish Sugars Ltd shall obtain proper water measurement measures fromWater Resources Department(WRD)/Officers of Nigam and shall pay

MoU with KNNL

necessary tax for utilization of the same or any tax thereafter connected to the same.

5) The project authorities shall get confirmed from WRD on the downstream consumption of water, timing and duration aspects.

6) At the downstream of the project, it shall be ensured that, it does not cause any problem to the already existing schemes such as drinking water scheme, cultivated lands under existing irrigation schemes. If there is any need for the water at the downstream during anytime, as per the government orders/his represented authority/Nigam, the industry shall adhere to leave the water at the downstream from the lift point, without any conditions.

7) This agreement/permission will be valid from 2007-08 to 2016-17. Thereafter, the same can be renewed as per the requirements.

8) The Government/its represented authority may forbid this agreement if in case of any problems arises during this period.

9) As per Krishna Judgment – II, continuing order dated 29.11.2013, the Chief Engineer shall ensure that the total water utilization for the state such as irrigation, drinking water, industries under his jurisdiction at the respective areas and to ensure to adhere to the order of the same while allocating water to various uses.

10) The project authorities shall ensure that, to implement Rainwater Harvesting Method at their own premises and suitable recharge structures to be constructed so as to recharge through Borewell and can be utilized.

11) The project authorities shall ensure to treat waste water with suitable methods and to re-use/recycle the same.

12) The project authorities shall use the suitable modern technology to minimize the water utilization.

13) The project authorities shall obtain the required permission for the proposed project from KSPCB (Karnataka State Pollution Control Board).

14) The project authorities shall install Bulkflow meter near Jackwell and data on the utilization of the water on daily and monthly basis shall be submitted to the agreement authority including the calibration records of the Bulkflow Meter.

15) During the water utilization, if any controversies/problems arise, the project authorities shall bear their own legal cost and decision of the WRD shall be final.

16) The electricity to be generated from co-generation plant shall be connected mandatorily to KPTCL grid.

17) This industry consuming water conveyed through pipe lines shall ensure drinking water to the enroute villages, where ever required.

18) Integrated use of water in all the units of the factory should be adopted and saving should be achieved and accounted for.

19) The industry should have its own water recycling system and rain water harvesting system and there by conserve water to minimum possible extent so as to make use of the same, by adopting zero discharge methods as far as possible.

20) The proponents of the industry shall train local people and provide employment to these trained local youth and comply with the government policy of employment to local people as per the Dr. Sarojini Mahashi Report and industrial policy of the state.

21) The industry should obtain necessary clearance as per the guidelines prescribed by the Ministry of Environment and Forest & the pollution control board.

22) The industry shall undertake recycling of water to minimize the usage of fresh water. After usage, the water should be treated as per pollution control norms, before letting it into the main river/stream.

23) In view of the constant research and development, the industry should regularly upgrade the industry/plant by adopting the latest technology for economizing the use of water and reduce its utilization of water in its industry/unit as much as possible.

24) The project authorities shall abide by the above conditions and shall agree to submit any undertaking if required to the Executive Engineer of the Department.

25) The WRD has all the rights to cancel this agreement without any further notice if above conditions are observed to be violated.

The conditions at Sl No 1 to 25 shall lie between the Industry and Nigam Water Resource Department.

This agreement has been entered between the parties M/s Satish Sugars Limited, Hunshyal.P.G and Nigam along with acceptance on the conditions at Sl.No.1 to 25 and has been executed for the period 2007-2008 to 2016-17 based on the Central Office Letter No:CEN/PLH/M/s.Satish Sugars/2017-18/3697 dated 08/08/2017 and accordingly accepted by both the parties.

On Behalf of Managing Director, KNNL, Bengaluru, the above conditions have been agreed. Sd/- Executive Engineer KNNL, GLBC, Division No.1 Ghataprabha

Accepted to the above all conditions on behalf of M/s Satish Sugars Ltd Sd/- Managing Director For M/s Satish Sugars Ltd

Place: Ghataprabha Date: 04-08-2017

ANNEXURE-14

Prepared by Environmental Health & Safety Consultants Pvt. Ltd.,

[QCI-NABET ACCREDITED & ISO 9001:2015 Certified Organization] No. 174, New No. 13/2, 14th ‘E’ Cross, Agrahara Dasarahalli, Bengaluru - 560 010,

Karnataka e-mail: [email protected]

Ms SATISH SUGARS LTD -TMT- DIVISION EIA report.pdf

Documents

Transcript of Ms SATISH SUGARS LTD -TMT- DIVISION EIA report.pdf